ARCHER DANIELS MIDLAND CO
S-8, 1995-04-03
FATS & OILS
Previous: AMERICAN MAIZE PRODUCTS CO, 8-K, 1995-04-03
Next: BADGER METER INC, DEF 14A, 1995-04-03



     PAGE 1
______________________________________________________________

               SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

                    Washington, D.C. 20549

                           ______________


                         FORM S-8

                    REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                           Under
                   The Securities Act of 1933


                 ARCHER-DANIELS-MIDLAND COMPANY
        (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)


             Delaware                             41-0129150
    (State or other jurisdiction                (I.R.S. Employer
   of incorporation or organization)             Identification No.)



                      4666 Faries Parkway
                    Decatur, Illinois 62526

               (Address of Principal Executive Offices)

         ADM SAVINGS AND INVESTMENT PLAN FOR SALARIED EMPLOYEES

         ADM SAVINGS AND INVESTMENT PLAN FOR HOURLY EMPLOYEES
                          (Full title of plans)

                         R. P. Reising
              Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel
                   Archer-Daniels-Midland Company
                       4666 Faries Parkway
                      Decatur, Illinois 62526
                          217/424-5200

    (Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)











                    CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

Title of Securities  Amount Proposed Maximum Proposed Maximum  Amount of
o be                to be   Offering Price    Aggregate       Registration
Registered       Registered  Per Share (2)   Offering Price(2)   Fee


Common Stock
(without par    3,000,000
value)         shares (1)    $19.19          $57,570,000      $19,852


(1)  Includes 2,000,000 shares of Common Stock to be issued
     pursuant to the Registrant's ADM Savings and Investment
     Plan for Salaried Employees and 1,000,000 shares of Common
     Stock to be issued pursuant to the Registrant's ADM
     Savings and Investment Plan for Hourly Employees.

(2)  Estimated solely for the purpose of determining the
     registration fee pursuant to the provisions of Rule 457,
     on the basis of the average of the high and low reported
     sale prices of the Registrant's Common Stock on the New
     York Stock Exchange, Inc. Composite Tape on March 28,
     1995.


1
     PAGE 2

                              PART II
                                 
        INFORMATION REQUIRED IN THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT


Item 3.   Incorporation of Documents by Reference.

          The following documents filed by the Registrant with
the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission")
pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange
Act") are incorporated in and made a part of this Registration
Statement:

          (a)  The Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
     the year ended June 30, 1994 (which incorporates by
     reference certain portions of the Registrant's 1994 Annual
     Report to Shareholders, including financial statements and
     notes thereto, and certain portions of the Registrant's
     Definitive Notice and Proxy Statement for the Registrant's
     Annual Meeting of Shareholders held on October 20, 1994).
     
          (b)  The Registrant's Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q
     for the quarters ended September 30, 1994 and December 31,
     1994.
     
          (c)  The description of the Registrant's Common Stock
     included in registration statements and reports filed
     under the Exchange Act.

          All reports and any definitive proxy or information
statements filed by the Registrant with the Commission pursuant
to Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act
subsequent to the date of this Registration Statement and prior
to the filing of a post-effective amendment which indicates
that all securities offered hereby have been sold or which
deregisters all securities then remaining unsold shall be
deemed to be incorporated by reference in this Registration
Statement and to be a part hereof from the date of filing of
such documents.

          Any statement contained in a document incorporated or
deeded to be incorporated herein by reference shall be deemed
to be modified or superseded for purposes of this Registration
Statement to the extent that a statement contained herein or in
any other subsequently filed document which also is or is
deemed to be incorporated herein by reference modifies or
supersedes such statement.  Any statement so modified or
superseded  shall not be deemed, except as so modified or
superseded, to constitute a part of this Registration
Statement.

Item 4.   Description of Securities.

          Not applicable.

Item 5.   Interests of Named Experts and Counsel.

          Not applicable.

Item 6.   Indemnification of Directors and Officers.


          Under Delaware law, a corporation may indemnify any
person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a
party to an action (other than an action by or in the right of
the corporation) by reason of his service as a director,
officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or his service,
at the corporation's request, as a director, officer, employee
or agent of another corporation or other enterprise, against
expenses (including attorneys' fees) that are actually and
reasonably incurred by him ("Expenses"), and judgments, fines
and amounts paid in settlement that are actually and reasonably
incurred by him, in connection with the defense or settlement
of such action, provided that he acted in good faith and in a
manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the
corporation's

2
     PAGE 3

best interests, and, with respect to any criminal action or
proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct
was unlawful.  Although Delaware law permits a corporation to
indemnify any person referred to above against Expenses in
connection with the defense or settlement of an action by or in
the right of the corporation, provided that he acted in good
faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not
opposed to the corporation's best interests, if such person has
been judged liable to the corporation, indemnification is only
permitted to the extent that the Court of Chancery (or the
court in which the action was brought) determines that, despite
the adjudication of liability, such person is entitled to
indemnity for such Expenses as the court deems proper.  The
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware also provides
for mandatory indemnification of any director, officer,
employee or agent against Expenses to the extent such person
has been successful in any proceeding covered by the statute.
In addition, the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware permits (i) Delaware corporations to include a
provision in their certificates of incorporation limiting or
eliminating the personal liability of a director to a
corporation or its stockholders, under certain circumstances,
for monetary damages or breach of fiduciary duty as a director
and (ii) the general authorization of advancement of a
director's or officer's litigation expenses, including by means
of a mandatory charter or bylaw provision to that effect, in
lieu of requiring the authorization of such advancement by the
board of directors in specific cases.  In addition, the General
Corporation Law of the state of Delaware provides that
indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by the
statute shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to
which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses
may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement or otherwise.

          Article Fourteenth of the Certificate of
Incorporation of the Registrant and Article X of the bylaws of
the Registrant each provide for the broad indemnification of
the directors and officers of the Registrant and limit the
personal monetary liability of directors of the Registrant to
the fullest extent permitted by current Delaware law.  The
Registrant has also entered into indemnification contracts with
certain of its directors and officers.  The Registrant also
maintains insurance coverage relating to certain liabilities of
its directors and officers.

Item 7.   Exemption from Registration Claimed.

          Not applicable.

Item 8.   Exhibits.

4(a) -    Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant,
          as amended. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
          3(a) to Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to
          Registration Statement No. 33-6721.)

4(b) -    ByLaws of the Registrant, as amended.  (Incorporated
          by reference to Exhibit 3(b) to Post-Effective
          Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement No. 33-
          6721.)

4(c)  -   ADM Savings and Investment Plan for Salaried
          Employees

4(d) -    ADM Savings and Investment Plan for Hourly Employees

5    -    Opinion and Consent of R. P. Reising.

23   -    Consent of Ernst & Young.

24   -    Powers of Attorney.



3
     PAGE 4

Item 9.   Undertakings.

          The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

          (1)  To file, during any period in which offers or sales
are being made, a post-effective amendment to this Registration
Statement:

     (i)  to include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of
the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities Act");

     (ii) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising
after the effective date of the Registration Statement (or the most
recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in
the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information
set forth in the Registration Statement;

     (iii)     to include any material information with respect to
the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the
Registration Statement or any material change to such information
in the Registration Statement;

provided, however, that paragraphs (a)(i) and (a)(ii) do not apply
if the Registration Statement is on Form S-3 or Form S-8, and the
information required to be included in a post-effective amendment
by those paragraphs is contained in periodic reports filed by the
Company pursuant to section 13 or section 15(d) of the Exchange Act
that are incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement.

          (2)  That, for the purpose of determining any liability
under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall
be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the
securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at
that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering
thereof.

          (3)  To remove from registration by means of a post-
effective amendment of any of the securities being registered which
remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

          (4)  That, for purposes of determining any liability
under the Securities Act, each filing of the Registrant's annual
report pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Exchange
Act that is incorporated by reference in this Registration
Statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement
relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of
such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona
fide offering thereof.

          Insofar as indemnification by the Registrant for
liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to
directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant
pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant
has been advised that in the opinion of the Commission such
indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the
Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.  In the event that
a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than
the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a
director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted
by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with
the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the
opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling
precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the
question whether such indemnification by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by
the final adjudication of such issue.


4
     PAGE 5
                            SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that
it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-8 and has
duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf
by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of
Decatur, State of Illinois, on April 3, 1995.

                                   ARCHER-DANIELS-MIDLAND COMPANY



                                   ______________________________
                                   R. P. Reising
                                   Vice President, Secretary
                                   and General Counsel

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Registration Statement has been signed on April 3, 1995, by the
following persons in the capacities indicated.

Dwayne O. Andreas*, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive
Officer
                    (Principal Executive Officer)

__________________  Vice President and Chief Financial
Douglas J. Schmalz  Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting
                    Officer)

L. W. Andreas*, Director
M. D. Andreas*, Director
M. L. Andreas*, Director
Shreve M. Archer, Jr.*, Director
Ralph Bruce*, Director
Howard Buffett*, Director
John H. Daniels*, Director
R. A. Goldberg*, Director
H. D. Hale*, Director
F. Ross Johnson*, Director
J. R. Randall*, Director
Mrs. N. A. Rockefeller*, Director
J. K. Vanier*, Director
Glenn Webb*, Director
Robert Strauss*, Director

*    D. J. Smith, by signing his name hereto, does hereby sign this
     document on behalf of each of the above-named officers and
     directors of the Registrant pursuant to powers of attorney
     duly executed by such persons.



______________________________
                                        D. J. Smith
                                        Attorney-in-fact
5
     PAGE 6

                           EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
No.       Exhibit                                 Form of Filing

4(a)      Restated Articles of Incorporation of the
          Registrant, as amended. (Incorporated by
          reference to Exhibit 3(a) to Post-Effective
          Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement
          No. 33-6721.)

4(b)      ByLaws of the Registrant, as amended.
          (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(b)
          to Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to
          Registration Statement No. 33-6721.)

4(c)      ADM Savings and Investment Plan for          Electronic
          Salaried Employees.                          Transmission

4(d)      ADM Savings and Investment Plan for          Electronic
          Hourly Employees.                            Transmission

5         Opinion and Consent of R. P. Reising.        Electronic
                                                       Transmission

23        Consent of Ernst & Young.                    Electronic
                                                       Transmission

24        Powers of Attorney.                          Electronic
                                                       Transmission



6


         PAGE 1


EXHIBIT 5

                                                 April 3, 1995

Archer-Daniels-Midland Company
4666 Faries Parkway
Decatur, Illinois 62526

Gentlemen:

     In connection with the proposed registration under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, by Archer-Daniels-Midland
Company, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), of 3,000,000
shares of Common Stock of the Company, without par value (the
"Shares"), proposed to be issued by the Company pursuant to the
ADM Savings and Investment Plan for Salaried Employees and the
ADM Savings and Investment Plan for Hourly Employees
(collectively, the "Plans"), I have examined such corporate
records and other documents, including the Registration
Statement of the Company on Form S-8 to which this opinion is
an exhibit relating to the Shares (the "Registration
Statement"), and have review such matters of law as I have
deemed necessary for this opinion, and I advise you that in my
opinion:

     1.   The Company is a corporation duly organized and
existing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

     2.   All necessary corporate action on the part of the
Company has been taken to authorize the issuance and sale of
the Shares and that, when issued, delivered and paid for as
contemplated in the Registration Statement and the Plans, the
Shares will be legally and validly issued and fully paid and
non-assessable.

     I hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an
exhibit to the Registration Statement.

                                   Very truly yours,



                                   /s/ R. P. Reising
                                          R. P. Reising
                                   Vice President, Secretary
                                   and General Counsel
                                 Archer-Daniels-Midland Company


1


     PAGE  1

                                                  EXHIBIT  23




       CONSENT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP,INDEPENDANT AUDITORS

     We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption
"Experts" in the Registration Statement on Form S-8 and
related Prospectus of Archer-Daniels-Midland Company for the
registration of 3,000,000 shares of its common stock and to
the incorporation by reference therein of our report dated
July 28, 1994, with respect to the consolidated financial
statements and schedules of Archer-Daniels-Midland Company
included or incorporated by reference in its Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 1994, filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission.


                                            ERNST & YOUNG LLP


Minneapolis, Minnesota
April 3, 1995
1



      PAGE 1
                                   EXHIBIT 24--POWERS OF ATTORNEY


                  ARCHER-DANIELS-MIDLAND COMPANY
                                 
                         Power of Attorney
                    of  Director and/or Officer


          KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned
director and/or officer of ARCHER-DANIELS-MIDLAND COMPANY, a
Delaware corporation, does hereby make, constitute and appoint R.
P. REISING, D. J. SCHMALZ, and D. J. SMITH, and each or any one of
them, the undersigned's true and lawful attorneys-in-fact, with
power of substitution, for the undersigned and in the undersigned's
name, place and stead, to sign and affix the undersigned's name as
such director and/or officer of said Company to a Registration
Statement or Registration Statements, on Form S-8 or other
applicable form, and all amendments, including post-effective
amendments, thereto, to be filed by said Company with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., in connection
with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
of shares of Common Stock of said Company proposed to be issued in
connection with the ADM Savings and Investment Plan for Salaried
Employees and/or the ADM Savings and Investment Plan for Hourly
Employees, and to all amendments thereto, and to file the same,
with all exhibits thereto and other supporting documents, with said
Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact, and each of them,
full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts
necessary or incidental to the performance and execution of the
powers herein expressly granted.

             IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set
the undersigned's hand this 10th day of March, 1995.


                                              /s/ D. O. Andreas
                                                   D. O. Andreas


1
     PAGE 2


                  ARCHER-DANIELS-MIDLAND COMPANY
                                 
                         Power of Attorney
                    of  Director and/or Officer


          KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned
director and/or officer of ARCHER-DANIELS-MIDLAND COMPANY, a
Delaware corporation, does hereby make, constitute and appoint R.
P. REISING, D. J. SCHMALZ, and D. J. SMITH, and each or any one of
them, the undersigned's true and lawful attorneys-in-fact, with
power of substitution, for the undersigned and in the undersigned's
name, place and stead, to sign and affix the undersigned's name as
such director and/or officer of said Company to a Registration
Statement or Registration Statements, on Form S-8 or other
applicable form, and all amendments, including post-effective
amendments, thereto, to be filed by said Company with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., in connection
with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
of shares of Common Stock of said Company proposed to be issued in
connection with the ADM Savings and Investment Plan for Salaried
Employees and/or the ADM Savings and Investment Plan for Hourly
Employees, and to all amendments thereto, and to file the same,
with all exhibits thereto and other supporting documents, with said
Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact, and each of them,
full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts
necessary or incidental to the performance and execution of the
powers herein expressly granted.

             IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set
the undersigned's hand this 10th day of March, 1995.




                                             /s/ M. D. Andreas
                                             M. D. Andreas

2
     PAGE 3

                  ARCHER-DANIELS-MIDLAND COMPANY
                                 
                         Power of Attorney
                    of  Director and/or Officer

          KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned
director and/or officer of ARCHER-DANIELS-MIDLAND COMPANY, a
Delaware corporation, does hereby make, constitute and appoint R.
P. REISING, D. J. SCHMALZ, and D. J. SMITH, and each or any one of
them, the undersigned's true and lawful attorneys-in-fact, with
power of substitution, for the undersigned and in the undersigned's
name, place and stead, to sign and affix the undersigned's name as
such director and/or officer of said Company to a Registration
Statement or Registration Statements, on Form S-8 or other
applicable form, and all amendments, including post-effective
amendments, thereto, to be filed by said Company with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., in connection
with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
of shares of Common Stock of said Company proposed to be issued in
connection with the ADM Savings and Investment Plan for Salaried
Employees and/or the ADM Savings and Investment Plan for Hourly
Employees, and to all amendments thereto, and to file the same,
with all exhibits thereto and other supporting documents, with said
Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact, and each of them,
full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts
necessary or incidental to the performance and execution of the
powers herein expressly granted.

             IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set
the undersigned's hand this 13th day of March, 1995.



                                               /s/ L. W. Andreas
                                               L. W. Andreas
3
     PAGE 4



                  ARCHER-DANIELS-MIDLAND COMPANY
                                 
                         Power of Attorney
                    of  Director and/or Officer

          KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned
director and/or officer of ARCHER-DANIELS-MIDLAND COMPANY, a
Delaware corporation, does hereby make, constitute and appoint R.
P. REISING, D. J. SCHMALZ, and D. J. SMITH, and each or any one of
them, the undersigned's true and lawful attorneys-in-fact, with
power of substitution, for the undersigned and in the undersigned's
name, place and stead, to sign and affix the undersigned's name as
such director and/or officer of said Company to a Registration
Statement or Registration Statements, on Form S-8 or other
applicable form, and all amendments, including post-effective
amendments, thereto, to be filed by said Company with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., in connection
with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
of shares of Common Stock of said Company proposed to be issued in
connection with the ADM Savings and Investment Plan for Salaried
Employees and/or the ADM Savings and Investment Plan for Hourly
Employees, and to all amendments thereto, and to file the same,
with all exhibits thereto and other supporting documents, with said
Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact, and each of them,
full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts
necessary or incidental to the performance and execution of the
powers herein expressly granted.

             IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set
the undersigned's hand this 10th day of March, 1995.



                                             /s. M. L. Andreas
                                             M. L. Andreas



4
      PAGE 5


                  ARCHER-DANIELS-MIDLAND COMPANY
                                 
                         Power of Attorney
                    of  Director and/or Officer

          KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned
director and/or officer of ARCHER-DANIELS-MIDLAND COMPANY, a
Delaware corporation, does hereby make, constitute and appoint R.
P. REISING, D. J. SCHMALZ, and D. J. SMITH, and each or any one of
them, the undersigned's true and lawful attorneys-in-fact, with
power of substitution, for the undersigned and in the undersigned's
name, place and stead, to sign and affix the undersigned's name as
such director and/or officer of said Company to a Registration
Statement or Registration Statements, on Form S-8 or other
applicable form, and all amendments, including post-effective
amendments, thereto, to be filed by said Company with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., in connection
with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
of shares of Common Stock of said Company proposed to be issued in
connection with the ADM Savings and Investment Plan for Salaried
Employees and/or the ADM Savings and Investment Plan for Hourly
Employees, and to all amendments thereto, and to file the same,
with all exhibits thereto and other supporting documents, with said
Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact, and each of them,
full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts
necessary or incidental to the performance and execution of the
powers herein expressly granted.

             IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set
the undersigned's hand this 11th day of March, 1995.




                                         /s/ Shreve M. Archer, Jr.
                                             Shreve M. Archer, Jr.




5
     PAGE 6

                  ARCHER-DANIELS-MIDLAND COMPANY
                                 
                         Power of Attorney
                    of  Director and/or Officer

          KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned
director and/or officer of ARCHER-DANIELS-MIDLAND COMPANY, a
Delaware corporation, does hereby make, constitute and appoint R.
P. REISING, D. J. SCHMALZ, and D. J. SMITH, and each or any one of
them, the undersigned's true and lawful attorneys-in-fact, with
power of substitution, for the undersigned and in the undersigned's
name, place and stead, to sign and affix the undersigned's name as
such director and/or officer of said Company to a Registration
Statement or Registration Statements, on Form S-8 or other
applicable form, and all amendments, including post-effective
amendments, thereto, to be filed by said Company with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., in connection
with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
of shares of Common Stock of said Company proposed to be issued in
connection with the ADM Savings and Investment Plan for Salaried
Employees and/or the ADM Savings and Investment Plan for Hourly
Employees, and to all amendments thereto, and to file the same,
with all exhibits thereto and other supporting documents, with said
Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact, and each of them,
full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts
necessary or incidental to the performance and execution of the
powers herein expressly granted.

             IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set
the undersigned's hand this 14th day of March, 1995.



                                             /s/ Ralph Bruce
                                             Ralph Bruce


 6
     PAGE 7


                  ARCHER-DANIELS-MIDLAND COMPANY
                                 
                         Power of Attorney
                    of  Director and/or Officer

          KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned
director and/or officer of ARCHER-DANIELS-MIDLAND COMPANY, a
Delaware corporation, does hereby make, constitute and appoint R.
P. REISING, D. J. SCHMALZ, and D. J. SMITH, and each or any one of
them, the undersigned's true and lawful attorneys-in-fact, with
power of substitution, for the undersigned and in the undersigned's
name, place and stead, to sign and affix the undersigned's name as
such director and/or officer of said Company to a Registration
Statement or Registration Statements, on Form S-8 or other
applicable form, and all amendments, including post-effective
amendments, thereto, to be filed by said Company with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., in connection
with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
of shares of Common Stock of said Company proposed to be issued in
connection with the ADM Savings and Investment Plan for Salaried
Employees and/or the ADM Savings and Investment Plan for Hourly
Employees, and to all amendments thereto, and to file the same,
with all exhibits thereto and other supporting documents, with said
Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact, and each of them,
full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts
necessary or incidental to the performance and execution of the
powers herein expressly granted.

             IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set
the undersigned's hand this 10th day of March, 1995.


                                           /s/ Howard Buffett
                                             Howard Buffett


7
     PAGE 8


                  ARCHER-DANIELS-MIDLAND COMPANY
                                 
                         Power of Attorney
                    of  Director and/or Officer

          KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned
director and/or officer of ARCHER-DANIELS-MIDLAND COMPANY, a
Delaware corporation, does hereby make, constitute and appoint R.
P. REISING, D. J. SCHMALZ, and D. J. SMITH, and each or any one of
them, the undersigned's true and lawful attorneys-in-fact, with
power of substitution, for the undersigned and in the undersigned's
name, place and stead, to sign and affix the undersigned's name as
such director and/or officer of said Company to a Registration
Statement or Registration Statements, on Form S-8 or other
applicable form, and all amendments, including post-effective
amendments, thereto, to be filed by said Company with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., in connection
with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
of shares of Common Stock of said Company proposed to be issued in
connection with the ADM Savings and Investment Plan for Salaried
Employees and/or the ADM Savings and Investment Plan for Hourly
Employees, and to all amendments thereto, and to file the same,
with all exhibits thereto and other supporting documents, with said
Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact, and each of them,
full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts
necessary or incidental to the performance and execution of the
powers herein expressly granted.

             IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set
the undersigned's hand this 13th day of March, 1995.


                                             /s/ John H. Daniels
                                             John H. Daniels

8
     PAGE 9


                   ARCHER-DANIELS-MIDLAND COMPANY
                                 
                         Power of Attorney
                    of  Director and/or Officer

          KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned
director and/or officer of ARCHER-DANIELS-MIDLAND COMPANY, a
Delaware corporation, does hereby make, constitute and appoint R.
P. REISING, D. J. SCHMALZ, and D. J. SMITH, and each or any one of
them, the undersigned's true and lawful attorneys-in-fact, with
power of substitution, for the undersigned and in the undersigned's
name, place and stead, to sign and affix the undersigned's name as
such director and/or officer of said Company to a Registration
Statement or Registration Statements, on Form S-8 or other
applicable form, and all amendments, including post-effective
amendments, thereto, to be filed by said Company with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., in connection
with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
of shares of Common Stock of said Company proposed to be issued in
connection with the ADM Savings and Investment Plan for Salaried
Employees and/or the ADM Savings and Investment Plan for Hourly
Employees, and to all amendments thereto, and to file the same,
with all exhibits thereto and other supporting documents, with said
Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact, and each of them,
full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts
necessary or incidental to the performance and execution of the
powers herein expressly granted.

             IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set
the undersigned's hand this 14th day of March, 1995.



                                        /s/ Ray A. Goldberg
                                          Ray A. Goldberg



9

     PAGE 10

                  ARCHER-DANIELS-MIDLAND COMPANY
                                 
                          Power of Attorney
                    of Director and/or Officer

          KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned
director and/or officer of ARCHER-DANIELS-MIDLAND COMPANY, a
Delaware corporation, does hereby make, constitute and appoint R.
P. REISING, D. J. SCHMALZ, and D. J. SMITH, and each or any one of
them, the undersigned's true and lawful attorneys-in-fact, with
power of substitution, for the undersigned and in the undersigned's
name, place and stead, to sign and affix the undersigned's name as
such director and/or officer of said Company to a Registration
Statement or Registration Statements, on Form S-8 or other
applicable form, and all amendments, including post-effective
amendments, thereto, to be filed by said Company with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., in connection
with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
of shares of Common Stock of said Company proposed to be issued in
connection with the ADM Savings and Investment Plan for Salaried
Employees and/or the ADM Savings and Investment Plan for Hourly
Employees, and to all amendments thereto, and to file the same,
with all exhibits thereto and other supporting documents, with said
Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact, and each of them,
full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts
necessary or incidental to the performance and execution of the
powers herein expressly granted.

             IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set
the undersigned's hand this 13th day of March, 1995.





                                           /s/ H.D. Hale
                                             H. D. Hale

10
     PAGE 11


                  ARCHER-DANIELS-MIDLAND COMPANY
                                 
                         Power of Attorney
                    of  Director and/or Officer

          KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned
director and/or officer of ARCHER-DANIELS-MIDLAND COMPANY, a
Delaware corporation, does hereby make, constitute and appoint R.
P. REISING, D. J. SCHMALZ, and D. J. SMITH, and each or any one of
them, the undersigned's true and lawful attorneys-in-fact, with
power of substitution, for the undersigned and in the undersigned's
name, place and stead, to sign and affix the undersigned's name as
such director and/or officer of said Company to a Registration
Statement or Registration Statements, on Form S-8 or other
applicable form, and all amendments, including post-effective
amendments, thereto, to be filed by said Company with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., in connection
with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
of shares of Common Stock of said Company proposed to be issued in
connection with the ADM Savings and Investment Plan for Salaried
Employees and/or the ADM Savings and Investment Plan for Hourly
Employees, and to all amendments thereto, and to file the same,
with all exhibits thereto and other supporting documents, with said
Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact, and each of them,
full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts
necessary or incidental to the performance and execution of the
powers herein expressly granted.

             IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set
the undersigned's hand this 15th day of March, 1995.


                                        /s/ F. Ross Johnson
                                        F. Ross Johnson


11

     PAGE 12

                  ARCHER-DANIELS-MIDLAND COMPANY
                                 
                         Power of Attorney
                    of  Director and/or Officer

          KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned
director and/or officer of ARCHER-DANIELS-MIDLAND COMPANY, a
Delaware corporation, does hereby make, constitute and appoint R.
P. REISING, D. J. SCHMALZ, and D. J. SMITH, and each or any one of
them, the undersigned's true and lawful attorneys-in-fact, with
power of substitution, for the undersigned and in the undersigned's
name, place and stead, to sign and affix the undersigned's name as
such director and/or officer of said Company to a Registration
Statement or Registration Statements, on Form S-8 or other
applicable form, and all amendments, including post-effective
amendments, thereto, to be filed by said Company with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., in connection
with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
of shares of Common Stock of said Company proposed to be issued in
connection with the ADM Savings and Investment Plan for Salaried
Employees and/or the ADM Savings and Investment Plan for Hourly
Employees, and to all amendments thereto, and to file the same,
with all exhibits thereto and other supporting documents, with said
Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact, and each of them,
full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts
necessary or incidental to the performance and execution of the
powers herein expressly granted.

             IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set
the undersigned's hand this 10th day of March, 1995.



                                        /s/J. R. Randall
                                        J. R. Randall


 12
     PAGE 13


                   ARCHER-DANIELS-MIDLAND COMPANY
                                 
                         Power of Attorney
                    of  Director and/or Officer

          KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned
director and/or officer of ARCHER-DANIELS-MIDLAND COMPANY, a
Delaware corporation, does hereby make, constitute and appoint R.
P. REISING, D. J. SCHMALZ, and D. J. SMITH, and each or any one of
them, the undersigned's true and lawful attorneys-in-fact, with
power of substitution, for the undersigned and in the undersigned's
name, place and stead, to sign and affix the undersigned's name as
such director and/or officer of said Company to a Registration
Statement or Registration Statements, on Form S-8 or other
applicable form, and all amendments, including post-effective
amendments, thereto, to be filed by said Company with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., in connection
with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
of shares of Common Stock of said Company proposed to be issued in
connection with the ADM Savings and Investment Plan for Salaried
Employees and/or the ADM Savings and Investment Plan for Hourly
Employees, and to all amendments thereto, and to file the same,
with all exhibits thereto and other supporting documents, with said
Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact, and each of them,
full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts
necessary or incidental to the performance and execution of the
powers herein expressly granted.

             IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set
the undersigned's hand this 24th day of March, 1995.



                                 /s/ Margaretta F. Rockefeller
                                  Margaretta F. Rockefeller


13
     PAGE 14


                   ARCHER-DANIELS-MIDLAND COMPANY
                                 
                         Power of Attorney
                    of  Director and/or Officer

          KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned
director and/or officer of ARCHER-DANIELS-MIDLAND COMPANY, a
Delaware corporation, does hereby make, constitute and appoint R.
P. REISING, D. J. SCHMALZ, and D. J. SMITH, and each or any one of
them, the undersigned's true and lawful attorneys-in-fact, with
power of substitution, for the undersigned and in the undersigned's
name, place and stead, to sign and affix the undersigned's name as
such director and/or officer of said Company to a Registration
Statement or Registration Statements, on Form S-8 or other
applicable form, and all amendments, including post-effective
amendments, thereto, to be filed by said Company with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., in connection
with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
of shares of Common Stock of said Company proposed to be issued in
connection with the ADM Savings and Investment Plan for Salaried
Employees and/or the ADM Savings and Investment Plan for Hourly
Employees, and to all amendments thereto, and to file the same,
with all exhibits thereto and other supporting documents, with said
Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact, and each of them,
full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts
necessary or incidental to the performance and execution of the
powers herein expressly granted.

             IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set
the undersigned's hand this 13th day of March, 1995.



                                        /s/ Robert S. Strauss
                                        Robert S. Strauss

14
     PAGE 15



                  ARCHER-DANIELS-MIDLAND COMPANY
                                 
                         Power of Attorney
                    of Director and/or Officer

          KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned
director and/or officer of ARCHER-DANIELS-MIDLAND COMPANY, a
Delaware corporation, does hereby make, constitute and appoint R.
P. REISING, D. J. SCHMALZ, and D. J. SMITH, and each or any one of
them, the undersigned's true and lawful attorneys-in-fact, with
power of substitution, for the undersigned and in the undersigned's
name, place and stead, to sign and affix the undersigned's name as
such director and/or officer of said Company to a Registration
Statement or Registration Statements, on Form S-8 or other
applicable form, and all amendments, including post-effective
amendments, thereto, to be filed by said Company with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., in connection
with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
of shares of Common Stock of said Company proposed to be issued in
connection with the ADM Savings and Investment Plan for Salaried
Employees and/or the ADM Savings and Investment Plan for Hourly
Employees, and to all amendments thereto, and to file the same,
with all exhibits thereto and other supporting documents, with said
Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact, and each of them,
full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts
necessary or incidental to the performance and execution of the
powers herein expressly granted.

             IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set
the undersigned's hand this 13th day of March, 1995.



                                             /s/ J. K. Vanier
                                             J. K. Vanier

15
     PAGE 16


                   ARCHER-DANIELS-MIDLAND COMPANY
                                 
                         Power of Attorney
                    of  Director and/or Officer

           KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned
director and/or officer of ARCHER-DANIELS-MIDLAND COMPANY, a
Delaware corporation, does hereby make, constitute and appoint R.
P. REISING, D. J. SCHMALZ, and D. J. SMITH, and each or any one of
them, the undersigned's true and lawful attorneys-in-fact, with
power of substitution, for the undersigned and in the undersigned's
name, place and stead, to sign and affix the undersigned's name as
such director and/or officer of said Company to a Registration
Statement or Registration Statements, on Form S-8 or other
applicable form, and all amendments, including post-effective
amendments, thereto, to be filed by said Company with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., in connection
with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
of shares of Common Stock of said Company proposed to be issued in
connection with the ADM Savings and Investment Plan for Salaried
Employees and/or the ADM Savings and Investment Plan for Hourly
Employees, and to all amendments thereto, and to file the same,
with all exhibits thereto and other supporting documents, with said
Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact, and each of them,
full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts
necessary or incidental to the performance and execution of the
powers herein expressly granted.

             IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set
the undersigned's hand this 11th day of March, 1995.


                                             /s/ O. Glenn Webb
                                             O. Glenn Webb

16



                                                  EXHIBIT 4(c)
               PAGE 1
                 ADM SAVINGS AND INVESTMENT PLAN
                                
                                
                            ARTICLE I
                                
                                
                             GENERAL

          SEC. 1.1  NAME OF PLAN. 1.1  Name of Plan.  The name
of the stock bonus plan set forth herein is the "ADM Savings and
Investment Plan for Salaried Employees".  It is sometimes herein
referred to as the "Plan". Prior to April 19, 1984, the Plan was
known as "Archer Daniels Midland Tax Reduction Act Stock
Ownership Plan."

          SEC. 1.2  PURPOSE. 1.2  Purpose.  The Plan has been
established to provide eligible employees of the Participating
Employers with a means to adopt a regular savings program, a
supplement to their retirement income, and an ownership interest
in the Company.

          SEC. 1.3  EFFECTIVE DATE. 1.3  Effective Date.  The
"Effective Date" of the Plan, the date as of which the Plan was
established, is January 1, 1976.

          SEC. 1.4  COMPANY. 1.4  Company.  The "Company" is
Archer-Daniels-Midland Company, a Delaware corporation, and any
Successor Employer thereof.

          SEC. 1.5  PARTICIPATING
EMPLOYERS. 1.5  PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS.  The Company is a
Participating Employer in the Plan. With the consent of the
Company, any other employer may also become a Participating
Employer in the Plan effective as of the date specified by it in
its adoption of the Plan.  Any Successor Employer to a
Participating Employer shall also be a Participating Employer in
the Plan.  The Participating Employers are listed in Schedule A
(which is attached hereto and made a part hereof).

          SEC. 1.6  CONSTRUCTION AND APPLICABLE
LAW. 1.6  Construction and Applicable Law.  The Plan is
intended to meet the requirements for qualification under
section 401(a) of the Code and the requirements applicable to
qualified cash or deferred arrangements under section 401(k) of
the Code.  The Plan is also intended to meet the requirements
for a tax credit employee stock ownership plan under section 409
of the Code.  The Plan is also intended to be in full compliance
with applicable requirements of ERISA.  The Plan shall be
administered and construed consistent with said intent.  It
shall also be construed and administered according to the laws
of the State of Illinois to the extent that such laws are not
preempted by the laws of the United States of America.  All
controversies, disputes, and claims arising hereunder shall be
submitted to the United States District Court for the Southern
District of Illinois, except as otherwise provided in any trust
agreement entered into with a Trustee.

          SEC. 1.7  BENEFITS DETERMINED UNDER PROVISIONS IN
EFFECT AT TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT. 1.7  BENEFITS DETERMINED
UNDER PROVISIONS IN EFFECT AT TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT. Except
as may be specifically provided herein to the contrary, benefits
under the Plan attributable to service prior to a Participant's
Termination of Employment shall be determined and paid in
accordance with the provisions of the Plan as in effect as of
the date the
Termination of Employment occurred unless he or she becomes an
Active Participant after that date and such active participation
causes a contrary result under the provisions hereof.  However,
the provisions of this document shall apply to any such
Participant to the extent necessary to maintain the qualified
status of the Plan under Code section 401(a) or to comply with
the requirements of ERISA.

          SEC. 1.8  EFFECTIVE DATE OF DOCUMENTec. 1.8  Effective
Date of Document.  Unless a different date is specified for some
purpose in this document, the provisions of this Plan document
are generally effective as of January 1, 1987. However, any
provision necessary to comply with a requirement of the Tax
Reform Act of 1986, other federal legislation, or a Treasury
regulation which requirement has an effective date later than
1987 shall not be effective until the date required by the
applicable law or regulation unless a different effective date
is specifically stated in this document.  Notwithstanding the
general effective date of this document, this document shall
supersede any amendment of the Plan which was adopted prior to
the date this document was adopted, but which was effective on
or after the effective date of this document.

          SEC. 1.9  TRANSFERS TO AND FROM ADM SAVINGS AND
INVESTMENT PLAN FOR HOURLY EMPLOYEES. 1.9  TRANSFERS TO AND
FROM ADM SAVINGS AND INVESTMENT PLAN FOR HOURLY EMPLOYEES.  In
any case where employees of a Participating Employer who are
Participants in this Plan become eligible to participate in the
ADM Savings and Investment Plan for Hourly Employees (the
"Hourly Plan"), the Company may arrange for transfer of their
Accounts under this Plan (other than a Tax Credit Account) to
the comparable accounts under the Hourly Plan.  Any amounts so
transferred shall be held and distributed under the terms of the
Hourly Plan.  Tax Credit Accounts under this Plan shall not be
transferred to the Hourly Plan.  In any case where employees who
participated in the Hourly Plan become eligible to participate
in this Plan, the Company may arrange for transfer of their
accounts under the Hourly Plan to the comparable Accounts under
this Plan.  Any amounts so transferred shall be held and
distributed under the terms of this Plan.
1
            PAGE 2
                           ARTICLE II
                                
                                
                    MISCELLANEOUS DEFINITIONS

          SEC. 2.1  ACCOUNTec. 2.1  Account.  "Account" means a
Participant's or Beneficiary's interest in the Fund of any of
the types described in Sec. 7.1.

          SEC. 2.2  ACTIVE PARTICIPANTec. 2.2  Active
Participant.  An employee is an "Active Participant" only while
he or she is both a Participant and a Qualified Employee.

          SEC. 2.3  ADM STOCKec. 2.3  ADM Stock.  "ADM Stock"
means common stock of the Company.

          SEC. 2.4  AFFILIATEec. 2.4  Affiliate.  "Affiliate"
means any trade or business entity under Common Control with a
Participating Employer, or under Common Control with a
Predecessor Employer while it is such.

          SEC. 2.5  BEFORE TAX CONTRIBUTIONSec. 2.5  Before Tax
Contributions.  "Before Tax Contributions" are amounts
contributed by a Participating Employer under Sec. 5.1 at the
direction of individual Participants.

          SEC. 2.6  BENEFICIARYec. 2.6  Beneficiary.
"Beneficiary" means the person or persons designated as such
pursuant to the provisions of Article VIII.

          SEC. 2.7  BOARDec. 2.7  Board.  The "Board" is the
board of directors of the Company, and includes any executive
committee thereof authorized to act for said board of directors.

          SEC. 2.8  CERTIFIED EARNINGSec. 2.8  Certified
Earnings.  "Certified Earnings" of a Participant from a
Participating Employer for a Plan Year means the amount
determined by the Participating Employer and reported to the
Company to be the total compensation paid to the Participant by
the Participating Employer during such Plan Year for service as
an Active Participant, subject to the following:

   (a)Bonuses shall not be included in Certified Earnings.
       However, lump sum payments made in lieu of pay increases
       shall be included in Certified Earnings.
   
   (b)Commissions shall be included in Certified Earnings when
       paid.
   
   (c)Sick pay or short term disability pay paid directly by a
       Participating Employer shall be included in Certified
       Earnings.

   (d)Certified Earnings include Before Tax Contributions to
       this Plan and any contributions made by salary reduction
       to any other plan which meets the requirements of Code
       sections 125 or 401(k), whether or not such
       contributions are actually excludable from the
       Participant's gross income for federal income tax
       purposes.  Certified Earnings do not include Matching
       Contributions to this Plan.
2
          PAGE 3
   
   (e)Allowances or reimbursements for expenses, severance
       pay, payments or contributions to or for the benefit of
       the employee under any other deferred compensation,
       pension, profit sharing, insurance, or other employee
       benefit plan, stock options, stock appreciation rights
       or cash   payments in lieu thereof, merchandise or
       service discounts, non-cash employee awards, benefits in
       the form of property or the use of property, earnings
       payable in a form other than cash, or other similar
       fringe benefits shall not be included in computing
       Certified Earnings, except as provided in subsections
       (c) and (d) or to the extent such amounts are required
       to be included in determining the employee's regular
       rate of pay under the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act
       for purposes of computing overtime pay thereunder.
   
   (f)For employees working outside the United States,
       Certified Earnings is limited to base compensation and
       does not include extra or added compensation due to the
       foreign assignment (such as relocation allowance,
       education allowance, or other reimbursements or
       allowances).
   
   (g)Effective for Plan Years commencing after 1988,
       Certified Earnings of a Participant for any Plan Year
       shall not exceed $200,000, adjusted for each Plan Year
       to take into account any cost of living increase
       provided for that year in accordance with regulations
       prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury, subject to
       the provisions of Sec. 2.12(b) in the case of certain
       Family Members.  The dollar increase in effect on
       January 1 of any calendar year shall apply to Plan Years
       beginning in that calendar year.  This subsection shall
       also apply for any Plan Year commencing prior to 1989
       for which the Plan is a Top Heavy Plan.  If a Plan Year
       is shorter than 12 months, the limit under this
       subsection for that year shall be multiplied by a
       fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months
       in the short Plan Year and the denominator of which is
       12.

          SEC. 2.9  CODEec. 2.9  Code.  "Code" means the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as from time to time amended.

          SEC. 2.10  COMMON CONTROLec. 2.10  Common Control.  A
trade or business entity (whether a corporation, partnership,
sole proprietorship or otherwise) is under "Common Control" with
another trade or business entity (i) if both entities are
corporations which are members of a controlled group of
corporations as defined in Code section 414(b), or (ii) if both
entities are trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated)
which are under common control as defined in Code section
414(c), or (iii) if both entities are members of an affiliated
service group as defined in Code section 414(m), or (iv) if both
entities are required to be aggregated pursuant to regulations
under Code section 414(o).  Service for all entities under
Common Control shall be treated as service for a single employer
to the extent required by the Code; provided, however, that an
individual shall not be a Qualified Employee by reason of this
section.  In applying the first sentence of this section for
3
          PAGE 4
purposes of Article VI, the provisions of subsections (b) and
(c) of section 414 of the Code are deemed to be modified as
provided in Code section 415(h).

          SEC. 2.11  ERISAec. 2.11  ERISA.  "ERISA" means the
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 as from time to
time amended.

          SEC. 2.12  FAMILY MEMBEREC. 2.12  FAMILY MEMBER.
"Family Member" means an individual described in Code section
414(q)(6) with respect to a Highly Compensated Employee who is a
more than 5-percent owner or is among the 10 Highly Compensated
Employees paid the greatest compensation.  Family Members
include the Highly Compensated Employee, his or her spouse and
lineal ascendants or descendants, and the spouses of such lineal
ascendants or descendants.  Legal adoptions shall be taken into
account and treated as blood relations for purposes of
determining lineal ascendants and descendants.

   (a)An individual who qualifies as a Family Member on any
       day of a Plan Year will be treated as a Family Member
       for the entire Plan Year.
   
   (b)For purposes of applying the dollar limit on Certified
       Earnings under Sec. 2.8(g) for any Plan Year commencing
       after 1988, any Participant who is the spouse of a
       Highly Compensated Employee who is a more than 5-percent
       owner or is among the 10 Highly Compensated Employees
       paid the greatest compensation and any of the lineal
       descendants of such a Highly Compensated Employee who
       have not attained age 19 before the end of the Plan Year
       shall not be treated as a separate Participant, and any
       Certified Earnings of the Family Member shall be treated
       as Certified Earnings of the Highly Compensated
       Employee. If the dollar limit is exceeded as a result of
       the preceding sentence, the limit shall be prorated
       among the affected individuals in proportion to each
       such individual's compensation determined prior to the
       application of the preceding sentence (except for
       purposes of determining the portion of compensation up
       to the integration level if the Plan provides for
       permitted disparity).  The dollar limit shall be applied
       separately to any other Family Member.

          SEC. 2.13  FUNDec. 2.13  Fund.  "Fund" means the
aggregate of assets described in Sec. 11.1.

          SEC. 2.14  FUNDING AGENCYec. 2.14  Funding Agency.
"Funding Agency" is a trustee or trustees or an insurance
company appointed and acting from time to time in accordance
with the provisions of Sec. 11.2 for the purpose of holding,
investing, and disbursing all or a part of the Fund.

          SEC. 2.15  HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEEec. 2.15  Highly
Compensated Employee.  "Highly Compensated Employee" for any
Plan Year means an individual described as such in Code section
414(q).
   
   (a)Unless otherwise provided in Code section 414(q), each
       employee who meets one of the following requirements is
       a "Highly Compensated Employee":
4
          PAGE 5
       (1)The employee at any time during the current or prior
           Plan Year was a more than 5-percent owner as defined
           in Code section 414(q)(3).

       (2)The employee received Compensation from the employer
           in excess of $75,000 for the prior Plan Year.

       (3)The employee both received Compensation from the
           employer in excess of $50,000 for the prior Plan
           Year and was in the top 20 percent of employees of
           the employer who performed services for the employer
           in such prior Plan Year, when ranked on the basis of
           Compensation paid during the Plan Year.  For
           purposes of determining the top 20 percent of
           employees under Code section 414(q)(8), any
           non-resident aliens who receive no earned income
           from the employer which constitutes income from
           sources within the United States shall be
           disregarded.

       (4)The employee was an officer of the employer
           receiving Compensation in excess of $45,000 for the
           prior Plan Year.  However, no more than the lesser
           of (i) 50 employees or (ii) the greater of 3
           employees or 10 percent of all employees of the
           employer shall be treated as officers for purposes
           of this paragraph.  If for any Plan Year no officer
           meets the requirements of this paragraph (4), then
           the officer receiving the greatest Compensation in
           the prior Plan Year shall be treated as a Highly
           Compensated Employee.

       (5)The employee would meet the requirements of
           paragraph (2), (3), or (4) in the current Plan Year
           (but not in the prior Plan Year) and is among the
           100 employees paid the greatest Compensation by the
           employer during the current Plan Year.

       (6)The individual is a former employee who had a
           separation year prior to the current Plan Year and
           such individual performed services for the employer
           and was a Highly Compensated Employee for either (i)
           such separation year, or (ii) any Plan Year ending
           on or after the individual's 55th birthday.  A
           "separation year" is the Plan Year in which the
           individual separates from service with the employer.
           With respect to an individual who separated from
           service before January 1, 1987, the individual will
           be included as a Highly Compensated Employee only if
           the individual was a more than 5-percent owner or
           received Compensation in excess of $50,000 during
           (i) the employee's separation year (or the year
           preceding such separation year), or (ii) any year
           ending on or after such individual's 55th birthday
           (or the last year ending before such individual's
           55th birthday).
5
          PAGE 6
       
       (7)Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Participating
           Employers maintained significant business activities
           and employed employees in at least two significantly
           separate geographic areas at all times during the
           Plan Year and satisfied such other conditions as the
           Secretary may prescribe, the Company may elect to
           determine whether an employee is a Highly
           Compensated Employee for that year by substituting
           "$50,000" for "$75,000" in paragraph (2) and
           disregarding paragraph (3).
       
   (b)The dollar amounts specified in paragraphs (2), (3), (4)
       and (7) of subsection (a) shall be indexed for cost of
       living increases for each calendar year after 1987 as
       provided in the applicable Treasury regulations.  For
       any Plan Year, the applicable dollar amount shall be the
       dollar amount in effect for the calendar year in which
       the Plan Year commences.
        
   (c)For purposes of this section, "employer" includes all
       Participating Employers and Affiliates, and "employee"
       includes Leased Employees.
   
   (d)For purposes of this section, "Compensation" means the
       amount defined as such under Sec. 6.1(f) plus the Before
       Tax Contributions to this Plan and any elective salary
       reduction contributions made by or on behalf of the
       employee to any other plan maintained by a Participating
       Employer or an Affiliate which are not includable in the
       gross income of the employee under Code sections 125,
       401(k), 402(h)(1)(B), or 403(b).
     
          SEC. 2.16  LEASED EMPLOYEEec. 2.16  Leased Employee.
"Leased Employee" means any person defined as such by Code
section 414(n).  In general, a Leased Employee is any person who
is not otherwise an employee of a Participating Employer or an
Affiliate (referred to collectively as the "recipient") and who
pursuant to an agreement between the recipient and any other
person ("leasing organization") has performed services for the
recipient (or for the recipient and related persons determined
in accordance with Code section 414(n)(6)) on a substantially
full-time basis for a period of at least one year and such
services are of a type historically performed by employees in
the business field of the recipient.  For purposes of the
requirements listed in Code section 414(n)(3), any Leased
Employee shall be treated as an employee of the recipient, and
contributions or benefits provided by the leasing organization
which are attributable to services performed for the recipient
shall be treated as provided by the recipient.  However, if
Leased Employees constitute less than 20% of the Participating
Employers' non-highly compensated work force within the meaning
of Code section 414(n)(5)(C)(ii), those Leased Employees covered
by a plan described in Code section 414(n)(5) shall be
disregarded.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Leased Employee
shall be a Qualified Employee or a Participant in this Plan.

          SEC. 2.17  MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONec. 2.17  Matching
Contribution.  A "Matching Contribution" is an amount
contributed by a Participating Employer under Sec. 5.2.
6
          PAGE 7

          SEC. 2.18  NAMED FIDUCIARYec. 2.18  Named Fiduciary.
The Company is a "Named Fiduciary" for purposes of ERISA with
authority to control or manage the operation and administration
of the Plan, including control or management of the assets of
the Plan.  Other persons are also Named Fiduciaries under ERISA
if so provided thereunder or if so identified by the Company, by
action of the Board.  Such other person or persons shall have
such authority to control or manage the operation and
administration of the Plan, including control or management of
the assets of the Plan, as may be provided by ERISA or as may be
allocated by the Company, by action of the Board.

          SEC. 2.19  NON-HIGHLY COMPENSATED
EMPLOYEEec. 2.19  Non-Highly Compensated Employee.  "Non-Highly
Compensated Employee" means an employee of the Participating
Employers who is neither a Highly Compensated Employee nor a
Family Member.

          SEC. 2.20  NORMAL RETIREMENT AGEec. 2.20  Normal
Retirement Age.  "Normal Retirement Age" is age 65.

          SEC. 2.21  PARTICIPANTec. 2.21  Participant.  A
"Participant" is an individual described as such in Article IV.

          SEC. 2.22  PLAN YEARec. 2.22  P1an Year.  A "Plan
Year" is the 12-consecutive-month period commencing on
January 1.

          SEC. 2.23  PREDECESSOR EMPLOYERec. 2.23  Predecessor
Employer.  A "Predecessor Employer" is any corporation,
partnership, firm, or individual, an integral portion of whose
assets and business has been acquired by a Participating
Employer or from whose employment an integral group or unit of
employees has been transferred to employment by a Participating
Employer, and which is designated as such in Schedule B to the
Plan (which is attached hereto and made a part hereof).  Any
other employer shall be a Predecessor Employer if so required by
regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury.  With
respect to each such Predecessor Employer, all of its employees
who become Participants hereunder shall be treated uniformly;
the use of prior service with such employer shall not produce
discrimination in favor of Highly Compensated Employees; and
there shall be no duplication of benefits.

          SEC. 2.24  QUALIFIED EMPLOYEEec. 2.24  Qualified
Employee.  "Qualified Employee" means each employee of a
Participating Employer who is compensated in whole or in part on
a regular stated salary basis, a drawing account plus commission
basis, or wholly on a commission basis, or who is employed in an
office clerical position, subject to the following:

   (a)An employee is not a Qualified Employee prior to the
       date as of which his or her employer becomes a
       Participating Employer.
   
   (b)A nonresident alien within the meaning of Code section
       7701(b)(1)(B) while not receiving earned income (within
       the meaning of Code section 911(d)(2)) from a
       Participating Employer which constitutes income from
       sources within the United States (within the meaning of
       Code section 861(a)(3)) is not a Qualified Employee.
7
          PAGE 8
   (c)Eligibility of employees in a collective bargaining unit
       to participate in the Plan is subject to negotiations
       with the representative of that unit.  During any period
       that an employee is covered by the provisions of a
       collective bargaining agreement between a Participating
       Employer and such representative, the employee shall not
       be considered a Qualified Employee for purposes of this
       Plan unless such agreement expressly so provides.  For
       purposes of this section only, such an agreement shall
       be deemed to continue after its formal expiration during
       collective bargaining negotiations pending the execution
       of a new agreement.

   (d)An employee shall be deemed to be a Qualified Employee
       during a period of absence from active service which
       does not result from a Termination of Employment,
       including a period in which the employee is receiving
       payments under a long term disability program sponsored
       by his or her Participating Employer, provided he or she
       is a Qualified Employee at the commencement of such
       period of absence.
   
   (e)An employee who is a Qualified Employee under the ADM
       Savings and Investment Plan for Hourly Employees, or who
       is compensated on a salary basis but is nevertheless
       classified by the Company as an "hourly" employee
       because the employee is a nonsupervisory employee
       serving on a barge, is not a Qualified Employee under
       this Plan.

          SEC. 2.25  SUCCESSOR EMPLOYERec. 2.25  Successor
Employer.  A "Successor Employer" is any entity that succeeds to
the business of a Participating Employer through merger,
consolidation, acquisition of all or substantially all of its
assets, or any other means and which elects before or within a
reasonable time after such succession, by appropriate action
evidenced in writing, to continue the Plan; provided, however,
that in the case of such succession with respect to any
Participating Employer other than the Company, the acquiring
entity shall be a Successor Employer only if consent thereto is
granted by the Company, by action of the Board or a duly
authorized officer.

          SEC.2.26  TAX CREDIT CONTRIBUTIONec.2.26  Tax Credit
Contribution.  A "Tax Credit Contribution" is an amount
contributed by a Participating Employer under the plan as in
effect prior to January 1, 1983 or under Sec. 4.6 of the Plan as
in effect prior to January 1, 1987.  No Tax Credit Contributions
are made with respect to Plan Years commencing after 1986.

          SEC. 2.27  TOP-HEAVY PLANec. 2.27  Top-Heavy Plan.
"Top-Heavy Plan" is defined in Sec. 14.2(a).

          SEC. 2.28  TRUSTEEec. 2.28  Trustee.  The "Trustee" is
a trustee or trustees appointed and acting from time to time in
accordance with the provisions of Sec. 11.2 for the purpose of
holding, investing, and disbursing ADM Stock and all or any part
of the other assets of the Fund.

          SEC. 2.29  VALUATION DATEec. 2.29  Valuation Date.
"Valuation Date" means the date on which the Fund and Accounts
are valued as provided in Article VII.  Each of the following is
a Valuation Date:

   
   (a)  The last day of each quarter of a Plan Year.

   (b)Such other day, as designated by the Company in written
       notice to the Trustee, as the Company in its sole
       discretion may consider necessary or advisable to
       provide for the orderly and equitable administration of
       the Plan.
8
            PAGE 9
                                
                           ARTICLE III
                                
                  SERVICE PROVISIONSRTICLE III
                                
                       SERVICE PROVISIONS
   
          SEC. 3.1  EMPLOYMENT COMMENCEMENT
DATEec. 3.1  Employment Commencement Date.  "Employment
Commencement Date" means the date on which an employee first
performs an Hour of Service for a Participating Employer
(whether before or after the Participating Employer becomes
such), an Affiliate, or a Predecessor Employer.  The date on
which an employee first performs an Hour of Service after a
1-Year Break in Service is also an "Employment Commencement
Date".

          SEC. 3.2  TERMINATION OF
EMPLOYMENTec. 3.2  Termination of Employment.  The "Termination
of Employment" of an employee for purposes of the Plan shall be
deemed to occur upon resignation, discharge, retirement, death,
failure to return to active work at the end of an authorized
leave of absence or the authorized extension or extensions
thereof, failure to return to work when duly called following a
temporary layoff, or upon the happening of any other event or
circumstance which, under the policy of a Participating
Employer, Affiliate, or Predecessor Employer as in effect from
time to time, results in the termination of the
employer-employee relationship; provided, however, that a
Termination of Employment shall not be deemed to occur upon a
transfer between any combination of Participating Employers,
Affiliates, and Predecessor Employers.  If the employer-employee
relationship is terminated because of the entry of an employee
into the armed forces of the United States and if the employee
subsequently returns to employment with a Participating Employer
or an Affiliate under circumstances such that he or she has
reemployment rights under the provisions of any applicable
federal law, for all purposes of the Plan and only for such
purposes the employee shall be deemed to have been on authorized
leave of absence during the period of military service.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Termination of Employment shall
be deemed not to have occurred for purposes of entitling a
Participant to distributions from his or her Before Tax Account
or Matching Account if the Participant has not incurred a
"separation from service" or "disability" as defined in
applicable regulations, except as provided in Sec. 10.11.

          SEC. 3.3  HOURS OF SERVICEec. 3.3  Hours of Service.
"Hours of Service" are determined according to the following
subsections with respect to each applicable computation period.
The Company may round up the number of Hours of Service at the
end of each computation period or more frequently as long as a
uniform practice is followed with respect to all employees
determined by the Company to be similarly situated for
compensation, payroll, and recordkeeping purposes.

   (a)Hours of Service are computed only with respect to
       service with Participating Employers (for service both
       before and after the Participating Employer becomes
       such), Affiliates, and Predecessor Employers and are
       aggregated for service with all such employers.
       However, no Hours of Service shall be credited with a
       Participating Employer or an Affiliate prior to the
       earliest date said entity is under Common Control with
       an entity which is then a Participating Employer.
9
          PAGE 10
   
   (b)For any portion of a computation period during which a
       record of hours is maintained for an employee, Hours of
       Service shall be credited as follows:
   
       (1)Each hour for which the employee is paid, or
           entitled to payment, for the performance of duties
           for his or her employer during the applicable
           computation period is an Hour of Service.
       
       (2)Each hour for which the employee is paid, or
           entitled to payment, by his or her employer on
           account of a period of time during which no duties
           are performed (irrespective of whether the
           employment relationship has terminated) due to
           vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including
           disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty, or
           leave of absence, is an Hour of Service.  No more
           than 501 Hours of Service shall be credited under
           this paragraph for any single continuous period
           (whether or not such period occurs in a single
           computation period).  Hours of Service shall not be
           credited under this paragraph with respect to
           payments under a plan maintained solely for the
           purpose of complying with applicable workers'
           compensation, unemployment compensation, or
           disability insurance laws or with respect to a
           payment which solely reimburses the individual for
           medical or medically related expenses incurred by
           the employee.
       
       (3)Each hour for which back pay, irrespective of
           mitigation of damages, is either awarded or agreed
           to by the employer is an Hour of Service.  Such
           Hours of Service shall be credited to the
           computation period or periods to which the award or
           agreement for back pay pertains, rather than to the
           computation period in which the award, agreement, or
           payment is made.  Crediting of Hours of Service for
           back pay awarded or agreed to with respect to
           periods described in paragraph (2) shall be subject
           to the limitations set forth therein.
       
       (4)Hours under this subsection shall be calculated and
           credited pursuant to section 2530.200b-2 of the
           Department of Labor Regulations, which are
           incorporated herein by this reference.
       
       (5)The Company may use any records to determine Hours
           of Service which it considers an accurate reflection
           of the actual facts.
       
   (c)For any portion of a computation period during which an
       employee is within a classification for which a record
       of hours for the performance of duties is not
       maintained, the employee shall be credited with 190
       Hours of Service for each month for which he or she
       would otherwise be credited with at least one Hour of
       Service under subsection (b).
   
   (d)Nothing in this section shall be construed as denying an
       employee credit for an Hour of Service if credit is
       required by any federal law other than ERISA.  The
       nature and extent of such credit shall be determined
       under such other law.
   
   (e)In no event shall duplicate credit as an Hour of Service
       be given for the same hour.
   
   (f)This subsection shall apply to an individual who has
       service as (i) either a common law employee or a Leased
       Employee of (ii) either a Participating Employer or
       Affiliate.  For purposes of determining Hours of
       Service, such an individual shall be considered an
       employee of the Participating Employer or Affiliate
       during any period he or she would have been a Leased
       Employee of such Participating Employer or Affiliate but
       for the requirement that he or she must have performed
       services for such Participating Employer or Affiliate on
       a substantially full-time basis for a period of at least
       one year.  If this Plan is a multiple employer plan as
       defined in section 2530.210 of the Department of Labor
       Regulations, service as a leased individual with more
       than one legal entity shall be aggregated only in
       accordance with the rules set forth in said section.
   
          SEC. 3.4  ELIGIBILITY COMPUTATION
PERIODec. 3.4  Eligibility Computation Period.  An employee's
first Eligibility Computation Period is the 12-consecutive-month
period beginning on his or her Employment Commencement Date. The
second Eligibility Computation Period is the Plan Year
commencing in said 12-consecutive-month period.  Each subsequent
Plan Year prior to the end of the Plan Year in which the
employee has a 1-Year Break In Service is an Eligibility
Computation Period.  If subsequent to a 1-Year Break In Service
the employee has another Employment Commencement Date,
Eligibility Computation Periods for the period beginning on such
date shall be computed as though such date were the employee's
first Employment Commencement Date.

          SEC. 3.5  YEAR OF ELIGIBILITY SERVICEec. 3.5  Year of
Eligibility Service.  A "Year of Eligibility Service" is an
Eligibility Computation Period in which an employee has at least
1000 Hours of Service, subject to the following:

        (a)In the case of any employee who was employed on the
            acquisition date at a plant or location acquired
            prior to January 1, 1984 by a Participating
            Employer or an Affiliate, his Years of Eligibility
            Service shall include the period of his
            uninterrupted service from (i) his most recent
            seniority date prior to the acquisition date until
            (ii) the acquisition date.

       (b)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to each
            former employee of the A. E. Staley Manufacturing
            Co. ("Staley"), who both (i) became an employee of
            a Participating Employer due to Staley's sale of
            certain soybean operations in January, 1985 and
            (ii) first performed an Hour of Service with a
            Participating Employer on or after January 12, 1985
            and before April 1, 1985, years of service with
            Staley shall count as Years of Eligibility Service.
10
          PAGE 11
        (c)Notwithstanding the foregoing, for each former
            employee of the Procter & Gamble Company ("P & G")
            cottonseed plants at Levelland, Ft. Worth, and
            Stamford, Texas who became an employee of a
            Participating Employer as a result of the Company's
            acquisition of said plants, years of service with P
            & G shall count as Years of Eligibility Service
            under this Plan effective as of July 1, 1991.
            Service with P & G shall be measured based on the
            elapsed time from the employee's most recent date
            of hire by P & G.

          SEC. 3.6  1-YEAR BREAK IN SERVICEec. 3.6  1-Year Break
In Service.  "1-Year Break In Service" means a Plan Year in
which the employee has 500 or fewer Hours of Service.  The
1-Year Break In Service shall be recognized as such on the last
day of such Plan Year.

        (a)Notwithstanding the provisions of Sec. 3.3, for
            purposes of determining whether a 1-Year Break In
            Service has occurred with respect to a Plan Year
            beginning after 1984, an individual who is absent
            from work for maternity or paternity reasons shall
            receive credit for the Hours of Service which would
            otherwise have been credited to such individual but
            for such absence, or in any case in which such
            hours cannot be determined, 8 Hours of Service per
            day of such absence; provided, however, that the
            total number of Hours of Service recognized under
            this subsection shall not exceed 501 hours.  The
            Hours of Service credited under this subsection
            shall be credited in the Plan Year in which the
            absence begins if the crediting is necessary to
            prevent a 1-Year Break In Service in that Plan Year
            or, in all other cases, in the following Plan Year.
        
        (b)For purposes of subsection (a), an absence from
            work for maternity or paternity reasons means an
            absence that started during a Plan Year beginning
            after 1984 (i) by reason of the pregnancy of the
            individual, (ii) by reason of the birth of a child
            of the individual, (iii) by reason of the placement
            of a child with the individual in connection with
            the adoption of such child by such individual, or
            (iv) for purposes of caring for such child for a
            period beginning immediately following such birth
            or placement.
11
          PAGE 12
                           ARTICLE IV
                                
                   PLAN PARTICIPATIONRTICLE IV
                                
                       PLAN PARTICIPATION

          SEC. 4.1  ENTRY DATEec. 4.1  Entry Date.  "Entry Date"
means January 1 and July 1 of each Plan Year.

          SEC. 4.2  ELIGIBILITY FOR
PARTICIPATIONec. 4.2  Eligibility for Participation.
Eligibility to participate in the Plan shall be determined as
follows:

   (a)An employee of a Participating Employer shall become a
       Participant in the Plan on the earliest Entry Date (on
       or after the date the Plan becomes effective with
       respect to his or her Participating Employer) on which
       both of the following requirements are met:
   
       (1)  The employee is a Qualified Employee.

       (2)The employee has completed three Years of
           Eligibility Service during an Eligibility
           Computation Period that ended prior to the Entry
           Date.  However, effective January 1, 1989, "one
           Year" shall be substituted for "three Years" in the
           preceding sentence.
       
   (b)If a former Participant is reemployed and meets the
       requirements of subsection (a) on the date of rehire,
       the employee will become a Participant again on that
       date.
   
   (c)If a former employee who was not previously a
       Participant is reemployed as a Qualified Employee, if
       the employee meets the requirements of subsection (a) on
       the date of rehire, and if the employee would have met
       the requirements of subsection (a) on the immediately
       preceding Entry Date if he or she had been a Qualified
       Employee on that Entry Date, the employee shall become a
       Participant on the date of rehire.
   
   (d)If an employee of a Participating Employer or an
       Affiliate who is neither a Participant nor a Qualified
       Employee is transferred to a position in which he or she
       is a Qualified Employee, and if the employee would have
       met the eligibility requirements of subsection (a) on
       the Entry Date preceding the transfer had he or she been
       a Qualified Employee on that Entry Date, the employee
       shall become a Participant on the date of transfer.
   
   (e)If an employee has a 1-Year Break In Service before
       completing three Years of Eligibility Service, and the
       1-Year Break In Service is completed prior to January 1,
       1989, no service before such 1-Year Break In Service
       shall be recognized for purposes of this section.  In
       addition, if a nonvested employee has a 1-Year Break In
       Service, Years of Eligibility Service prior to such
       break shall not be recognized for purposes of this
       section if the number of the employee's consecutive
       1-Year Breaks In Service equals or exceeds the greater
       of (i) five or (ii) the aggregate number of Years of
       Eligibility Service before the break, subject to the
       following:
12
          PAGE 13
       (1)If any Years of Eligibility Service are not required
           to be taken into account by reason of a
           break-in-service period to which this subsection
           applies, such Years of Eligibility Service shall not
           be taken into account in applying this subsection to
           a subsequent break-in-service period.
       
       (2)For purposes of this subsection, a "nonvested
           employee" is an individual who has no vested right
           to an accrued benefit under the Plan derived from
           employer contributions (including Before Tax
           Contributions).
       
          SEC. 4.3  DURATION OF PARTICIPATIONec. 4.3  Duration
of Participation.  A Participant shall continue to be such until
the later of:

   (a)  The Participant's Termination of Employment.

   (b)The date all benefits, if any, to which the Participant
       is entitled hereunder have been distributed from the
       Fund.
   
          SEC. 4.4  ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION OF U.S.
CITIZENS EMPLOYED BY FOREIGN SUBSIDIARIESec. 4.4  Eligibility
and Participation of U.S. Citizens Employed by Foreign
Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the
contrary, for 1986 or any subsequent Plan Year, a United States
citizen employed by an eligible foreign subsidiary of a
Participating Employer shall be treated for all purposes of the
Plan as an employee of the Participating Employer for the period
of his employment with the eligible foreign subsidiary, and with
respect to his compensation from the eligible foreign
subsidiary.  Such an employee's eligibility to participate or
receive a benefit, and the amount of any such benefit, shall be
determined in accordance with the preceding sentence.  However,
this section shall not be applicable with respect to any
employee of an eligible foreign subsidiary for whom
contributions under a funded plan of deferred compensation are
provided by any person other than the Participating Employer
with respect to remuneration paid to the employee by the foreign
subsidiary.  For purposes of this section, a corporation is an
"eligible foreign subsidiary" of a Participating Employer if and
only if the following requirements are met:

       (a)The corporation is organized outside of the United
           States, its territories, or the District of
           Columbia.

       (b)Not less than 20% of the corporation's voting stock
           is owned by the Participating Employer; or more than
           50% of its voting stock is owned by a corporation
           described in (a) not less than 20% of the voting
           stock of which is owned by the Participating
           Employer.

       (c)The Participating Employer has entered into an
           agreement under Code Section 3121(1) which applies
           to the corporation.
   
          SEC. 4.5  NO GUARANTEE OF EMPLOYMENTec. 4.5  No
Guarantee of Employment.  Participation in the Plan does not
constitute a guarantee or contract of employment with the
Participating Employers.  Such participation shall in no way
interfere with any rights the Participating Employers would have
in the absence of such participation to determine the duration
of an employee's employment.
13
          PAGE 14

                            ARTICLE V
                                
                      CONTRIBUTIONSRTICLE V
                                
                          CONTRIBUTIONS

          SEC. 5.1  BEFORE TAX CONTRIBUTIONSec. 5.1  Before Tax
Contributions.  Each Active Participant may elect to have his or
her Participating Employer make Before Tax Contributions on his
or her behalf, subject to the following:

   (a)The Participant may elect to have his or her current
       earnings reduced by any whole percent the Participant
       may designate, but not less than two percent of
       Certified Earnings and not exceeding six percent of
       Certified Earnings.  This election may only be made
       pursuant to a written salary reduction agreement.  The
       agreement shall be in such form and executed subject to
       such rules as the Company may prescribe.  Each election
       shall apply only to earnings which become payable after
       the election is filed with the Company.  Each election
       shall continue in effect until a new election is filed
       pursuant to this section.
   
   (b)Each Participating Employer will make a Before Tax
       Contribution with respect to each Participant in its
       employ who elects to have earnings for that period
       reduced pursuant to this section.  The amount of the
       contribution, to be made in the manner described in
       Sec. 5.3, will be equal to the amount by which the
       Participant's earnings were reduced.
   
   (c)The salary reduction agreement may be effective as of
       the date on which the employee becomes a Participant or
       any following January 1 or July 1; provided that the
       employee has filed the agreement with the Company at
       least 15 days prior to the effective date.  If an
       employee who becomes a Participant pursuant to
       Sec. 4.2(d) was an Active Participant under the ADM
       Savings and Investment Plan for Hourly Employees (the
       "Hourly Plan") immediately before becoming a Participant
       in this Plan, the Participant shall be deemed to have
       made a salary reduction agreement for purposes of this
       Plan identical to the agreement in effect for purposes
       of the Hourly Plan, unless the participant enters into a
       new agreement pursuant to this subsection.
       Notwithstanding the foregoing, an employee who becomes a
       Participant pursuant to Sec. 4.2(a), (b), (c), or (d)
       may file a salary reduction agreement with the Company
       during the 15-day period following the date he or she
       becomes a Participant, which shall be effective as of
       the first day of the pay period following the date the
       agreement is filed.
   
   (d)An Active Participant may amend his or her salary
       reduction agreement to increase or decrease the
       contribution rate effective as of any January 1 or
       July 1 by filing an approved amendment form with the
       Company at least 15 days prior to the effective date.
   
   (e)An Active Participant may discontinue making Before Tax
       Contributions at any time by filing a written election
       with the Company.  That election shall be effective as
       soon as
   14
          PAGE 15
      administratively feasible after it is filed with the
       Company.  The Participant may thereafter resume Before
       Tax Contributions as of any January 1 or July 1 which is
       at least six months after the date contributions were
       discontinued, by filing a new salary reduction agreement
       at least 15 days prior to the effective date.
   
   (f)All Before Tax Contributions by a Participant shall
       cease when the Participant ceases to be a Qualified
       Employee.
   
   (g)Effective January 1, 1987, Before Tax Contributions by a
       Participant for any calendar year may not exceed $7,000,
       and shall cease at the point that limit is reached
       during the year. The $7,000 limit in the previous
       sentence shall be adjusted after 1987 for any cost of
       living increases provided for any calendar year in
       accordance with regulations issued by the Secretary of
       the Treasury.

   (h)Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, effective for
       Plan Years commencing after 1988, if the Participant has
       received a hardship distribution from this Plan in
       accordance with Sec. 9.3(a) or from any other plan
       maintained by a Participating Employer or an Affiliate,
       no Before Tax Contributions shall be made to this Plan
       on behalf of such Participant for 12 months following
       the date on which the hardship distribution was made.
       Furthermore, the limit under subsection (g) for the
       calendar year following the year in which the hardship
       withdrawal is made shall be reduced by the amount of
       Before Tax Contributions (and any elective contributions
       to any other plan maintained by the employer) for the
       calendar year in which the hardship withdrawal was made.

   (i)If a Participant's Before Tax Contributions are
       suspended under subsection (h), the Participant may
       elect to recommence Before Tax Contributions effective
       as of any January 1 or July 1 following the end of the
       12-month suspension period by filing a new election form
       with the Company at least 15 days prior to the effective
       date.

          SEC. 5.2  MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONSec. 5.2  Matching
Contributions.  The Participating Employers will match each
Participant's Before Tax Contributions in accordance with the
following:

   (a)For Plan Years prior to 1991, the Participating
       Employers shall make a Matching Contribution for each
       month equal to 50% of the Participant's Before Tax
       Contributions for the month that do not exceed 6% of the
       Participant's Certified Earnings for that month.
   
(b)For Plan Years after 1990, the Participating Employers shall
   make a Matching Contribution for each month determined from
   the following schedule based on the Participant's Before Tax
   Contributions for that month:
15
          PAGE 16
   
                    I.                                 II.
   
        For Before Tax Contributions            The Matching
   Contribution will
        representing the following              be the
   following percent of
        percentages of the Participant's        the
   Participant's Before Tax
        Certified Earnings for the month        Contribution in
   this Bracket
              The first  2%               100%
              The next  4%                 50%
              Above     6%                        None

   (c)     No Matching Contribution will be made with respect
       to any amount by which the Participant's Before Tax
       Contribution must be reduced pursuant to Sec. 5.4,
       Sec. 5.5 or Sec. 5.7.  Any such Matching Contributions
       which are made before the amount of the reduction is
       determined shall be forfeited and shall be applied as a
       credit against future contributions from the
       Participating Employers.
   
          SEC. 5.3  BEFORE TAX AND MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS MADE
AS ADM STOCKec. 5.3  Before Tax and Matching Contributions Made
as ADM Stock.  Before Tax Contributions elected by a Participant
and the related Matching Contributions shall be contributed by
the Participating Employer to the Fund in the form of ADM Stock
pursuant to the following provisions:

   (a)     The aggregate dollar amount of Before Tax
       Contributions and Matching Contributions for all
       Participants for a particular month will be divided by
       the average closing price of a share of ADM Stock on the
       New York Stock Exchange during all of the trading days
       in that month.

   (b)     The number of shares determined under subsection (a)
       for a particular month shall be contributed by the
       Participant's Participating Employer to the Trustee
       promptly after the close of that month.  The shares will
       be credited to the Participants' Before Tax Accounts and
       Matching Accounts as of the Valuation Date at the end of
       the quarter in which the month occurred in the
       proportion that each such Participant's Before Tax
       Contributions or Matching Contributions bears to the
       total such contributions for all Participants for that
       quarter.

   (c)     However, the Company may in its sole discretion
       reduce the Before Tax Contributions or postpone the
       contribution or allocation of shares to Accounts if the
       Company deems the reduction or postponement advisable to
       facilitate compliance with the requirements of Sections
       5.4 through 5.7.  If Before Tax Contributions are
       reduced or postponed, Matching Contributions with
       respect thereto shall also be reduced or postponed.
   
          SEC. 5.4  ADJUSTMENT OF CONTRIBUTIONS REQUIRED BY CODE
SECTION 401(K)ec. 5.4  Adjustment of Contributions Required by
Code Section 401(k).  If necessary to satisfy the requirements
of Code section 401(k), Before Tax Contributions shall be
adjusted in accordance with the following:
16
          PAGE 17
   (a)Each Plan Year, the "deferral percentage" will be
       calculated for each Active Participant. Each
       Participant's deferral percentage is calculated by
       dividing the amount referred to in paragraph (1) by the
       amount referred to in paragraph (2), subject to the
       family aggregation rules in subsection (g):
   
       (1) The total Before Tax Contributions (including Excess
           Deferrals of Highly Compensated Employees
           distributed under Sec. 5.5 but excluding Excess
           Deferrals of Non-Highly Compensated Employees that
           arise solely from contributions made under plans of
           the Participating Employers or Affiliates), if any,
           allocated to the Participant's Accounts with respect
           to the Plan Year.  The Company may also elect to
           include all or part of the Matching Contributions to
           be allocated to the Participant's Accounts with
           respect to that Plan Year, provided that the
           provisions of Treasury Regulation  1.401(k)-1(b)
           are satisfied.
       
       (2) The Participant's Compensation with respect to the
           Plan Year.  For purposes of this section, a
           Participant's "Compensation" for the Plan Year means
           compensation determined according to a definition
           selected by the Company for that year which
           satisfies the requirements of Code section 414(s).
           The same definition of Compensation shall be used
           for all Participants for a particular Plan Year, but
           different definitions may be used for different Plan
           Years.  In all events, Compensation includes the
           Before Tax Contributions to this Plan and any
           contributions made pursuant to a salary reduction
           agreement by or on behalf of the Participant to any
           other plan which meets the requirements of Code
           sections 125, 401(k), 402(h)(1)(B), or 403(b).  For
           Plan Years commencing after 1988, Compensation shall
           be subject to the limit provided under Sec. 2.8(g).
       
   (b)     Each Plan Year, the average deferral percentage for
       Active Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees
       and the average deferral percentage for Active
       Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees
       will be calculated.  In each case, the average is the
       average of the percentages calculated under subsection
       (a) for each of the employees in the particular group.
       Effective for Plan Years commencing after 1988, the
       deferral percentage for each Participant and the average
       deferral percentage for a particular group of employees
       shall be calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of one
       percent.
   
   (c)     If the requirements of either paragraph (1) or (2)
       are satisfied, then no further action is needed under
       this section:
   
       (1) The average deferral percentage for Participants who
           are Highly Compensated Employees is not more than
           1.25 times the average deferral percentage for
           Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated
           Employees.
17
         PAGE 18
       
       (2)The excess of the average deferral percentage for
           Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees
           over the average deferral percentage for
           Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated
           Employees is not more than two percentage points,
           and the average deferral percentage for such Highly
           Compensated Employees is not more than 2 times the
           average deferral percentage for such Non-Highly
           Compensated Employees.
       
   (d)     If neither of the requirements of subsection (c) is
       satisfied, then the Before Tax Contributions with
       respect to Highly Compensated Employees shall be
       reduced, beginning with the contributions representing
       the highest percent of Compensation and taking into
       account the family aggregation rules under subsection
       (g)(2), if applicable, to the extent necessary to meet
       the requirements of subsection (c)(1) or (c)(2),
       whichever is met first.
   
   (e)     At any time during the Plan Year, the Company may
       make an estimate of the amount of Before Tax
       Contributions by Highly Compensated Employees that will
       be permitted under this section for the year and may
       reduce the percent specified in Sec. 5.1(a) for such
       Participants to the extent the Company determines in its
       sole discretion to be necessary to satisfy at least one
       of the requirements in subsection (c).
   
   (f)     If Before Tax Contributions with respect to a Highly
       Compensated Employee are reduced pursuant to subsection
       (d), the Excess Before Tax Contributions shall be
       distributed, subject to the following:
   
       (1) For purposes of this subsection, "Excess Before tax
           Contributions" mean the amount by which Before Tax
           Contributions for Highly Compensated Employees have
           been reduced under subsection (d).
       
       (2) Excess Before Tax Contributions (adjusted for income
           or losses allocable thereto as specified in
           paragraph (3), if any) shall be distributed to
           Participants on whose behalf such excess
           contributions were made for the Plan Year no later
           than the last day of the following Plan Year.
           Furthermore, the Company shall attempt to distribute
           such amount by the 15th day of the third month
           following the Plan Year for which the excess
           contributions were made to avoid the imposition on
           the Participating Employers of an excise tax under
           Code section 4979.
       
       (3)Income or losses allocable to Excess Salary
           Reduction Contributions which were contributed for
           Plan Years beginning before 1988 shall be determined
           based on a reasonable method as determined by the
           Company.  Income or losses allocable to Excess
           Before Tax Contributions which were contributed for
           Plan Years beginning after 1987 shall be equal to
           the amount of income or loss allocable to such
           excess amount for the Plan
18
           PAGE 19
       
          Year pursuant to Sec. 7.2 and Sec. 7.3; provided,
           however, that for Plan Years beginning prior to
           1992, such income or loss may be determined under
           any alternative method selected by the Company for
           that Plan Year which is permitted under applicable
           Treasury regulations.
       
       (4) The amount of Excess Before Tax Contributions and
           income or losses allocable thereto which would
           otherwise be distributed pursuant to this subsection
           shall be reduced, in accordance with regulations, by
           the amount of Excess Deferrals and income or losses
           allocable thereto previously distributed to the
           Participant pursuant to Sec. 5.5 for the calendar
           year ending with or within the Plan Year.
       
   (g)     If a Highly Compensated Employee is subject to the
       family aggregation rules of Code section 414(q)(6)
       because such individual is a more than 5-percent owner
       or is among the 10 highest paid Highly Compensated
       Employees, the following rules shall apply:
   
       (1) For purposes of determining the deferral percentage
           of the Highly Compensated Employee and Family
           Members under subsection (a), one combined deferral
           percentage shall apply to the family group (which is
           treated as one Highly Compensated Employee).
       
           (A)The combined deferral percentage shall be
               determined by combining the contributions and
               Compensation for all of the eligible Family
               Members.
           
           (B)All Family Members included in the family group
               shall be disregarded in determining the average
               deferral percentage for Participants who are
               Non-Highly Compensated Employees.  If an employee
               is required to be aggregated as a member of more
               than one family group, all eligible employees who
               are members of those family groups that include
               that employee shall be treated as one family
               group under this subsection (g).
           
       (2) If subsection (d) requires the reduction of
           contributions on behalf of a Highly Compensated
           Employee who is subject to the family aggregation
           rules set forth in paragraph (1) of this subsection,
           the Excess Before Tax Contributions shall be
           allocated among the Family Members in proportion to
           the dollar amount of Before Tax Contributions (and
           amounts treated as Before Tax Contributions under
           subsection (a)(1) of this section) made by each
           Family Member who was included in the combined
           deferral percentage.
       
   (h)     The deferral percentage for any Participant who is a
       Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year, and who
       is eligible to participate in two or more plans with
       cash or deferred arrangements
19
          PAGE 20
      described in Code section 401(k) to which any
       Participating Employer or Affiliate contributes, shall
       be determined as if all employer contributions were made
       under a single arrangement unless mandatorily
       disaggregated pursuant to regulations under Code section
       401(k).  For Plan Years commencing after 1988, this
       subsection shall be applied by treating all cash or
       deferred arrangements with Plan Years ending within the
       same calendar year as a single arrangement.
   
   (i)     If two or more plans which include cash or deferred
       arrangements are considered as one plan for purposes of
       Code section 401(a)(4) or Code section 410(b), the cash
       or deferred arrangements shall be treated as one for the
       purposes of applying the provisions of this section
       unless mandatorily disaggregated pursuant to regulations
       under Code section 401(k).
   
   (j)     If the entire Account balance of a Highly
       Compensated Employee has been distributed during the
       Plan Year in which an excess arose, the distribution
       shall be deemed to have been a corrective distribution
       of the excess and income attributable thereto to the
       extent that a corrective distribution would otherwise
       have been required under subsection (f) of this section,
       Sec. 5.5 or Sec. 5.6(f).
   
   (k)     A corrective distribution of excess contributions
       under subsection (f) of this section, Excess Aggregate
       Contributions under Sec. 5.6(f), or Excess Deferrals
       under Sec. 5.5 may be made without regard to any notice
       or Participant or spousal consent required under Article
       VIII or X.
   
   (l)     In the event of a complete termination of the Plan
       during the Plan Year in which an excess arose, any
       corrective distribution under subsection (f) of this
       section or Sec. 5.6(f) shall be made as soon as
       administratively feasible after the termination, but in
       no event later than 12 months after the date of
       termination.
   
   (m)     For Plan Years beginning prior to 1992, the Plan may
       be restructured into component plans pursuant to
       Treasury Regulations  1.401(k)-1(h)(3)(iii) and
        1.401(m)-1(g)(5)(ii) for purposes of applying the
       requirements of this section and Sec. 5.6.  This
       subsection (m) shall not apply to Plan Years beginning
       in 1992 or later.
   
          SEC. 5.5  DISTRIBUTION OF EXCESS
DEFERRALSec. 5.5  Distribution of Excess Deferrals.
Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, Excess
Deferrals for a calendar year and income or losses allocable
thereto shall be distributed no later than the following
April 15 to Participants who claim such Excess Deferrals,
subject to the following:

       (a)For purposes of this section, "Excess Deferrals"
           means the amount of Before Tax Contributions for a
           calendar year that the Participant claims pursuant
           to the procedure set forth in
20
          PAGE 21
           subsection (b) because the total amount deferred for
           the
           calendar year exceeds $7,000 for 1987 (indexed for
           inflation for subsequent calendar years) or such
           other limit imposed on the Participant for that year
           under Code section 402(g).
       
       (b) The Participant's written claim, specifying the
           amount of the Participant's Excess Deferral for any
           calendar year, shall be submitted to the Company no
           later than the March 1 following such calendar year.
           The claim shall include the Participant's written
           statement that if such amounts are not distributed,
           such Excess Deferrals, when added to amounts
           deferred under other plans or arrangements described
           in Code section 401(k), 403(b), or 408(k), exceed
           the limit imposed on the Participant by Code section
           402(g) for the year in which the deferral occurred.
           A Participant shall be deemed to have submitted such
           a claim to the extent the Participant has Excess
           Deferrals for the calendar year taking into account
           only contributions under this Plan and any other
           plan maintained by a Participating Employer or an
           Affiliate.
       
       (c) Excess Deferrals distributed to a Participant with
           respect to a calendar year shall be adjusted to
           include income or losses allocable thereto using the
           same method specified for Excess Before Tax
           Contributions under Sec. 5.4(f)(3).
       
       (d) The amount of Excess Deferrals and income allocable
           thereto which would otherwise be distributed
           pursuant to this section shall be reduced, in
           accordance with applicable regulations, by the
           amount of Excess Before Tax Contributions and income
           allocable thereto previously distributed to the
           Participant pursuant to Sec. 5.4 for the Plan Year
           beginning with or within such calendar year, and by
           the amount of any deferrals properly distributed as
           excess annual additions under Sec. 6.1.

          SEC. 5.6  ADJUSTMENT OF CONTRIBUTIONS REQUIRED BY CODE
SECTION 401(M)ec. 5.6  Adjustment of Contributions Required by
Code Section 401(m).  After the provisions of Sec. 5.4 and
Sec. 5.5 have been satisfied, the requirements set forth in this
section must also be met.  If necessary to satisfy the
requirements of Code section 401(m), Matching Contributions
shall be adjusted in accordance with the following:

     (a)    Each Plan Year, the "contribution percentage" will
        be calculated for each Active Participant. Each
        Participant's contribution percentage is calculated by
        dividing the amount referred to in paragraph (1) by the
        amount referred to in paragraph (2), subject to the
        family aggregation rules in subsection (g).

       (1) The total Matching Contributions under Sec. 5.2
           (other than amounts included under Sec. 5.4(a)(1)),
           if any, allocated to the Participant's Accounts with
           respect to the Plan Year.  The Company may also
           elect to include all or part of the Before Tax
           Contributions to be allocated to the Participant's
           Accounts with respect to that Plan Year, provided
           that the
21
          PAGE 22
           requirements of Treasury Regulation 1.401(m)-1(b)
           are satisfied and provided that the requirements of
           Sec. 5.4 are met before such contributions are used
           under this section and continue to be met after the
           exclusion for purposes of Sec. 5.4 of those
           contributions that are used to satisfy the
           requirements of this section.  However, any Matching
           Contributions that are forfeited because the
           contributions to which they relate are Excess Before
           Tax Contributions under Sec. 5.4 or Excess Deferrals
           under Sec. 5.5 shall be disregarded.

       (2) The Participant's Compensation with respect to the
           Plan Year.  For purposes of this section,
           "Compensation" has the same meaning as provided in
           Sec. 5.4(a)(2).
       
   (b)Each Plan Year, the average contribution percentage of
       Active Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees
       and the average contribution percentage for Active
       Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees
       will be calculated.  In each case, the average is the
       average of the percentages calculated under subsection
       (a) for each of the employees in the particular group.
       Effective for each Plan Year commencing after 1988, the
       contribution percentage for each Participant and the
       average contribution percentage for a particular group
       of employees shall be calculated to the nearest
       one-hundredth of one percent.

   (c)     If the requirements of either paragraph (1) or (2)
       are satisfied, then no further action is needed under
       this section:
           
           (1)The average contribution percentage for
               Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees
               is not more than 1.25 times the average
               contribution percentage for Participants who are
               Non-Highly Compensated Employees.
           
           (2)The excess of the average contribution percentage
               for Participants who are Highly Compensated
               Employees over the average contribution
               percentage for Participants who are Non-Highly
               Compensated Employees is not more than two
               percentage points, and the average contribution
               percentage for such Highly Compensated Employees
               is not more than 2 times the average contribution
               percentage for such Non-Highly Compensated
               Employees.

     (d)    If neither of the requirements of subsection (c) is
        satisfied, then the Matching Contributions with respect
        to Highly Compensated Employees shall be reduced,
        beginning with the contributions representing the
        highest percentage of Compensation, to the extent
        necessary to meet the requirements of subsection (c)(1)
        or (c)(2), whichever is met first.
22
          PAGE 23
    (e)    At any time during the Plan Year, the Company may
        make an estimate of the amount of Matching
        Contributions on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees
        that will be permitted under this section  the year.
        If the Company determines in its sole discretion
           that reductions are necessary to assure that at
        least one of the requirements in subsection (c) are
        satisfied, the Company may take written action amending
        Sec. 5.2 to reduce or eliminate Matching Contributions
        for Highly Compensated Employees with respect to
        Certified Earnings to be paid from the date such action
        is adopted to the end of the Plan Year.

   (f)     If contributions with respect to a Highly
       Compensated Employee are reduced pursuant to subsection
       (d), the Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be treated
       as follows:
   
       (1) For purposes of this subsection, "Excess Aggregate
           Contributions" mean the amount by which Matching
           Contributions must be reduced under subsection (d).
       
       (2) Excess Matching Contributions (adjusted for income
           or losses allocable thereto) shall be distributed to
           Participants on whose behalf such excess
           contributions were made for the Plan Year no later
           than the last day of the following Plan Year.
           Furthermore, the Company shall attempt to distribute
           such amount by the 15th day of the third month
           following the Plan Year for which the excess
           contributions were made to avoid the imposition on
           the Participating Employers of an excise tax under
           Code section 4979.
       
       (3) Income or losses allocable to Excess Aggregate
           Contributions shall be determined in the same manner
           specified for Excess Before Tax Contributions under
           Sec. 5.4(f)(3).

   (g)     For purposes of subsection (a), the contribution
       percentage of a Highly Compensated Employee who is a
       more than 5-percent owner or who is among the 10 highest
       paid Highly Compensated Employees and any Family Members
       of such a person shall be determined in the same manner
       specified for determining the deferral percentage under
       Sec. 5.4(g)(1).  If subsection (d) requires reduction of
       the contributions by or on behalf of a Highly
       Compensated Participant who is subject to family
       aggregation, reductions of contributions for that family
       group shall be determined in the same manner specified
       for reducing Before Tax Contributions under
       Sec. 5.4(g)(2).
   
   (h)     The contribution percentage for any Participant who
       is a Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year, and
       who is eligible to make nondeductible employee
       contributions or to receive matching contributions under
       two or more plans described in Code section 401(a) that
       are maintained by the Participating Employers or any
       Affiliate, shall be determined as if all such
       contributions were made under a single arrangement
       unless mandatorily disaggregated pursuant to regulations
       under Code section 401(m).
23
          PAGE 24
       (i)If two or more plans maintained by the Participating
           Employers or Affiliates are treated as one plan for
           purposes of satisfying the eligibility requirements
           of Code section 410(b), those plans must be treated
           as one plan for purposes of applying the provisions
           of this section unless mandatorily disaggregated
           pursuant to regulations under Code section 401(m).

   (j)     Notwithstanding the foregoing, for Plan Years
       commencing after 1988, if neither subparagraph (c)(1) of
       this section nor Sec. 5.4(c)(1) was satisfied, the
       requirements set forth in Sec. 5.7 must also be
       satisfied.
   
          SEC. 5.7  MULTIPLE USE OF THE ALTERNATIVE
LIMITATIONSec. 5.7  Multiple Use of the Alternative Limitations.
Effective for Plan Years commencing after 1988, if neither
Sec. 5.4(c)(1) nor Sec. 5.6(c)(1) was satisfied, the following
additional requirements must also be satisfied:

       (a) The sum of the following two amounts must not exceed
           the greater of the limit determined under subsection
           (b) or the limit determined under subsection (c):

       (1) The average deferral percentage for Highly
           Compensated Employees (determined under Sec. 5.4(b)
           following any adjustments required by Sec. 5.4).
       
       (2) The average contribution percentage for Highly
           Compensated Employees (determined under Sec. 5.6(b)
           following any adjustments required by Sec. 5.6).
       
       (b) The limit under this subsection is the sum of the
           following amounts:

            (1) 1.25 multiplied by the greater of:

           (A)The average deferral percentage for Non-Highly
               Compensated Employees (determined under
               Sec. 5.4(b) following any adjustments required by
               Sec. 5.4), or
           
           (B)The average contribution percentage for
               Non-Highly Compensated Employees (determined
               under Sec. 5.6(b) following any adjustments
               required by Sec. 5.6).
               (2)  Two percentage points plus the lesser of:

           (A)The average deferral percentage for Non-Highly
               Compensated Employees, or
           
           (B)The average contribution percentage for
               Non-Highly Compensated Employees.
24
          PAGE 25
           
           Notwithstanding the foregoing, the amount under this
           paragraph (2) cannot exceed the lesser of (A) or (B)
           above, multiplied
           by two, or such other limit as may be prescribed by
           Treasury Regulations.
   
   (c)     The limit under this subsection (c) is the amount
       that would be determined under subsection (b) by:
   
       (1) Substituting "lesser" for "greater" in paragraph (1)
           of subsection (b), and
       
       (2) Substituting "greater" for "lesser" each place that
           word appears in paragraph (2) of subsection (b).
       
   (d)     If the amount determined under subsection (a)
       exceeds the greater of the limits determined under
       subsections (b) and (c), an additional amount must be
       treated as Excess Before Tax Contributions and
       distributed under Sec. 5.4.  In addition, any Matching
       Contributions attributable to those Before Tax
       Contributions shall be treated as forfeited and shall be
       applied as a credit against future contributions from
       the Participating Employers. Appropriate adjustments
       under this subsection must be made pursuant to Treasury
       regulations until the sum of the average deferral
       percentage and average contribution percentage for
       Highly Compensated Employees is equal to the greater of
       the limits determined under subsections (b) and (c).

          SEC. 5.8  TIME OF CONTRIBUTIONSEC. 5.8  TIME OF
CONTRIBUTIONS.  In addition to the requirements of Sec. 5.3,
Before Tax Contributions and Matching contributions by a
Participating Employer for a Plan Year shall be paid to the
Trustee no later than the time (including extensions thereof)
prescribed by law for filing the employer's federal income tax
return for the tax year in which the Plan Year ends.  Before Tax
Contributions and any other contributions taken into account
under Sec. 5.4(a)(1) shall be paid to the Trustee no later than
12 months following the end of the Plan Year, if earlier.  In
addition, Before Tax Contributions or Matching Contributions
shall be paid to the Trustee by any earlier date that may be
specified in Treasury or Department of Labor regulations.

          SEC. 5.9  LIMITATIONS ON
CONTRIBUTIONSec. 5.9  Limitations on Contributions.  In no event
shall the amount of a Participating Employer's contribution
under this Article for any Plan Year exceed the lesser of:

   (a)     The maximum amount allowable as a deduction in
       computing its taxable income for that Plan Year for
       federal income tax purposes.
   
   (b)     The aggregate amount of the contributions by such
       Participating Employer that may be allocated to Accounts
       of Participants under the provisions of Article VI.
25
          PAGE 26
                           ARTICLE VI
                                
               LIMITATION ON ALLOCATIONSRTICLE VI
                                
                    LIMITATION ON ALLOCATIONS
   
          SEC. 6.1  LIMITATION ON ALLOCATIONSec. 6.1  Limitation
on Allocations.  Notwithstanding any provisions of the Plan to
the contrary, allocations to Participants under the Plan shall
not exceed the maximum amount permitted under Code section 415.
For purposes of the preceding sentence, the following rules
shall apply unless otherwise provided in Code section 415:

   (a)The Annual Additions with respect to a Participant for
       any Plan Year shall not exceed the lesser of:
   
       (1)$30,000, or, if greater, 25% of the defined benefit
           dollar limitation set forth in Code section
           415(b)(1)(A) as in effect for the Plan Year.
       
       (2)25% of the Compensation of such Participant for such
           Plan Year.
       
   (b)If a Participant is also a participant in one or more
       other defined contribution plans maintained by a
       Participating Employer or an Affiliate, and if the
       amount of employer contributions and forfeitures
       otherwise allocated to the Participant for a Plan Year
       must be reduced to comply with the limitations under
       Code section 415, such allocations under this Plan and
       each of such other plans shall be reduced pro rata in
       the sequence specified in subsection (c), and pro rata
       within each category within that sequence, to the extent
       necessary to comply with said limitations, except that
       reductions to the extent necessary shall be made in
       allocations under profit sharing plans and stock bonus
       plans before any reductions are made under money
       purchase plans.
   
   (c)If for any Plan Year the limitation described in
       subsection (a) would otherwise be exceeded by
       contributions to this Plan with respect to any
       Participant (after application of subsection (b)), the
       Participant's Annual Additions shall be adjusted in the
       following sequence, but only to the extent necessary to
       reduce Annual Additions to the level permitted in
       subsection (a):
   
       (1)The Participant's after-tax voluntary employee
           contributions for the Plan Year, if any, shall be
           refunded to the Participant during the Plan Year or
           as soon as reasonably possible following the end of
           the Plan Year.
       
       (2)The Participant's Before Tax Contributions for the
           Plan Year, if any, shall be reduced, and that amount
           shall be refunded to the Participant.
       
       (3)If, after the adjustments in paragraphs (1) and (2)
           there is an excess amount with respect to a
           Participant for a Plan Year, such excess amount
           shall be held unallocated in a suspense account.
           The suspense account will be applied to
26
          PAGE 27
          reduce future employer contributions for all
           Participants in the current Plan Year, the next Plan
           Year, and in each succeeding Plan Year, if
           necessary.  The suspense account will participate in
           the allocation of the investment gains and losses of
           the Fund and the value of such account will be
           considered in valuing other Accounts under the Plan.
       
       (4)Any amounts refunded under paragraphs (1) or (2)
           shall be disregarded for purposes of applying the
           limits under Sec. 5.4, Sec. 5.5 and Sec. 5.6.
       
   (d)If the Participant is also a participant in one or more
       defined benefit plans maintained by a Participating
       Employer or an Affiliate, the sum of the Participant's
       defined benefit plan fraction and defined contribution
       plan fraction, determined according to Code section
       415(e), for any Plan Year may not exceed 1.0.  If the
       sum of a Participant's defined benefit fraction and
       defined contribution fraction would otherwise exceed 1.0
       for any Plan Year, the benefits provided under the
       defined benefit plan or plans shall be reduced to the
       extent necessary to reduce the sum of the fractions to
       1.0.  For purposes of this subsection, Annual Additions
       for Plan Years beginning before 1987 shall not be
       recomputed to treat all employee contributions as Annual
       Additions, and the defined contribution plan fraction
       shall be adjusted as provided in Section 1106(i) of the
       Tax Reform Act of 1986.
   
   (e)For purposes of this section, "Annual Additions" means
       the sum of the following amounts allocated to a
       Participant for a Plan Year under this Plan and all
       other defined contribution plans maintained by a
       Participating Employer or an Affiliate in which he or
       she participates:
   
       (1)Employer contributions, including Before Tax
           Contributions made under this Plan. Excess Before
           Tax Contributions, and Excess Aggregate
           Contributions which are distributed under the
           provisions of Article V are included in Annual
           Additions, but Excess Deferrals which are
           distributed under Sec. 5.5 are not included in
           Annual Additions.
       
       (2)Forfeitures, if any.
       
       (3)Voluntary non-deductible contributions, if any.
       
       (4)Amounts attributable to medical benefits as
           described in Code sections 415(1)(2) and 419A(d)(2).
       
       An Annual Addition with respect to a Participant's
       Accounts shall be deemed credited thereto with respect
       to a Plan Year if it is allocated to the Participant's
       Accounts under the terms of the Plan as of any date
       within such Plan Year.
       
   (f)For purposes of this section, "Compensation" means an
       employee's earned income, wages, salaries, fees for
       professional services and other amounts received
       (without regard to whether or not an amount is paid in
       cash) for personal services actually rendered in the
       course of employment with the Participating Employers
       and Affiliates to the extent that the amounts are
       includable in gross income (including, but not limited
       to, commissions, compensation for services on the basis
       of a percentage of profits, tips,  bonuses, fringe
       benefits, and reimbursements or other expense allowances
       under a nonaccountable plan described in Treasury
       Regulation  1.62-2(c)), subject to the following:
   
       (1)Compensation excludes the Before Tax Contributions
           to this Plan, any elective salary reduction
           contributions to any other plan which are not
           includable in the gross income of the employee under
           Code sections 125, 401(k), 402(h)(1)(B) or 403(b),
           any other employer contributions to a plan of
           deferred compensation which are not includable in
           the employee's gross income for the taxable year in
           which contributed, any distributions from a plan of
           deferred compensation, and any other amounts which
           receive special tax benefits.  However, any amounts
           received by an employee pursuant to an unfunded
           non-qualified plan of deferred compensation may be
           considered as Compensation in the year such amounts
           are includable in the employee's gross income.
       
       (2)Compensation excludes amounts realized from the
           exercise of a non-qualified stock option, or when
           restricted stock (or property) either becomes
           transferable or is no longer subject to a
           substantial risk of forfeiture.
27
       
          PAGE 28
                           ARTICLE VII
                                
                  INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTSRTICLE VII
                                
                       INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS
       
          SEC. 7.1  ACCOUNTS FOR PARTICIPANTSec. 7.1  Accounts
for Participants.  The following Accounts may be established
under the Plan for a Participant:

   (a)A Before Tax Account shall be established for each
       Participant to which Before Tax Contributions shall be
       credited.
   
   (b)A Matching Account shall be established for each
       Participant to which Matching Contributions shall be
       credited.
   
   (c)A Tax Credit Account shall be established for each
       Participant for whom a Tax Credit Contribution was made,
       to which shall be credited Tax Credit Contributions and
       amounts derived from employee contributions for Plan
       Years prior to 1983.  No additional contributions shall
       be credited to a Tax Credit Account with respect to Plan
       Years commencing after 1986.
   
   (d)A Rollover Account shall be established for each
       Participant who makes a Rollover Contribution, as
       provided by Sec. 7.7.
   
   (e)A Transfer Account shall be established for each
       Participant with respect to whom a transfer is received
       pursuant to Sec. 7.8.
   
   (f)A Predecessor Plan Account shall be established for each
       Participant with respect to whom a transfer is received
       from a Predecessor Plan as provided in Article XVI.
   
More than one of any of the above types of Accounts may be
established if required by the Plan or if considered advisable
by the Company in the administration of the Plan.  If the
Company elects to include any Matching Contributions in the
calculation of the deferral percentage under Sec. 5.4(a)(1),
separate Matching Accounts must be established for such
contributions.  Except as expressly provided herein to the
contrary, the Fund shall be held and invested on a commingled
basis, Accounts shall be for bookkeeping purposes only, and the
establishment of Accounts shall not require any segregation of
Fund assets.

          SEC. 7.2  INVESTMENT OF ACCOUNTSEC. 7.2  INVESTMENT OF
ACCOUNTS.  Amounts allocated to each Participant's Accounts
shall be invested primarily in shares of ADM Stock; provided,
however, that Predecessor Plan Accounts shall be invested in
accordance with Article XVI.  Such shares may be acquired by the
Trustee directly from Participating Employers or Affiliates
through contributions in kind.  Other shares acquired for the
Fund shall be purchased by the Trustee through brokers, from
securities dealers, or by private purchase at such prices and in
such amounts as the Trustee may determine.  Part or all of the
amount allocated to a Participant's Accounts may be held in cash
or short term investments pending investment in shares of ADM
Stock.
28
          PAGE 29

          SEC. 7.3  VALUATION OF ACCOUNTSec. 7.3  Valuation of
Accounts.  As of each Valuation Date, each Account shall be
adjusted to reflect contributions, dividends and other income,
distributions, withdrawals, and all other transactions occurring
since the next preceding Valuation Date, as follows:
   
   (a)From the number of shares of ADM Stock held in an
       Account (other than a Predecessor Plan Account) as of
       the next preceding Valuation Date, there shall be
       subtracted any shares subsequently distributed or
       withdrawn.

   (b)The Account as adjusted in subsection (a) shall be
       further adjusted to reflect any dividends or other
       income.  Cash dividends shall be reinvested in ADM stock
       at the then existing market price.  Shares acquired by
       reinvestment of cash dividends will be allocated at the
       end of the quarter and will not be allocated with
       respect to shares distributed during that quarter.
       Shares of ADM Stock attributable to stock dividends or
       stock splits will be allocated to Accounts on the date
       they occur, so that shares distributed during the
       quarter will be adjusted to reflect any stock splits or
       stock dividends occurring prior to the distribution
       date.
   
   (c)Any shares of ADM Stock contributed to the Account since
       the preceding Valuation Date shall be added to the
       Account.
   
   (d)A Predecessor Plan Account shall be valued as provided
       in Article XVI.
   
          SEC. 7.4  CERTIFICATESec. 7.4  Certificates.  The
Company may cause to be issued from time to time benefit
statements advising Participants of the status of their
interests in the Fund, but shall not be required to do so and
the issuance of such benefit statements shall not in any way
alter or affect the rights of Participants with respect to the
Fund.

          SEC. 7.5  VOTING AND OTHER RIGHTS REGARDING ADM
STOCKec. 7.5  Voting and Other Rights Regarding ADM Stock.  Not
less than 30 days prior to any meeting of shareholders of the
Company, the Company shall cause to be sent to Participants who
have shares of ADM Stock credited to their Accounts the proxy
materials which are sent to shareholders of record of the
Company.  Each such Participant shall have the right to instruct
the Trustee as to the method of voting on the propositions
submitted to shareholders, in accordance with the following:
29

          PAGE 30
       (a)Each such Participant shall have a number of votes
           equal to the number of full and fractional shares
           credited to his Accounts as of the date the notice
           is given.  To be effective, the Participant's
           instructions must be received by the Trustee by a
           deadline established in advance by the Trustee.  The
           Trustee shall tabulate the instructions by the
           deadline and shall determine the number of votes for
           and against each proposal.  The Trustee shall then
           vote the shares allocated to Participants' Accounts
           in accordance with the directions received.  In
           cases where instructions are received with respect
           to voting of fractional shares, the Trustee shall
           vote the combined fractional shares to the extent
           possible to reflect the direction of Participants
           holding fractional shares.

       (b)If a Participant does not direct the Trustee in
           whole or in part with respect to voting of ADM Stock
           credited to the Participant's Accounts, such voting
           rights shall be exercised by the Trustee.

       (c)Each Participant may direct the exercise of rights
           other than voting rights with respect to shares
           allocated to his Accounts.  Said directions shall be
           given pursuant to procedures adopted by the Company.
       
       (d)Participants shall have no right to direct voting of
           or exercise of other rights with respect to
           unallocated shares of ADM Stock. Such shares shall
           be voted by the Trustee.

          SEC. 7.6  TENDER OR EXCHANGE OFFERS REGARDING ADM
STOCKEC. 7.6  TENDER OR EXCHANGE OFFERS REGARDING ADM STOCK.  As
soon as practicable after the commencement of a tender or
exchange offer (an "Offer") for shares of ADM Stock, the Company
shall use its best efforts to cause each Participant to be
advised in writing of the terms of the Offer, and to be provided
with forms by which the Participant may instruct the Trustee, or
revoke such instruction, to tender shares of ADM Stock credited
to his Accounts, to the extent permitted under the terms of such
Offer.  The Trustee shall follow the directions of each
Participant.  The Trustee shall decide whether or not to tender
shares for which no instructions are received.  In advising
participants of the terms of the Offer, the Company may include
statements from the Board setting forth its position with
respect to the Offer.  The giving of instructions by a
Participant to the Trustee to tender shares and the tender
thereof shall not be deemed a withdrawal or suspension from the
Plan or a forfeiture of any portion of such Participant's
interest in the Plan solely by reason of the giving of such
instructions and the Trustee's compliance therewith.  Any
securities received by the Trustee as a result of a tender of
shares of ADM Stock shall be held, and any cash so received
shall be invested in short-term investments, for the account of
the Participant with respect to whom shares were tendered
pending any reinvestment by the Trustee, as it may deem
appropriate, consistent with the purposes of the Plan.
30
          PAGE 31

          SEC. 7.7  ROLLOVER ACCOUNTSEC. 7.7  ROLLOVER ACCOUNTS.
A Qualified Employee who receives a distribution from a plan
described in subsection (a) below may transfer to the Fund an
amount that constitutes a Rollover Contribution.
Notwithstanding any provisions of the Plan to the contrary, the
following shall apply with respect to a Rollover Contribution:

       (a)If (i) the Company or an Affiliate acquires the
           assets of another employer and certain employees of
           that employer become Qualified Employees hereunder,
           and (ii) said Qualified Employees receive a total
           distribution from a qualified plan described in Code
           section 401(a) maintained by the previous employer
           because of a complete or partial termination of said
           plan with respect to the Qualified Employees, then
           any such Qualified Employee may elect to make a
           Rollover Contribution of such distribution if the
           previous employer is listed in this subsection (a).
           As of July  1, 1991, the only such previous employer
           is Dennis E. Roby & Associates, Inc.
       
       (b)No Rollover Contribution shall be accepted by the
           Fund unless made no later than ten working days
           after the plan distribution was received by the
           Qualified Employee.
       
       (c)A Rollover Account shall be established for each
           employee who makes a Rollover Contribution.  From
           the date the assets of the Rollover Contribution are
           transferred to the Fund through the first Valuation
           Date following such transfer, the Rollover Account
           shall be valued at the fair market value of said
           assets on the date of such transfer.
       
       (d)A Rollover Account shall be treated in all respects
           the same as a Before Tax Account except as provided
           in (c) above, and any references in the Plan to a
           Before Tax Account shall apply equally to a Rollover
           Account, except that no employer or employee
           contributions shall ever be added to a Rollover
           Account.
       
       (e)The employee shall be treated the same as a
           Participant hereunder from the time of the transfer,
           but shall not actually be a Participant and shall
           not be eligible to receive an allocation of employer
           contributions or to make employee contributions
           until he or she has satisfied the requirements of
           Article IV.
       
       (f)For purposes of this section, "Rollover
           Contribution" means a contribution of an amount
           which may be rolled over to this Plan pursuant to
           Code sections 402(a)(5), 403(a)(4), 408(d)(3), or
           any other provision of the Code which may permit
           rollovers to this Plan from time to time.
       
          SEC. 7.8  TRANSFER ACCOUNTSec. 7.8  Transfer Accounts.
In connection with termination of the Revised Employees' Stock
Bonus Plan of Valley Grain Products, Inc. (the "Valley Grain
Products, Inc. Plan") effective as of January 31, 1992, certain
participants in said plan elected to have their accounts
thereunder transferred to this Plan.  Notwithstanding any
provisions hereof to the contrary, the following shall apply
with respect to accounts transferred to this Plan pursuant to
such elections:

       (a)Each account so transferred shall be designated as a
           Transfer Account under this Plan for the respective
           employee.  Accounts under the Valley Grain Products,
           Inc. Plan were invested primarily in shares of ADM
           Stock, and following the transfer to this Plan the
           Transfer Accounts hereunder shall continue to be
           invested primarily in shares of ADM Stock consistent
           with Article VII.

       (b)A Transfer Account shall be treated in all respects
           as a Before Tax Account except that (i) no employer
           or employee contributions shall ever be added to a
           Transfer Account and (ii) withdrawals from a
           Transfer Account shall be permitted without regard
           to the age requirement in Sec. 9.3(b).
       
       (c)An employee for whom a Transfer Account is
           established shall be treated the same as a
           Participant from the time of the transfer, but shall
           not actually be a Participant and shall not be
           eligible to share in employer contributions or to
           make contributions until he or she has satisfied the
           requirements of Article IV.
31
                                
          PAGE 32
                          ARTICLE VIII
                                
              DESIGNATION 0F BENEFICIARYRTICLE VIII
                                
                   DESIGNATION 0F BENEFICIARY

          SEC. 8.1  PERSONS ELIGIBLE TO
DESIGNATEec. 8.1  Persons Eligible to Designate.  Any
Participant may designate a Beneficiary to receive any amount
payable from the Fund as a result of the Participant's death,
provided that the Beneficiary survives the Participant.  The
Beneficiary may be one or more persons, natural or otherwise. By
way of illustration, but not by way of limitation, the
Beneficiary may be an individual, trustee, executor, or
administrator.  A Participant may also change or revoke a
designation previously made, without the consent of any
Beneficiary named therein.

          SEC. 8.2  SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MARRIED
PARTICIPANTSEC. 8.2  SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MARRIED
PARTICIPANTS.  Notwithstanding the provisions of Sec. 8.1, if a
Participant is married at the time of his or her death, the
Beneficiary shall be the Participant's spouse unless the spouse
has consented in writing to the designation of a different
Beneficiary, the spouse's consent acknowledges the effect of
such designation, and the spouse's consent is witnessed by a
representative of the Plan or a notary public.  Such consent
shall be deemed to have been obtained if it is established to
the satisfaction of the Company that such consent cannot be
obtained because there is no spouse, because the spouse cannot
be located, or because of such other circumstances as may be
prescribed by federal regulations.  Any consent by a spouse
shall be irrevocable.  Any designation of a Beneficiary which
has received spousal consent may be changed (other than by being
revoked) without spousal consent only if the consent by the
spouse expressly permits subsequent designations by the
Participant without any requirement for further consent by the
spouse.  Any such consent shall be valid only with respect to
the spouse who signed the consent, or in the case of a deemed
consent, the designated spouse.  The provisions of this section
shall apply only to Participants who have at least one Hour of
Service on or after August 23, 1984.

          SEC. 8.3  FORM AND METHOD OF DESIGNATIONec. 8.3  Form
and Method of Designation.  Any designation or a revocation of a
prior designation of Beneficiary shall be in writing on a form
acceptable to the Company and shall be filed with the Company.
The Company and all other parties involved in making payment to
a Beneficiary may rely on the latest Beneficiary designation on
file with the Company at the time of payment or may make payment
pursuant to Sec. 8.4 if an effective designation is not on file,
shall be fully protected in doing so, and shall have no
liability whatsoever to any person making claim for such payment
under a subsequently filed designation of Beneficiary or for any
other reason.
          SEC. 8.4  NO EFFECTIVE DESIGNATIONec. 8.4  No
Effective Designation.  If there is not on file with the Company
an effective designation of Beneficiary by a deceased
Participant, the Beneficiary shall be the person or persons
surviving the Participant in the first of the following classes
in which there is a survivor, share and share alike:

            (a)  The Participant's spouse.

       (b)The Participant's children, except that if any of
           the Participant's children predecease the
           Participant but leave
32
          PAGE 33
          issue surviving the Participant, such issue shall
           take by right of representation the share their
           parent would have taken if living.
   
       (c)The Participant's parents.

       (d) The Participant's brothers and sisters.
       
       (e)The Participant's estate.

Determination of the identity of the Beneficiary in each case
shall be made by the Company.

          SEC. 8.5  SUCCESSOR BENEFICIARYEC. 8.5  SUCCESSOR
BENEFICIARY.  If a Beneficiary who survives the Participant
subsequently dies before receiving all payments to which the
Beneficiary was entitled, the successor Beneficiary, determined
in accordance with the provisions of this section, shall be
entitled to the balance of any remaining payments due.  A
Beneficiary who is not the surviving spouse of the Participant
may not designate a successor Beneficiary.  A Beneficiary who is
the surviving spouse may designate a successor Beneficiary only
if the Participant specifically authorized such designations on
the Participant's Beneficiary designation form.  If a
Beneficiary is permitted to designate a successor Beneficiary,
each such designation shall be made according to the same rules
(other than Sec. 8.2) applicable to designations by
Participants.  If a Beneficiary is not permitted to designate a
successor Beneficiary, or is permitted to do so but fails to
make such a designation, the balance of any payments remaining
due will be payable to a contingent Beneficiary if the
Participant's Beneficiary designation so specifies, and
otherwise to the personal representative (executor or
administrator) of the deceased Beneficiary.

          SEC. 8.6  INSURANCE CONTRACTec. 8.6  Insurance
Contract.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this
Article VIII, as to benefits payable under a contract issued by
an insurance company, said contract shall govern the designation
of Beneficiary entitled to benefits thereunder except to the
extent the contract is inconsistent with the provisions of
Sec. 8.2 or Sec. 10.1.
33
          PAGE 34
                                
                           ARTICLE IX
                                
                  BENEFIT REQUIREMENTSRTICLE IX
                                
                      BENEFIT REQUIREMENTS

          SEC. 9.1  BENEFIT ON TERMINATION OF
EMPLOYMENTec. 9.1  Benefit on Termination of Employment.  If a
Participant's Termination of Employment occurs (for any reason
other than death), the Participant shall be 100% vested and
shall be entitled to a benefit equal to (i) the number of shares
of ADM stock allocated to his or her Accounts (other than a
Predecessor Plan Account), and (ii) the value of his or her
Predecessor Plan Accounts, if any, both determined as of the
Valuation Date coincident with or next following the Termination
of Employment.  The Participant shall also be entitled to an
additional benefit equal to the number of shares of ADM Stock
(if any) allocated to his or her Accounts after the
Participant's Termination of Employment.  The benefit shall be
paid at the times and in the manner determined under Article X.

          SEC. 9.2  DEATHec. 9.2  Death.  If a Participant's
Termination of Employment is the result of death, his or her
Beneficiary shall be entitled to a benefit equal to (i) the
number of shares of ADM Stock allocated to the Participant's
Accounts (other than a Predecessor Plan Account), and (ii) the
value of the Participant's Predecessor Plan Accounts, if any,
both determined as of the Valuation Date coincident with or next
following the date of death.  The Beneficiary shall also be
entitled to an additional benefit equal to the number of shares
of ADM Stock (if any) allocated to the Participant's Accounts
after the Participant's death.  Such benefit shall be paid at
the times and in the manner determined under Article X.  If a
Participant's death occurs after his or her Termination of
Employment, distribution of the balance of the Participant's
Accounts shall be made to the Beneficiary in accordance with the
provisions of Article X.

          SEC. 9.3  WITHDRAWALS BEFORE TERMINATION OF
EMPLOYMENTEC. 9.3  WITHDRAWALS BEFORE TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.
A Participant may request a cash withdrawal from his or her
Before Tax Account, Matching Account, Tax Credit Account,
Rollover Account, and Transfer Account at any time prior to the
date benefits first become payable to the Participant under
Sec. 9.1 pursuant to the following:

   (a)     Until the Participant reaches age 59 1/2, a withdrawal
       may be made from such Accounts only to meet a financial
       hardship; provided, however, that no hardship
       withdrawals can be made from a Matching Account.
   
           (1)A hardship withdrawal will be permitted only if
               the Company determines that both of the following
               requirements are met:
           
               (A)The distribution must be made on account of
                  one of the following reasons:
34
          PAGE 35
            (i)   Expenses for medical care described in
                  section 213(d) of the Code incurred by the
                  Participant, the Participant's spouse, or any
                  dependents of the Participant, as defined in
                  section 152 of the Code, or expenses
                  necessary for any of those persons to obtain
                  such medical care.
            
                  (ii) Costs directly related to the purchase
                  of the principal residence of the Participant
                  (excluding mortgage payments).
            
                  (iii)     Payment of tuition for the next
                  semester or quarter of post-secondary
                  education for the Participant, or for his or
                  her spouse, children or dependents, or
                  commencing January 1, 1992, tuition and
                  related educational fees for the next 12
                  months of such education.
            
                  (iv) The need to prevent the eviction of the
                  Participant from his or her principal
                  residence or foreclosure on the mortgage of
                  the Participant's principal residence.
            
                  (v)  Any other immediate and heavy financial
                  need which the Company determines, in
                  accordance with rules applied in a uniform
                  and non-discriminatory manner, satisfies the
                  requirements of Treasury Regulation
                   1.401(k)-1(d)(2).

           (B)All of the following requirements must be
               satisfied:
           
                  (i)  The amount of the distribution cannot
                  exceed the amount of the immediate and heavy
                  financial need of the Participant.  The
                  Company may reasonably rely on the
                  Participant's representation as to that
                  amount.  However, the amount of the
                  distribution may include any amounts
                  determined by the Company to be necessary to
                  pay any federal, state or local income taxes
                  or penalties reasonably expected to result
                  from the distribution.
            
                 (ii) The Participant must have obtained all
                  distributions, other than hardship
                  distributions, and all nontaxable loans
                  currently available under all plans
                  maintained by the Participating Employers or
                  any Affiliate.
           
                 (iii)     The Participant's elective
                  contributions and employee contributions
                  under the Plan and all other qualified and
                  nonqualified plans of deferred compensation
                  maintained by the Participating Employers or
                  any Affiliate will be suspended pursuant to
                  the terms of the plan or an otherwise legally
35
          PAGE 36
                  enforceable agreement for at least 12 months
                  after the receipt of the hardship
                  distribution.
           
                 (iv) For the calendar year immediately
                  following the calendar year of the hardship
                  distribution, the Participant may not make
                  contributions under all plans maintained by
                  the Participating Employers or any Affiliate
                  in excess of the applicable limit under
                  section 402(g) of the Code for such next
                  calendar year less the amount of the
                  Participant's elective contributions for the
                  calendar year of the hardship distribution.
           
                 (v)  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions
                  of this subparagraph (B), this subparagraph
                  (B) will be satisfied if the IRS issues a
                  revenue ruling, notice, or other document of
                  general applicability which establishes an
                  alternative method under which distributions
                  will be deemed to be necessary to satisfy an
                  immediate and heavy financial need and all of
                  the requirements of such alternative method
                  are met.
           
           (2)With respect to any such hardship withdrawal from
               a Participant's Before Tax Account, earnings
               credited to the Before Tax Account after
               December 31, 1988 cannot be withdrawn under this
               subsection (a).

       (b)After the Participant reaches age 59 1/2, a withdrawal
           may be made from any of the Accounts (including a
           Matching Account) for any reason.
       
       (c)With respect to any withdrawal from a Participant's
           Tax Credit Account under either subsection (a) or
           subsection (b), no withdrawal shall be made with
           respect to shares of ADM Stock attributable to Tax
           Credit Contributions (including shares attributable
           to dividends on such contributions) until at least
           84 months after the close of the Plan Year in which
           such shares were credited to the Account.
   
       (d)The amount withdrawn shall be paid to the
           Participant in cash; provided, however, that the
           Participant may elect to receive the withdrawal in
           the form of whole shares of ADM Stock (with cash in
           lieu of any fractional share).  Any cash
           distribution will be reduced to reflect any
           brokerage fees incurred with respect to the sale of
           stock.
   
       (e)No withdrawal may be made in an amount having a
           value less than the lesser of (i) $1,000 or (ii) the
           total amount available for such withdrawals, if less
           than $1,000.
36
          PAGE 37
       
       (f)Requests for withdrawals under this section shall be
           made pursuant to applicable rules and regulations
           adopted by the Company which are uniform and
           non-discriminatory as to all
          Participants and shall be submitted in writing to
           the Company on such form as the Company prescribes
           for this purpose.  The Company shall determine
           whether the requirements of this section have been
           met.
       
       (g)Withdrawals shall be permitted from a Predecessor
           Plan Account as provided in Article XVI.
       
          SEC. 9.4  DISTRIBUTIONS TO SATISFY DIVERSIFICATION
RULESec. 9.4  Distributions to Satisfy Diversification Rules.
Each qualified Participant may elect to receive a distribution
of a percentage of his or her Tax Credit Account, subject to the
following:

       (a)An individual is a "qualified Participant" eligible
           to make such an election only if the Participant has
           completed 10 or more years of participation in the
           Plan and has attained age 55.
       
       (b)An election under this section may only be made
           within 90 days after the close of each Plan Year in
           the "qualified election period".  The "qualified
           election period" is the six Plan Year period
           beginning with the later of (i) the earliest Plan
           Year in which the qualified Participant has both
           completed 10 years of participation and attained age
           55, or (ii) the Plan Year commencing January 1,
           1987.
       
       (c)A qualified Participant may elect to receive up to
           25% of the "aggregate post-1986 balance" of his or
           her Tax Credit Account.  For purposes of this
           section only, the "aggregate post-1986 balance" of a
           Participant's Tax Credit Account shall equal the
           total number of ADM Shares acquired by the
           Participant's Tax Credit Account for Plan Years
           commencing after 1986 as of the close of the Plan
           Year immediately preceding the 90-day period, plus
           the number of ADM Shares previously distributed from
           the Participant's Tax Credit Account as a result of
           elections made under this section.  The maximum
           amount that may be distributed for any one Plan Year
           shall be reduced to reflect amounts transferred for
           prior Plan Years. No distribution shall be made
           under this section with respect to ADM Shares
           allocated to a Participant's Tax Credit Account
           prior to January 1, 1987.  Furthermore, no
           distributions shall be made under this section
           unless the fair market value of the aggregate
           post-1986 balance as of the Valuation Date preceding
           the qualified election period exceeds $500.
       
       (d)With respect to any election made during the 90 day
           period following the close of the last Plan Year in
           the qualified election period, "50%" shall be
           substituted for "25%" in subsection (c).

       (e)Any amounts which a Participant elects to receive
           pursuant to this section shall be paid in cash.  The
           amount distributed shall be reduced to reflect any
           brokerage fees incurred with respect to the sale of
           the stock.
37
          PAGE 38
                                
                            ARTICLE X
                                
                DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITSRTICLE X
                                
                    DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS

               SEC. 10.1  TIME AND METHOD OF
PAYMENTec. 10.1  Time and Method of Payment.  The benefit to
which a Participant or Beneficiary may become entitled under
Article IX (other than with respect to a Predecessor Plan
Account) shall be distributed to that individual at such time
after the date as of which the Participant or Beneficiary
becomes entitled to a benefit payment as he or she elects,
subject to the following:

   (a)Unless the Participant elects otherwise, distribution
       must be made no later than the 60th day after the close
       of the Plan Year in which the Participant reaches Normal
       Retirement Age or in which the Participant's Termination
       of Employment occurs, whichever is later; provided,
       however, that if the amount of the payment to be made
       cannot be determined by the later of the aforesaid
       dates, a payment retroactive to such date may be made no
       later than 60 days after the earliest date on which the
       amount of such payment can be ascertained.  For purposes
       of this subsection, the failure of a Participant to
       elect to receive a distribution shall be deemed to be an
       election to defer distribution of the benefit.
   
   (b)If the Participant's Termination of Employment is a
       Normal Retirement or an Early Retirement under the
       Archer Daniels Midland Retirement Plan, the Participant
       may elect to receive payments under either of the
       following methods:
   
                (1)  A single sum distribution not later than
           April 1, following the Plan Year in which he or she
           attains age 70 1/2.

                (2)  Installment payments, provided that the
           final installment must be paid not later than
           April 1 following the Plan Year in which the
           Participant attains age 70 1/2.  Such installments must
           be in units of 100 shares or more (or the cash
           equivalent thereof).

   (c)If a Participant's Termination of Employment is neither
       a Normal Retirement nor an Early Retirement under the
       Archer Daniels Midland Retirement Plan, the participant
       may only receive a single sum distribution of the
       balance credited to his or her Accounts.  The
       Participant may designate the time of payment; provided,
       however, that the payment date may not be later than
       April 1 of the Plan Year following the Plan Year in
       which the Participant attains age 70 1/2.  Such a
       Participant may not elect installment distributions.

   (d)If the Participant dies before receiving the
       distribution and before the date that the distribution
       was required to occur under subsection (b) or (c), the
       Participant's Accounts shall be distributed to the
       Beneficiary in a single sum or installments to be
       completed not later than December 31 of the year
       containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant's
       death.
38
          PAGE 39
   (e)If more than one Beneficiary is entitled to benefits
       following the Participant's death, the interest of each
       Beneficiary shall be segregated into a separate Account
       for purposes of applying this section.

   (f)Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the total vested value
       of the Accounts of a Participant (or a Beneficiary
       following the Participant's death) is $3,500 or less on
       the Valuation Date coincident with or immediately
       following the date the Participant's Termination of
       Employment or death occurs, a single-sum distribution
       shall be made to the Participant (or Beneficiary) as of
       the earliest date permitted by the Plan.  However, this
       subsection shall not apply to a Participant if the total
       vested value of the Participant's Accounts exceeded
       $3,500 at the time any previous distribution was made to
       the Participant.
   
   (g)Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the
       contrary, distributions under this section shall be made
       in accordance with the requirements of Code section
       401(a)(9), including the incidental death benefit
       requirements of Code section 401(a)(9)(G) and the
       regulations thereunder.  No distribution option
       otherwise permitted under this Plan will be available to
       a Participant or Beneficiary if such distribution option
       does not meet the requirements of Code section
       401(a)(9), including subparagraph (G) thereof.
   
   (h)In accordance with subsection (g), if a Participant
       continues working for a Participating Employer or
       Affiliate after the Plan Year in which he attains age
       70 1/2, benefit payments shall commence not later than
       April 1 following the Plan Year in which the Participant
       attains age 70 1/2; provided, however, that this subsection
       shall not apply to a Participant who attained age 70 1/2
       before January 1, 1988 and who is not a more than
       5-percent owner of a Participating Employer (as defined
       in Code section 416) at any time during the Plan Year
       ending with or within the calendar year in which the
       Participant attained age 66 1/2 or any subsequent Plan
       Year.  The amount distributed each year to such an
       employee shall be an amount elected by the employee
       which shall not be less than the amount required to
       satisfy the requirements of Code section 401(a)(9).

          SEC. 10.2  FORM OF DISTRIBUTIONec. 10.2  Form of
Distribution.  Distributions shall be made in accordance with
the following:
      
      (a)Distributions under Sec. 9.3, Sec. 10.1(b),
          Sec. 10.1(d), or Sec. 10.1(h) shall be in cash or in
          shares of ADM Stock, as elected by the recipient.
          Any cash distribution will be reduced to reflect any
          brokerage fees incurred with respect to the sale of
          stock.
      
      (b)Distributions under Sec. 10.1(c) and Sec. 10.1(f)
          shall be made in whole shares of ADM Stock, and the
          remaining balance, if any, shall be paid in cash.
39
          PAGE 40

      (c)Distributions under Sec. 9.4 shall be in cash.
      
      (d)Distributions with respect to a Predecessor Plan
          Account shall be paid in accordance with Article XVI.
      
      (e)With respect to any distribution to be made after
          December 31, 1992, the Participant may elect to have
          the distribution made by the Trustee in the form of a
          direct transfer rollover contribution for the benefit
          of the Participant to an individual retirement
          account or annuity described in Code section 408 or
          to another qualified plan described in code section
          401(a). However, no such transfer shall be made if
          the distribution is part of a series of installments
          payable over a period of ten years or more, or if the
          distribution is required in order to satisfy Code
          section 401(a)(9).  The Participant shall provide the
          Trustee with the information necessary to accomplish
          the transfer in such form as the Company or the
          Trustee may require.  Transfers made in accordance
          with the Participant's instructions shall constitute
          full settlement of the Plan's liability with respect
          to the amount so transferred, and the Plan, the
          Trustee, and the Company shall have no further
          liability with respect to such amounts. Transfers
          under this subsection shall be made in accordance
          with Code section 401(a)(31) and the regulations
          thereunder.

          SEC. 10.3  ACCOUNTING FOLLOWING TERMINATION OF
EMPLOYMENTec. 10.3  Accounting Following Termination of
Employment.  If distribution of all or any part of a benefit is
deferred or delayed for any reason, the undistributed Accounts
shall continue to be revalued as of each Valuation Date as
provided in Article VII.  Payment shall be made as of the
Valuation Date following the date the Participant (or
Beneficiary following the Participant's death) files the request
with the Company, and shall occur within a reasonable time after
the valuation has been completed.

          SEC. 10.4  REEMPLOYMENTec. 10.4  Reemployment.  Except
where distributions are required under Sec. 10.1(h), entitlement
to a distribution from the Fund pursuant to Sec. 9.1 shall cease
upon reemployment of a Participant in a regular position by a
Participating Employer, and shall recommence in accordance with
the provisions of this Article upon the Participant's subsequent
Termination of Employment.

          SEC. 10.5  SOURCE OF BENEFITSec. 10.5  Source of
Benefits.  All benefits to which persons become entitled
hereunder shall be provided only out of the Fund and only to the
extent that the Fund is adequate therefor.  No benefits are
provided under the Plan except those expressly described herein.
Each Participant and Beneficiary assumes all risk connected with
any decrease in the market value of any assets held under the
Plan.  The Participating Employers do not in any way guarantee
the Fund against any loss or depreciation, or the payment of any
amount, that may be or become due to any person from the Fund.
40
          PAGE 41

          SEC. 10.6  INCOMPETENT PAYEEec. 10.6  Incompetent
Payee.  If in the opinion of the Company a person entitled to
payments hereunder is disabled from caring for his or her
affairs because of mental or physical condition, or age, payment
due such person may be made to such person's guardian,
conservator, or other legal personal representative upon
furnishing the Company with evidence satisfactory to the Company
of such status.  Prior to the furnishing of such evidence, the
Company may cause payments due the person under disability to be
made, for such person's use and benefit, to any person or
institution then in the opinion of the Company caring for or
maintaining the person under disability.  The Company shall have
no liability with respect to payments so made.  The Company
shall have no duty to make inquiry as to the competence of any
person entitled to receive payments hereunder.

          SEC. 10.7  BENEFITS MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR
ALIENATEDec. 10.7  Benefits May Not Be Assigned or Alienated.
Except as otherwise expressly permitted by the Plan or required
by law, the interests of persons entitled to benefits under the
Plan may not in any manner whatsoever be assigned or alienated,
whether voluntarily or involuntarily, or directly or indirectly.
However, the Plan shall comply with the provisions of any court
order which the Company determines is a qualified domestic
relations order as defined in Code section 414(p).  Any expenses
relating to review or administration of a domestic relations
order may be charged against the Accounts of the Participant
and/or the alternate payee.  Notwithstanding any provisions in
the Plan to the contrary, an individual who is entitled to
payments from the Plan as an "alternate payee" pursuant to a
qualified domestic relations order may receive a lump sum
payment from the Plan as soon as administratively feasible after
the Valuation Date coincident with or next following the date of
the Company's determination that the order is a qualified
domestic relations order, unless the order specifically provides
for payment to be made at a later time.

          SEC. 10.8  PAYMENT OF TAXESec. 10.8  Payment of Taxes.
The Trustee may pay any estate, inheritance, income, or other
tax, charge, or assessment attributable to any benefit payable
hereunder which in the Trustee's opinion it shall be or may be
required to pay out of such benefit.  The Trustee may require,
before making any payment, such release or other document from
any taxing authority and such indemnity from the intended payee
as the Trustee shall deem necessary for its protection.

          SEC. 10.9  CONDITIONS PRECEDENTec. 10.9  Conditions
Precedent.  No person shall be entitled to a benefit hereunder
until his or her right thereto has been finally determined by
the Company nor until the person has submitted to the Company
relevant data reasonably requested by the Company, including,
but not limited to, proof of birth or death.

          SEC. 10.10  COMPANY DIRECTIONS TO
TRUSTEEec. 10.10  Company Directions to Trustee.  The Company
shall issue such written directions to the Trustee as are
necessary to accomplish distributions to the Participants and
Beneficiaries in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.

          SEC. 10.11  SPECIAL DISTRIBUTION
EVENTSec. 10.11  Special Distribution Events.  Notwithstanding
anything herein to the contrary, if the agreement between the
buyer and the seller in one of the following types of
transaction provides that distributions are to be made to
affected Participants, each such Participant shall receive a
distribution of his or her Account balance as soon as
administratively feasible after either of the following events:

   (a)     The disposition by a Participating Employer to an
       unrelated corporation of substantially all of the assets
       (within the meaning of Code section 409(d)(2)) used in a
       trade or business of such Participating Employer if such
       Participating Employer continues to maintain this Plan
       after the disposition, but only with respect to
       employees who continue employment with the corporation
       acquiring such assets.
   
   (b)     The disposition by a Participating Employer or by an
       Affiliate to an unrelated entity of such corporation's
       interest in a subsidiary (within the meaning of Code
       section 409(d)(3)) which was a Participating Employer if
       such corporation continues to maintain this Plan, but
       only with respect to employees who continue employment
       with such subsidiary.
   
All distributions under this section are subject to any
applicable consent requirements under Sec. 10.1. Distributions
under this section shall be made in a single distribution of
whole shares of ADM Stock, with the remaining balance of
fractional shares, if any, paid in cash.
41
                                
          PAGE 42
                           ARTICLE XI
                                
                          FUNDRTICLE XI
                                
FUND

          SEC. 11.1  COMPOSITIONec. 11.1  Composition.  All sums
of money and all securities and other property received by the
Trustee for purposes of the Plan, together with all investments
made therewith, the proceeds thereof, and all earnings and
accumulations thereon, and the part from time to time remaining
shall constitute the "Fund".  The Company may cause the Fund to
be divided into any number of parts for investment purposes or
any other purposes necessary or advisable for the proper
administration of the Plan.

          SEC. 11.2  FUNDING AGENCY2Sec. 11.2  Funding Agency.
The Fund may be held and invested as one fund or may be divided
into any number of parts for investment purposes.  Each part of
the Fund, or the entire Fund if it is not divided into parts for
investment purposes, shall be held and invested by one or more
Trustees or by an insurance company.  The portion of the Fund
invested in ADM Stock shall be held under a trust agreement
between the Company and National City Bank of Minneapolis, as
Trustee, or any successor Trustee duly appointed by the Board.
The trustee or trustees or the insurance company so acting with
respect to any part of the Fund is referred to herein as the
Funding Agency with respect to such part of the Fund.
(References herein to the Trustee shall also apply to any
insurance company acting as a Funding Agency with respect to
such part of the Fund as is held by the insurance company.)  The
selection and appointment of each Funding Agency shall be made
by the Company.  The Company shall have the right at any time to
remove a Funding Agency and appoint a successor thereto, subject
only to the terms of any applicable trust agreement or group
annuity contract.  The Company shall have the right to determine
the form and substance of each trust agreement and group annuity
contract under which any part of the Fund is held, subject only
to the requirement that they are not inconsistent with the
provisions of the Plan.  Any such trust agreement may contain
provisions pursuant to which the Trustee will make investments
on direction of a third party.

          SEC. 11.3  COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES OF
TRUSTEEec. 11.3  Compensation and Expenses of Trustee.  The
Trustee shall be entitled to receive such reasonable
compensation for its services as may be agreed upon with the
Company.  The Trustee shall also be entitled to reimbursement
for all reasonable and necessary costs, expenses, and
disbursements incurred by it in the performance of its services.
Such compensation and reimbursements shall be paid from the Fund
if not paid directly by the Participating Employers in such
proportions as the Company shall determine.

          SEC. 11.4  FUNDING POLICYEC. 11.4  FUNDING POLICY.
The Company shall adopt a procedure, and revise it from time to
time as it shall consider advisable, for establishing and
carrying out a funding policy and method consistent with the
objectives of the Plan and the requirements of ERISA.  It shall
advise each Trustee of the funding policy in effect from time to
time.

          SEC. 11.5  SHARE REGISTRATIONEC. 11.5  SHARE
REGISTRATION.  Shares of ADM Stock purchased for the Fund from
the Company shall be registered on the applicable SEC
registration form.  The number of shares so registered shall be
appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock dividends, stock
splits, or other similar changes.

          SEC. 11.6  NO DIVERSIONec. 11.6  No Diversion.  The
Fund shall be for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to
Participants under the Plan and their beneficiaries and
defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan.  Such
expenses may include premiums for the bonding of Plan officials
required by ERISA. No part of the corpus or income of the Fund
may be used for, or diverted to, purposes other than for the
exclusive benefit of employees of the Participating Employers or
their beneficiaries.  Notwithstanding the foregoing:

   (a)If any contribution or portion thereof is made by a
       Participating Employer by a mistake of fact, the Trustee
       shall, upon written request of the Company, return such
       contribution or portion thereof to the Participating
       Employer within one year after the payment of the
       contribution to the Trustee; however, earnings
       attributable to such contribution or portion thereof
       shall not be returned to the Participating Employer but
       shall remain in the Fund, and the amount returned to the
       Participating Employer shall be reduced by any losses
       attributable to such contribution or portion thereof.
   
   (b)Contributions by the Participating Employers are
       conditioned upon the deductibility of each contribution
       under Code section 404.  To the extent the deduction is
       disallowed, the Trustee shall return such contribution
       to the Participating Employer within one year after the
       disallowance of the deduction; however, earnings
       attributable to such contribution (or disallowed portion
       thereof) shall not be returned to the Participating
       Employer but shall remain in the Fund, and the amount
       returned to the Participating Employer shall be reduced
       by any losses attributable to such contribution (or
       disallowed portion thereof).
   
In the case of any such return of contribution the Company shall
cause such adjustments to be made to the Accounts of
Participants as it considers fair and equitable under the
circumstances resulting in the return of such contribution.
42
          PAGE 43
                                
                           ARTICLE XII
                                
                ADMINISTRATION OF PLANRTICLE XII
                                
                     ADMINISTRATION OF PLAN

          SEC. 12.1  ADMINISTRATION BY
COMPANYEC. 12.1  ADMINISTRATION BY COMPANY.  The Company is the
"administrator" of the Plan for purposes of ERISA.  Except as
expressly otherwise provided herein, the Company shall control
and manage the operation and administration of the Plan and make
all decisions and determinations incident thereto.  In carrying
out its Plan responsibilities, the Company shall have
discretionary authority to construe the terms of the Plan.
Except in cases where the Plan expressly provides to the
contrary, action on behalf of the Company may be taken by any of
the following:

            (a)     The Board.

            (b)     The chief executive officer of the Company.

   (c)     Any person or persons, natural or otherwise, or
       committee, to whom responsibilities for the operation
       and administration of the Plan are allocated by the
       Company, by resolution of the Board or by written
       instrument executed by the chief executive officer of
       the Company and filed with its permanent records, but
       action of such person or persons or committee shall be
       within the scope of said allocation.
   
          SEC. 12.2  CERTAIN FIDUCIARY
PROVISIONSec. 12.2  Certain Fiduciary Provisions.  For purposes
of the Plan:

   (a)     Any person or group of persons may serve in more
       than one fiduciary capacity with respect to the Plan.
   
   (b)     A Named Fiduciary, or a fiduciary designated by a
       Named Fiduciary pursuant to the provisions of the Plan,
       may employ one or more persons to render advice with
       regard to any responsibility such fiduciary has under
       the Plan.
   
   (c)     To the extent permitted by any applicable trust
       agreement or group annuity contract a Named Fiduciary
       with respect to control or management of the assets of
       the Plan may appoint an investment manager or managers,
       as defined in ERISA, to manage (including the power to
       acquire and dispose of) any assets of the Plan.
   
   (d)     At any time the Plan has more than one Named
       Fiduciary, if pursuant to the Plan provisions fiduciary
       responsibilities are not already allocated among such
       Named Fiduciaries, the Company, by action of the Board
       or its chief executive officer, may provide for such
       allocation; except that such allocation shall not
       include any responsibility, if any, in a trust agreement
       to manage or control the assets of the Plan other than a
       power under the trust agreement to appoint an investment
       manager as defined in ERISA.
43
            PAGE 44
   (e)     Unless expressly prohibited in the appointment of a
       Named Fiduciary which is not the Company acting as
       provided in Sec. 12.1, such Named Fiduciary by written
       instrument may designate a person or persons other than
       such Named Fiduciary to carry out any or all of the
       fiduciary responsibilities under the Plan of such Named
       Fiduciary; except that such designation shall not
       include any responsibility, if any, in a trust agreement
       to manage or control the assets of the Plan other than a
       power under the trust agreement to appoint an investment
       manager as defined in ERISA.
   
   (f)     A person who is a fiduciary with respect to the
       Plan, including a Named Fiduciary, shall be recognized
       and treated as a fiduciary only with respect to the
       particular fiduciary functions as to which such person
       has responsibility.
   
Each Named Fiduciary (other than the Company), each other
fiduciary, each person employed pursuant to (b) above, and each
investment manager shall be entitled to receive reasonable
compensation for services rendered, or for the reimbursement of
expenses properly and actually incurred in the performance of
their duties with the Plan and to payment therefor from the Fund
if not paid directly by the Participating Employers in such
proportions as the Company shall determine.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing, no person so serving who already receives full-time
pay from any employer or association of employers whose
employees are Participants, or from an employee organization
whose members are Participants, shall receive compensation from
the Plan, except for reimbursement of expenses properly and
actually incurred.

               SEC. 12.3  DISCRIMINATION
PROHIBITEDec. 12.3  Discrimination Prohibited.  No person or
persons in exercising discretion in the operation and
administration of the Plan shall discriminate in favor of Highly
Compensated Employees.

          SEC. 12.4  EVIDENCEec. 12.4  Evidence.  Evidence
required of anyone under this Plan may be by certificate,
affidavit, document, or other instrument which the person acting
in reliance thereon considers to be pertinent and reliable and
to be signed, made, or presented to the proper party.

          SEC. 12.5  CORRECTION OF ERRORSec. 12.5  Correction of
Errors.  It is recognized that in the operation and
administration of the Plan certain mathematical and accounting
errors may be made or mistakes may arise by reason of factual
errors in information supplied to the Company or Trustee.  The
Company shall have power to cause such equitable adjustments to
be made to correct for such errors as the Company in its
discretion considers appropriate.  Such adjustments shall be
final and binding on all persons.  Any return of a contribution
due to a mistake in fact will be subject to Sec. 11.6.

          SEC. 12.6  RECORDSec. 12.6  Records.  Each
Participating Employer, each fiduciary with respect to the Plan,
and each other person performing any functions in the operation
or administration of the Plan or the management or control of
the assets of the Plan shall keep such records as may be
necessary or appropriate in the discharge of their respective
functions hereunder,
44
          PAGE 45
including records required by ERISA or any other applicable law.
Records shall be retained as long as necessary for the proper
administration of the Plan and at least for any period required
by ERISA or other applicable law.

          SEC. 12.7  GENERAL FIDUCIARY STANDARDec. 12.7  General
Fiduciary Standard.  Each fiduciary shall discharge its duties
with respect to the Plan solely in the interests of Participants
and their beneficiaries and with the care, skill, prudence, and
diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent
person acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters
would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character
and with like aims.

          SEC. 12.8  PROHIBITED TRANSACTIONSec. 12.8  Prohibited
Transactions.  A fiduciary with respect to the Plan shall not
cause the Plan to engage in any prohibited transaction within
the meaning of ERISA.

          SEC. 12.9  CLAIMS PROCEDUREec. 12.9  Claims Procedure.
The Company shall establish a claims procedure consistent with
the requirements of ERISA.  Such claims procedure shall provide
adequate notice in writing to any Participant or beneficiary
whose claim for benefits under the Plan has been denied, setting
forth the specific reasons for such denial, written in a manner
calculated to be understood by the claimant and shall afford a
reasonable opportunity to a claimant whose claim for benefits
has been denied for a full and fair review by the appropriate
Named Fiduciary of the decision denying the claim.

          SEC. 12.10  BONDINGec. 12.10  Bonding.  Plan personnel
shall be bonded to the extent required by ERISA. Premiums for
such bonding may, in the sole discretion of the Company, be paid
in whole or in part from the Fund.  Such premiums may also be
paid in whole or in part by the Participating Employers in such
proportions as the Company shall determine.  The Company may
provide by agreement with any person that the premium for
required bonding shall be paid by such person.

          SEC. 12.11  WAIVER OF NOTICEec. 12.11  Waiver of
Notice.  Any notice required hereunder may be waived by the
person entitled thereto.

          SEC. 12.12  AGENT FOR LEGAL PROCESSec. 12.12  Agent
For Legal Process.  The Company shall be the agent for service
of legal process with respect to any matter concerning the Plan,
unless and until the Company designates some other person as
such agent.
          SEC. 12.13  INDEMNIFICATIONec. 12.13  Indemnification.
In addition to any other applicable provisions for
indemnification, the Participating Employers jointly and
severally agree to indemnify and hold harmless, to the extent
permitted by law, each director, officer, and employee of the
Participating Employers against any and all liabilities, losses,
costs, or expenses (including legal fees) of whatsoever kind and
nature which may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against
such person at any time by reason of such person's services as a
fiduciary in connection with the Plan, but only if such person
did not act dishonestly, or in bad faith, or in willful
violation of the law or regulations under which such liability,
loss, cost, or expense arises.
45
          PAGE 46
                          ARTICLE XIII
                                
            AMENDMENT, TERMINATION, MERGERRTICLE XIII
                                
                 AMENDMENT, TERMINATION, MERGER

          SEC. 13.1  AMENDMENTec. 13.1  Amendment.  Subject to
the non-diversion provisions of Sec. 11.6, the Company, by
action of the Board, or by written action of a person so
authorized by resolution of the Board, may amend the Plan at any
time and from time to time.  No action by a person other than
the Board shall be an amendment of the Plan unless it
specifically references the Plan and states that it alters the
terms or conditions of the Plan.  No amendment of the Plan shall
have the effect of changing the rights, duties, and liabilities
of any Trustee without its written consent.  No amendment shall
divest a Participant or Beneficiary of Accounts accrued prior to
the amendment or decrease a Participant's accrued benefit except
to the extent permitted by Code section 411(d)(6).  Furthermore,
no amendment to Sec. 5.2 or any other provision of the Plan that
affects the number, or cost to the Participant, of ADM Stock
allocated to a Participant, or the timing of such allocation,
shall be effective within six months after the effective date of
the last such amendment, unless such amendment is required to
comply with changes to the Code or ERISA, or any rules or
regulations thereunder.  Promptly upon adoption of any amendment
to the Plan, the Company will furnish a copy of the amendment,
together with a certificate evidencing its due adoption, as
follows:

   (a)  To each Trustee then acting.
   
   (b)To any other Participating Employer who is not under
       Common Control with the Company. The amendment shall be
       effective as to such a Participating Employer and its
       employees unless, within 30 days of receipt of the
       certificate it notifies the Company and each Trustee in
       writing that it is discontinuing its joint participation
       in the Plan pursuant to Sec. 13.8.
   
          SEC. 13.2  PERMANENT DISCONTINUANCE OF
CONTRIBUTIONSec. 13.2  Permanent Discontinuance of
Contributions.  The Company may completely discontinue
contributions in support of the Plan by all Participating
Employers.  In such event, notwithstanding any provisions of the
Plan to the contrary, (i) no employee shall become a Participant
after such discontinuance, and (ii) the Accounts of each
Participant in the employ of the Participating Employers at the
time of such discontinuance shall be nonforfeitable.  Subject to
the foregoing, all of the provisions of the Plan shall continue
in effect, and upon entitlement thereto distributions shall be
made in accordance with the provisions of Article X.

          SEC. 13.3  TERMINATIONec. 13.3  Termination.  The
Company may terminate the Plan as applicable to all
Participating Employers and their employees.  After such
termination no employee shall become a Participant, and no
further contributions shall be made.  The Accounts of each
Participant in the employ of the Participating Employers at the
time of such termination shall be nonforfeitable, the
Participant shall be entitled to a benefit equal to the value of
those Accounts determined as of the Valuation Date coincident
with or next following the termination of the Plan,
distributions shall be made to Participants and Beneficiaries
promptly after the termination of the Plan, but not before the
earliest date permitted under the Code and applicable
regulations, and the Plan and any related trust agreement or
group annuity contract shall continue in force for the purpose
of making such distributions.

          SEC. 13.4  PARTIAL TERMINATIONec. 13.4  Partial
Termination.  If there is a partial termination of the Plan,
either by operation of law, by amendment of the Plan, or for any
other reason, which partial termination shall be confirmed by
the Company, the Accounts of each Participant with respect to
whom the partial termination applies shall be nonforfeitable.
Subject to the foregoing, all of the provisions of the Plan
shall continue in effect as to each such Participant, and upon
entitlement thereto distributions shall be made in accordance
with the provisions of Article X.

          SEC. 13.5  MERGER, CONSOLIDATION, OR TRANSFER OF PLAN
ASSETSec. 13.5  Merger, Consolidation, or Transfer of Plan
Assets.  In the case of any merger or consolidation of the Plan
with any other plan, or in the case of the transfer of assets or
liabilities of the Plan to any other plan, provision shall be
made so that each Participant and Beneficiary would (if such
other plan then terminated) receive a benefit immediately after
the merger, consolidation, or transfer which is equal to or
greater than the benefit he or she would have been entitled to
receive immediately before the merger, consolidation, or
transfer (if the Plan had then terminated).  No such merger,
consolidation, or transfer shall be effected until such
statements with respect thereto, if any, required by ERISA to be
filed in advance thereof have been filed.

          SEC. 13.6  DEFERRAL OF DISTRIBUTIONSec. 13.6  Deferral
of Distributions.  Notwithstanding any provisions of the Plan to
the contrary, in the case of a complete discontinuance of
contributions to the Plan or of a complete or partial
termination of the Plan, the Company or the Trustee may defer
any distribution of benefit payments to Participants and
Beneficiaries with respect to which such discontinuance or
termination applies (except for distributions which are required
to be made under Sec. 10.1(h)) until after the following have
occurred:

   (a)Receipt of a final determination from the Treasury
       Department or any court of competent jurisdiction
       regarding the effect of such discontinuance or
       termination on the qualified status of the Plan under
       Code section 401(a).
   
   (b)Appropriate adjustment of Accounts to reflect taxes,
       costs, and expenses, if any, incident to such
       discontinuance or termination.
   
          SEC. 13.7  REORGANIZATIONS OF PARTICIPATING
EMPLOYERSec. 13.7  Reorganizations of Participating Employers.
In the event two or more Participating Employers are
consolidated or merged or in the event one or more Participating
Employers acquires the assets of another Participating Employer,
the Plan shall be deemed to have continued, without termination
and without a complete discontinuance of contributions, as to
all the Participating Employers involved in such reorganization
and their employees.  In such event, in administering the Plan
the corporation resulting from the consolidation, the surviving
corporation in the merger, or the employer acquiring the assets
shall be considered as a continuation of all of the
Participating Employers involved in the reorganization.
46
          PAGE 47

          SEC. 13.8  DISCONTINUANCE OF JOINT PARTICIPATION OF A
PARTICIPATING EMPLOYEREC. 13.8  DISCONTINUANCE OF JOINT
PARTICIPATION OF A PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER.  The Company may
discontinue the joint participation in the Plan by another
Participating Employer.  A Participating Employer which is not
under Common Control with the Company may discontinue its joint
participation in the Plan with the other Participating Employers
by action of its board of directors and on appropriate written
notice to the Company and each Trustee then acting.

   (a)     If the Company determines in its sole discretion to
       spin off the portion of the Plan attributable to the
       withdrawing employer, the  Company shall cause a
       determination to be made of the equitable part of the
       Fund assets held on account of Participants of the
       withdrawing employer and their Beneficiaries.  The
       Company shall direct the Trustee or Funding Agencies to
       transfer assets representing such equitable part to a
       separate fund for the plan of the withdrawing employer.
       Such withdrawing employer may thereafter exercise, with
       respect to such separate fund, all the rights and powers
       reserved to the Company with respect to the Fund.  The
       plan of the withdrawing employer shall, until amended by
       the withdrawing employer, continue with the same terms
       as the Plan herein, except that with respect to the
       separate plan of the withdrawing employer the words
       "Participating Employer", "Participating Employers", and
       "Company" shall thereafter be considered to refer only
       to the withdrawing employer.  Any such spinoff shall be
       effected in such manner that each Participant or
       Beneficiary would (if the Plan and the plan of the
       withdrawing employer then immediately terminated)
       receive a benefit which is equal to or greater than the
       benefit the individual would have been entitled to
       receive immediately before such spinoff if the Plan had
       then terminated. No transfer of assets pursuant to this
       section shall be effected until such statements with
       respect thereto, if any, required by ERISA to be filed
       in advance thereof have been filed.
   
   (b)     If subsection (a) does not apply, the Accounts of
       Participants of the withdrawing employer and their
       Beneficiaries shall continue to be held in the Plan for
       distribution in accordance with the provisions hereof.
   
          Sec. 13.9  Participating Employers Not Under Common
Controlec. 13.9  Participating Employers Not Under Common
Control.  If a Participating Employer is not under Common
Control with the Company, the provisions of the Plan (other than
this Article XIII) shall be applied as though a separate plan is
being maintained for that Participating Employer to the extent
required by Code section 413(c).
47
          PAGE 48

                           ARTICLE XIV
                                
               TOP-HEAVY PLAN PROVISIONSRTICLE XIV
                                
                    TOP-HEAVY PLAN PROVISIONS

          SEC. 14.1  KEY EMPLOYEE DEFINED2Sec. 14.1  Key
Employee Defined.  "Key Employee" means any employee or former
employee of the employer who at any time during the
determination period was an officer of the employer or is deemed
to have had an ownership interest in the employer and who is
within the definition of key employee in Code section 416(i).
"Non-Key Employee" means any employee who is not a Key Employee.

          SEC. 14.2  DETERMINATION OF TOP-HEAVY
STATUSec. 14.2  Determination of Top-Heavy Status.  The
top-heavy status of the Plan shall be determined according to
Code section 416 and the regulations thereunder, using the
following standards and definitions:

   (a)     The Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan for a Plan Year if
       either of the following applies:
   
       (1) If this Plan is not part of a required aggregation
           group and the top-heavy ratio for this Plan exceeds
           60 percent.
       
       (2) If this Plan is part of a required aggregation group
           of plans and the top-heavy ratio for the group of
           plans exceeds 60 percent.
       
       Notwithstanding paragraphs (1) and (2) above, the Plan
       is not a Top-Heavy Plan with respect to a Plan Year if
       it is part of a permissive aggregation group of plans
       for which the top-heavy ratio does not exceed 60
       percent.
       
   (b)     The "top-heavy ratio" shall be determined as
       follows:
   
       (1) If the employer maintains one or more defined
           contribution plans (including any simplified
           employee pension plan) and has not maintained any
           defined benefit plan which during the 5-year period
           ending on the determination date has or has had
           accrued benefits, the top-heavy ratio for this Plan
           or for the required or permissive aggregation group
           (as appropriate) is a fraction, the numerator of
           which is the sum of the account balances of all Key
           Employees under the Plan or plans as of the
           determination date (including any part of any
           account balance distributed in the five-year period
           ending on the determination date), and the
           denominator of which is the sum of the account
           balances (including any part of any account balance
           distributed in the five-year period ending on the
           determination date) of all employees under the Plan
           or plans as of the determination date.  Both the
           numerator and denominator of the top-heavy ratio
           shall be increased to reflect any contribution not
           actually made as of the determination date but which
           is required to be taken into account on that date
           under Code section 416 and the regulations
           thereunder.
48
               PAGE 49

       (2) If the employer maintains one or more defined
           contribution plans (including any simplified
           employee pension plan) and maintains or has
           maintained one or more defined benefit plans which
           during the 5-year period ending on the determination
           date has or has had any accrued benefits, the
           top-heavy ratio for any required or permissive
           aggregation group (as appropriate), is a fraction,
           the numerator of which is the sum of the account
           balances of all Key Employees under the aggregated
           defined contribution plan or plans, determined
           according to paragraph (1) above, and the present
           value of accrued benefits of all Key Employees under
           the defined benefit plan or plans as of the
           determination date, and the denominator of which is
           the sum of such account balances of all employees
           under the aggregated defined contribution plan or
           plans and the present value of accrued benefits of
           all employees under the defined benefit plan or
           plans as of the determination date.  The account
           balances and accrued benefits in both the numerator
           and denominator of the top-heavy ratio shall be
           adjusted to reflect any distributions made in the
           five-year period ending on the determination date
           and any contributions due but unpaid as of the
           determination date.
       
       (3) For purposes of paragraphs (1) and (2), the value of
           account balances and the present value of accrued
           benefits will be determined as of the most recent
           valuation date that falls within the 12-month period
           ending on the determination date, except as provided
           in Code section 416 and the regulations thereunder
           for the first and second plan years of a defined
           benefit plan.  The account balances and accrued
           benefits of an employee (i) who is not a Key
           Employee but who was a Key Employee in a prior year,
           or (ii) who has not been credited with at least one
           hour of service with any employer maintaining the
           Plan at any time during the 5-year period ending on
           the determination date, will be disregarded.  The
           calculation of the top-heavy ratio and the extent to
           which distributions, rollovers, and transfers are
           taken into account will be made in accordance with
           Code section 416 and the regulations thereunder.
           When aggregating plans, the value of account
           balances and accrued benefits will be calculated
           with reference to the determination dates that fall
           within the same calendar year.
       
   (c)"Required aggregation group" means (i) each qualified
       plan of the employer in which at least one Key Employee
       participates in the Plan Year containing the
       determination date, or any of the four preceding Plan
       Years, and (ii) any other qualified plan of the employer
       that enables a plan described in (i) to meet the
       requirements of Code sections 401(a)(4) and 410.
49
          PAGE 50
   
   (d)"Permissive aggregation group" means the required
       aggregation group of plans plus any other plan or plans
       of the employer which, when consolidated as a group with
       the required aggregation group, would continue to
       satisfy the requirements of Code sections 401(a)(4) and
       410.
   
   
   (e)"Determination date" means, for any Plan Year subsequent
       to the first Plan Year, the last day of the preceding
       Plan Year.  For the first Plan Year of the Plan, the
       last day of that year is the determination date.
   
   (f)The "determination period" for a Plan Year is the Plan
       Year in which the applicable determination date occurs
       and the four preceding Plan Years.
   
   (g)The "valuation date" is the last day of each Plan Year
       and is the date as of which account balances or accrued
       benefits are valued for purposes of calculating the
       top-heavy ratio.
   
   (h)For purposes of establishing the "present value" of
       benefits under a defined benefit plan to compute the
       top-heavy ratio, any benefit shall be discounted only
       for mortality and interest based on the interest rate
       and mortality table specified in the defined benefit
       plan for this purpose.
   
   (i)If an individual has not performed services for the
       employer at any time during the five-year period ending
       on the determination date with respect to a Plan Year,
       any account balance or accrued benefit for such
       individual shall not be taken into account for such Plan
       Year.

   (j)For purposes of determining if a defined benefit plan
       included in a required aggregation group of which this
       Plan is a part is a Top-Heavy Plan, the accrued benefit
       to any employee (other than a Key Employee) shall be
       determined as follows:
   
       (1)Under the method which is used for accrual purposes
           under all defined benefit plans maintained by the
           employer.
       
       (2)If there is no method described in paragraph (1), as
           if such benefit accrued not more rapidly than the
           lowest accrual rate permitted under Code section
           411(b)(1)(C).
       
          SEC. 14.3  MINIMUM CONTRIBUTION
REQUIREMENTec. 14.3  Minimum Contribution Requirement.  For any
Plan Year with respect to which the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan,
the employer contributions allocated to each Active Participant
who is not a Key Employee and whose Termination of Employment
has not occurred prior to the end of such Plan Year shall not be
less than the minimum amount determined in accordance with the
following:
50
          PAGE 51
   (a)The minimum amount shall be the amount equal to that
       percentage of the Participant's Compensation for the
       Plan Year which is the smaller of:
   
       (1)3 percent.
       
       (2)The percentage which is the largest percentage of
           Compensation allocated to any Key Employee from
           employer contributions for such Plan Year.
       
       For purposes of this section, "Compensation" means the
       amounts specified in Sec. 6.1(f), subject to the
       limitation in Sec. 2.8(e).
       
   (b)For purposes of this section, any employer contribution
       attributable to a salary reduction or similar
       arrangement shall be taken into accounts; provided,
       however, that any employer contribution attributable to
       a salary reduction or similar arrangement (including
       Before Tax Contributions and Matching Contributions
       under this Plan) may not be used to satisfy the minimum
       amount of employer contributions which must be allocated
       under subsection (a).
   
   (c)This section shall not apply to any Participant who is
       covered under any other plan of the employer under which
       the minimum contribution or minimum benefit requirement
       applicable to Top-Heavy Plans will be satisfied.
   
          SEC. 14.4  PARTICIPATION UNDER DEFINED BENEFIT PLAN
AND DEFINEDEC. 14.4  PARTICIPATION UNDER DEFINED BENEFIT PLAN
AND DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN.  If a Participant is also a
participant in a defined benefit plan maintained by the
employer, with respect to any Plan Year for which the Plan is a
Top-Heavy Plan, Sec. 6.1(d) shall be applied:

   (a)By substituting "1.0" for "1.25" in paragraphs (2)(B)
       and (3)(B) of Code section 415(e).
   (b) By substituting "$41,500" for "$51,875" in Code section
       415(e)(6)(B)(i).

The foregoing provisions of this section shall be suspended with
respect to any individual so long as there are no employer
contributions, forfeitures, or voluntary nondeductible
contributions allocated to such individual, and no defined
benefit plan accruals for such individual, either under this
Plan or under any other plan that is in a required aggregation
group of plans, within the meaning of Code section
416(g)(2)(A)(i), that includes this Plan.

          SEC. 14.5  DEFINITION OF EMPLOYERec. 14.5  Definition
of Employer.  For purposes of this Article XIV, the term
"employer" means all Participating Employers and any trade or
business entity under Common Control with a Participating
Employer.

          SEC. 14.6  EXCEPTION FOR COLLECTIVE BARGAINING
UNITec. 14.6  Exception For Collective Bargaining Unit.  Section
14.3 shall not apply with respect to any employee included in a
unit of employees covered by an agreement which the Secretary of
Labor finds to be a collective bargaining agreement between
employee representatives and one or more employers if there is
evidence that retirement benefits were the subject of good faith
bargaining between such employee representative and such
employer or employers.
51
          PAGE 52
                           ARTICLE XV
                                
                MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONSRTICLE XV
                                
                    MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
                                
          SEC. 15.1  INSURANCE COMPANY NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR
VALIDITY OF PLANec. 15.1  Insurance Company Not Responsible for
Validity of Plan.  No insurance company that issues a contract
under the Plan shall have any responsibility for the validity of
the Plan. An insurance company to which an application may be
submitted hereunder may accept such application and shall have
no duty to make any investigation or inquiry regarding the
authority of the applicant to make such application or any
amendment thereto or to inquire as to whether a person on whose
life any contract is to be issued is entitled to such contract
under the Plan.

          SEC. 15.2  HEADINGSec. 15.2  Headings.  Headings at
the beginning of articles and sections hereof are for
convenience of reference, shall not be considered a part of the
text of the Plan, and shall not influence its construction.

          SEC. 15.3  CAPITALIZED
DEFINITIONSec. 15.3  Capitalized Definitions.  Capitalized terms
used in the Plan shall have their meaning as defined in the Plan
unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary.

          SEC. 15.4  GENDERec. 15.4  Gender.  Any references to
the masculine gender include the feminine and vice versa.

          SEC. 15.5  USE OF COMPOUNDS OF WORD
"HERE"ec. 15.5  Use of Compounds of Word "Here".  Use of the
words "hereof", "herein", "hereunder", or similar compounds of
the word "here" shall mean and refer to the entire Plan unless
the context clearly indicates to the contrary.

          SEC. 15.6  CONSTRUED AS A WHOLEec. 15.6  Construed as
a Whole.  The provisions of the Plan shall be construed as a
whole in such manner as to carry out the provisions thereof and
shall not be construed separately without relation to the
context.
52
          PAGE 53
                           ARTICLE XVI
                                
         AMOUNTS TRANSFERRED FROM OTHER PLANSRTICLE XVI
                                
              AMOUNTS TRANSFERRED FROM OTHER PLANS
                                

          SEC. 16.1  TRANSFERS FROM OTHER
PLANSec. 16.1  Transfers from Other Plans.  The Company or its
Affiliates has acquired or may acquire certain employers which
sponsor plans with cash or deferred arrangements described in
Code section 401(k).  Such plans are hereafter referred to as
"Predecessor Plans".  Because of certain limitations imposed by
the Code and Treasury Regulations  1.401(k)-1(d)(3) and (4)
with regard to termination of Predecessor Plans, the Company may
arrange for merger of such plans into this Plan. Amounts
received from a Predecessor Plan will be held and paid out
pursuant to this Article.  A person whose account is transferred
to the Plan from a Predecessor Plan will not be eligible to make
contributions under the Plan until the employee meets the
requirements of Sec. 4.1.

          SEC. 16.2  PREDECESSOR PLAN
ACCOUNTSec. 16.2  Predecessor Plan Accounts.  Amounts derived
from a Participant's Account under a Predecessor Plan will be
credited to his Predecessor Plan Account under this Plan.  No
contributions shall be made by a Participating Employer to a
Predecessor Plan Account.

          SEC. 16.3  INVESTMENT FUNDSec. 16.3  Investment Funds.
Investment Funds for investment of Predecessor Plan Accounts
shall be established at the direction of the Company.  The
Company shall determine the types of investments to be held in
each Investment Fund and the investment manager, trustee, or
insurance company responsible for selecting investments.  Income
on investments of each Investment Fund shall be reinvested by
the Funding Agency in the same Investment Fund.  If there is
more than one Investment Fund, a Participant may designate the
Investment Fund or Funds in which his Predecessor Plan Account
will be invested, and may direct a transfer of part or all his
Predecessor Plan Account from one Investment Fund to another
Investment Fund.  However, investment in a given Investment Fund
may be limited to amounts derived from a particular Predecessor
Plan.  Elections under this section shall be made in accordance
with rules and procedures established by the Company.  Said
rules may require that the election be filed with the Company a
reasonable time prior to the date it will become effective.  The
rules also may limit the frequency of such elections.

          SEC. 16.4  VALUATION OF INVESTMENT
FUNDSec. 16.4  Valuation of Investment Funds.  As of each
Valuation Date, the Funding Agency shall determine, in
accordance with a method consistently followed and uniformly
applied, the fair market value of each Investment Fund.  During
any period that all or a part of any Investment Fund is held
under a contract, of a type sometimes referred to as a
"guaranteed income contract", issued by an insurance company and
invested by it and under which the insurance company pays a
guaranteed minimum rate of return, and provided no event has
occurred that would result in a payment by the insurance company
under the contract at a discount from book value of the
contract, the fair market value of the contract shall be deemed
to equal its book value.
53
          PAGE 54
          SEC. 16.5  VALUATION OF ACCOUNTSec. 16.5  Valuation of
Accounts.  As of each Valuation Date, the value of each
Participant's Predecessor Plan Account shall be adjusted to
reflect the effect of income, realized and unrealized profits
and losses, withdrawals, interfund transfers, and all other
transactions since the immediately preceding Valuation Date, as
follows:

   (a)The portion of the Account invested in a particular
       Investment Fund as of the preceding Valuation Date will
       be reduced to reflect the amount of any distributions
       that were made therefrom after the preceding Valuation
       Date.
   
   (b)The value of each such Account as determined in (a)
       shall be adjusted pro rata so that the total value of
       all such Accounts in the applicable Investment Fund
       equals the fair market value of the applicable
       Investment Fund as of the Valuation Date as determined
       by the Trustee.

   (c)Any transfers between Investment Funds pursuant to
       Sec. 16.3 shall then be made and Accounts adjusted or
       established accordingly.

          SEC. 16.6  IN SERVICE WITHDRAWALSec. 16.6  In Service
Withdrawals.  A Participant whose Termination of Employment has
not yet occurred may request withdrawals from his or her
Predecessor Plan Account pursuant to the rules of Sec. 9.3 as if
the Participant's Predecessor Plan Account were a Before tax
Account; provided, however, that sec. 9.3(a)(2) shall not apply.
Instead, with respect to any hardship withdrawal from a
Participant's Predecessor Plan Account, the amount of the
withdrawal shall not exceed (i) the balance of the individual's
accounts under the Predecessor Plan as of December 31, 1988 (or
the balance of the Participant's Predecessor Plan Account under
this Plan as of December 31, 1988 if the Account was established
before 1989) plus the principal amount of any contributions made
to the Predecessor Plan after 1988 which were subject to a cash
or deferred election under Code section 401(k), minus (ii) the
amount of any previous withdrawals or distributions from either
the Predecessor Plan or the Predecessor Plan Account under this
Plan.

          SEC. 16.7  DISTRIBUTIONSec. 16.7  Distributions.  Each
Participant's Predecessor Plan Account is fully vested and
nonforfeitable.  The balance in a Participant's Predecessor Plan
Account shall be distributed following the Participant's
Termination of Employment.  Amounts remaining in a Participant's
Predecessor Plan Account at the time of his or her death shall
be distributed to the Participant's Beneficiary.  Such
distributions to a Participant or Beneficiary shall be made at
the time and in the form the Participant elects, subject to the
following:

   (a)Distributions may commence at any time after the
       Participant's Termination of Employment. Distribution
       shall be made by one or a combination of the following
       methods, as the Participant or Beneficiary may select:
   
       (1)Payment in a single sum.
       
       (2)Payment in a series of annual or more frequent
           installments.
54
          PAGE 55
       (3)Purchase of a non-transferable annuity providing
           benefits over the lifetime of the Participant or
           over the lifetime of the Participant and his spouse.
           However, this option is available only if the
           Predecessor Plan from which the Account is derived
           permitted purchase of a life annuity.  Any such
           annuity is subject to the requirements of Sec. 16.8.
       
   (b)Unless the Participant elects otherwise, distributions
       must commence no later than the 60th day after the close
       of the Plan Year in which the Participant reaches Normal
       Retirement Age or in which his Termination of Employment
       occurs, whichever is later; provided, however, that if
       the amount of the payment to be made cannot be
       determined by the later of the aforesaid dates, a
       payment retroactive to such date may be made no later
       than 60 days after the earliest date on which the amount
       of such payment can be ascertained.
   
   (c)For purposes of this Sec. 16.7, a Participant's
       "required beginning date" is April 1 of the calendar
       year following the calendar year in which the
       Participant attains age 70 1/2, subject to the following:
   
       (1)If the Participant attained age 70 1/2 before
           January 1, 1988 and is not a more than 5-percent
           owner, the Participant's required beginning date is
           April 1 of the calendar year following the later of
           (i) the calendar year in which the Participant
           attained age 70 1/2, or (ii) the calendar year in which
           his or her Termination of Employment occurs.
       
       (2)If the Participant attained age 70 1/2 during 1988 and
           is not a more than 5-percent owner, the
           Participant's required beginning date is April 1,
           1990.
       
       For purposes of this subsection, a "more than 5-percent
       owner" is a person who was a more than 5-percent owner
       of a Participating Employer (as defined in Code section
       416) at any time during the Plan Year ending with or
       within the calendar year in which he or she attained age
       66 1/2 or any subsequent Plan Year.
       
   (d)Notwithstanding any provisions of the Plan to the
       contrary, a  Participant's entire benefit must be
       distributed, or installments must commence, by the
       Participant's required beginning date unless the
       Participant's death occurs before that date.
   
       (1)Installments during the life of the Participant
           shall be paid no less rapidly than by reference to
           one of the following periods:  (i) a period-certain
           not longer than the life expectancy of the
           Participant, or (ii) a period-certain not longer
           than the joint life and last survivor expectancy of
           the Participant and the designated Beneficiary.
55
          PAGE 56
       (2)Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the designated
           Beneficiary is not the Participant's spouse,
           installments during the life of the Participant
           shall be limited to the maximum period permitted
           under Proposed Treasury Regulation  1.401(a)(9)-2.
       
   (e)     If the Participant dies after his or her required
       beginning date and after beginning to receive payments
       in installments over a period-certain pursuant to
       subsection (d), the remaining payments shall be made to
       the Beneficiary at least as rapidly as under the method
       of distribution selected by the Participant.
   
   (f)     If the Participant dies before his or her required
       beginning date, the Participant's Predecessor Plan
       Account shall be distributed to the Beneficiary not
       later than December 31 of the year containing the fifth
       anniversary of the Participant's death, subject to the
       following:
   
       (1) Distributions to a designated Beneficiary may extend
           beyond five years from the death of the Participant
           if they are in the form of installment payments over
           a period-certain not exceeding the Beneficiary's
           life expectancy or payments under an annuity
           contract for the life of the Beneficiary, provided
           such payments begin not later than December 31 of
           the year following the year in which the
           Participant's death occurred.
       
       (2) If the designated Beneficiary under paragraph (1) is
           the surviving spouse of the Participant, payments
           pursuant to paragraph (1) may commence at any time
           on or before the later of (i) December 31 of the
           year in which the Participant would have reached age
           70 1/2, or (ii) December 31 of the year following the
           year in which the Participant's death occurred.
       
       If a surviving spouse who is entitled to benefits under
       this subsection dies before distributions to the
       surviving spouse begin, this subsection (other than
       paragraph (2)) shall be applied as if the surviving
       spouse were the Participant, with the date of death of
       the surviving spouse being substituted for the date of
       death of the Participant.
       
   (g)If more than one Beneficiary is entitled to benefits
       following the Participant's death, the interest of each
       Beneficiary shall be segregated into a separate Account
       for purposes of applying this section.

   (h)If distributions are made in installments, the amount to
       be distributed each calendar year, beginning with the
       first calendar year for which payments are required,
       must be at least equal to the quotient obtained by
       dividing the entire interest of the individual on the
       most recent Valuation Date preceding the calendar year
       (adjusted as may be required by Treasury regulations) by
       the lesser of (i) the number of years of life expectancy
       which remain,
57
          PAGE 58
   
      determined as provided in subsection (i), or (ii) in the
       case of distributions to a Participant with a designated
       Beneficiary other than the Participant's spouse, the
       applicable divisor prescribed in regulations under Code
       section 401(a)(9)(G) relating to incidental death
       benefits.
   
       (1)For purposes of determining the amount which must be
           distributed in any year, Excess Before Tax
           Contributions, excess contributions and Excess
           Deferrals distributed in accordance with Article V
           (including income on such amounts) shall be
           disregarded.
       
       (2)For purposes of this subsection, the first calendar
           year for which a distribution is required shall be
           determined as follows:
       
                         (A)  In the case of distributions to
               the Participant, the first calendar year for
               which a distribution is required is the year
               preceding the calendar year which contains the
               Participant's required beginning date.

                         (B)  In the case of distributions to a
               designated Beneficiary pursuant to subsection
               (f), the first calendar for which a distribution
               is required is the calendar year containing the
               latest date by which distribution must commence
               under subsection (f).

       (3)Any installment method under this section shall be
           selected by a written election filed with the
           Company by the person entitled to the distributions,
           which shall specify the method for determining life
           expectancies under subsection (i).  The election
           shall be irrevocable after the date payments are
           required to commence under subsection (d) or (f),
           except that the individual entitled to payments may
           elect to receive a larger amount at any time.
       
   (i)For purposes of this section, life expectancies shall be
       determined by using the expected return multiples in
       Tables V and VI of Treasury Regulation  1.72-9, in
       accordance with regulations under Code section
       401(a)(9).  Such determinations shall also be in
       accordance with the following:
           
       (1)For life expectancies determined for purposes of
           installment distributions to the Participant as of
           the required beginning date, life expectancies shall
           be calculated based on the Participant's (and the
           designated Beneficiary's) age as of the birthday in
           the calendar year preceding the calendar year in
           which falls the Participant's required beginning
           date.  For purposes of calculating the minimum
           distribution for each succeeding calendar year, one
           of the following methods shall
58
          PAGE 59
          apply as selected by the Participant (or by the
           surviving spouse, where applicable):
           
           (A)If the life expectancy of the Participant (or the
               joint life and last survivor expectancy of the
               Participant and the designated Beneficiary who is
               a surviving spouse) is being recalculated
               pursuant to paragraph (4), then the life
               expectancy of the Participant (or the joint life
               and last survivor expectancy of the Participant
               and the surviving spouse) shall be recalculated
               using the Participant's (and the spouse's) actual
               age as of the Participant's birthday (and the
               spouse's birthday) in each succeeding calendar
               year.
           
           (B)If the life expectancy of the Participant (or the
               joint life and last survivor expectancy of the
               Participant and the designated Beneficiary) is
               not being recalculated, then the initial life
               expectancy (or joint life and last survivor
               expectancy) shall be reduced by one for each
               subsequent calendar year.
           
           (C)If a joint life and last survivor expectancy is
               being determined by recalculating one but not
               both of the joint lives, then the joint life and
               last survivor expectancy shall be recalculated
               using (i) the actual age of the individual whose
               life expectancy is being recalculated as of the
               individual's birthday in each succeeding calendar
               year and (ii) the adjusted age of the individual
               whose life expectancy is not being recalculated.
               For purposes of the preceding sentence, an
               individual's "adjusted age" is determined in
               accordance with regulations under Code section
               401(a)(9).
           
       (2)For life expectancies determined for purposes of
           subsection (f), the designated Beneficiary's life
           expectancy shall be calculated based on the
           Beneficiary's age as of the birthday in the calendar
           year in which distributions are required to commence
           pursuant to subsection (f).  For purposes of
           calculating the minimum distribution for each
           succeeding calendar year, one of the following
           methods shall apply:

           (A)If the designated Beneficiary is the
               Participant's surviving spouse, and the life
               expectancy is being recalculated pursuant to
               paragraph (4), then the surviving spouse's life
               expectancy shall be recalculated using the
               surviving spouse's actual age as of the surviving
               spouse's birthday in each succeeding calendar
               year.
           
           (B)If the designated Beneficiary's life expectancy
               is not being recalculated, then the initial life
               expectancy shall be reduced by one for each
               subsequent calendar year.
58
          PAGE 59
       (3)If the life expectancy of a Participant (or the
           Participant's spouse) is being recalculated pursuant
           to paragraph (4), the recalculated life expectancy
           of the Participant (or spouse) will be reduced to
           zero in the calendar year following the calendar
           year in which the person's death occurs.
            
       (4)The life expectancy of a Participant or the life
           expectancy of a designated Beneficiary who is the
           Participant's spouse, or both of their life
           expectancies, may be recalculated each year if so
           elected by the Participant (or spouse).  Such
           election must be made no later than the time of the
           first required distribution under subsections (d) or
           (f).  Such election shall be irrevocable after the
           date distributions must commence.  If no election is
           made by that date, life expectancies will not be
           recalculated.

   (j)If benefits are to be distributed by purchase of an
       annuity, the issuer may be any company engaged in the
       business of writing annuity contracts.  The annuity must
       provide for substantially non-increasing periodic
       payments over the life of the Participant, the joint
       lives of the Participant and the Participant's
       designated Beneficiary, or a fixed period no longer than
       the applicable life expectancy or joint life and last
       survivor expectancy allowed under subsection (d), (e) or
       (f).  Life expectancies for this purpose shall be
       determined pursuant to subsection (i) at the time
       payments begin.  Except as provided in subsection (a)(3)
       above, the annuity contract shall be endorsed to
       prohibit any optional settlement which provides for
       payment in any form of a life annuity or in any other
       form not permitted under subsection (a).  In the case of
       any conflict between the provisions of any annuity
       contract and the provisions of the Plan, the provisions
       of the Plan shall control.
   
   (k)For purposes of this section, "designated Beneficiary"
       means any individual who is a Beneficiary pursuant to
       Article VIII.
   
   (l)Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the total value of all
       the Accounts under this Plan of a Participant (or a
       Beneficiary following the Participant's death) is $3,500
       or less on the Valuation Date coincident with or
       immediately following the date the Participant's
       Termination of Employment or death occurs, a single-sum
       distribution shall be made to the Participant (or
       Beneficiary) as of the earliest date permitted by the
       Plan.  However, this subsection shall not apply to a
       Participant if the total value of the Participant's
       Accounts exceeded $3,500 at the time any previous
       distribution was made to the Participant.
   
   (m)Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the
       contrary, distributions under this section shall be made
       in accordance with the requirements of Code section
       401(a)(9), including the incidental death benefit
       requirements of Code section 401(a)(9)(G) and the
       regulations thereunder.  No distribution option
       otherwise
59
          PAGE 60
      permitted under this Plan will be available to a
       Participant or Beneficiary if such distribution option
       does not meet the requirements of Code section
       401(a)(9), including subparagraph (G) thereof.
   
   (n)Distributions from Predecessor Plan Accounts normally
       will be made in cash.  However, because the Plan is a
       stock bonus plan, each Participant and Beneficiary has
       the right to direct that any distribution from his or
       her Predecessor Plan Account be made in the form of ADM
       Stock.  If an individual makes such an election, the
       Trustee shall acquire sufficient ADM Stock to make the
       distribution in that form.  Any brokerage fees paid to
       acquire such stock shall be charged to the Account.
       Distributions in the form of ADM Stock must be in
       amounts of at least 100 shares (or the remaining Account
       balance if less than 100 shares).
   
   (o)Distributions under this Article are subject to the
       provisions of sections 10.4 through 10.11.

          SEC. 16.8  SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MARRIED
PARTICIPANT ELECTING LIFE ANNUITY BENEFITec. 16.8  Special
Requirements for Married Participant Electing Life Annuity
Benefit. If a Participant has elected to receive a life annuity
benefit and is married on the date benefit payments begin, then,
notwithstanding such election, unless the Participant files a
written election of a different form of payment within the
90-day period ending on the date as of which payments are to
begin, the entire value of the Participant's Predecessor Plan
Account shall be applied to purchase a qualified joint and
survivor annuity.  A "qualified joint and survivor annuity" is
an annuity payable to the Participant for life with a survivor
annuity for the remainder of the life of the Participant's
surviving spouse in a monthly amount equal to 50% of the amount
the Participant was receiving prior to his death.  A
Participant's election of a form of payment other than a
qualified joint and survivor annuity under this subsection shall
not be effective unless the Participant's spouse consents in
writing to such election, and the consent acknowledges the
effect of the election and is witnessed by a Plan representative
or a notary public.  Any consent of a spouse under this section
shall be irrevocable.  However, such consent shall not be
required if the Participant establishes to the satisfaction of a
representative of the Plan that such consent cannot be obtained
because there is no spouse, because the spouse cannot be
located, or because of such other circumstances as may be
prescribed by federal regulations.

          If a Participant has elected to receive a life annuity
benefit, dies before benefit payments begin, and is married on
the date of death, and if the Participant's Beneficiary is his
or her surviving spouse, the benefit to which the spouse is
entitled shall be applied to purchase an annuity for the life of
the spouse, unless the spouse files a written election of some
other form of payment after the Participant's death and prior to
the due date of the first benefit payment to the spouse.

          For purposes of this section, a "life annuity benefit"
is any benefit payable under Sec. 16.7(a)(3).
60
          PAGE 61
                           SCHEDULE A

Participating Employers


The following are Participating Employers as of January 1, 1993:

   (1) Archer-Daniels-Midland Company, a Delaware corporation
   (2) ADM Milling Co., a Minnesota corporation
   (3) ADM Feed Corporation, a Delaware corporation
   (4) Gooch Foods, Inc., a Delaware corporation
   (5) V. LaRosa & Sons, Inc., a New York corporation
   (6) American River Transportation Co., a Delaware corporation
   (7) Tulane Fleeting, Inc. a Louisiana corporation
   (8) Supreme Sugar Company, Inc. a Louisiana corporation
   (9) ADM Leasco, Inc., a Delaware corporation
   (10)             ADM Transportation Company, a Delaware
       corporation
   (11)             ADM Trucking, Inc., a Delaware corporation
   (12)             The Columbian Peanut Company, a Virginia
       corporation
   (13)             Tabor Grain Co., a Nevada corporation
   (14)             Coeval, Inc., an Illinois corporation
   (15)             The Smoot Grain Company, Inc., a Kansas
       corporation
   (16)             Fleischmann-Kurth Malting Company, Inc., a
       Delaware corporation
   (17)             Ardanco, Inc., a Guam corporation
   (18)             ADM/Growmark River Systems, Inc., a Delaware
       corporation
   (19)             Hickory Point Bank & Trust, an Illinois
       Charter corporation
   (20)             Acme-Evans Company, an Indiana corporation
   (21)             ADM Investor Services, Inc. a Delaware
       corporation
   (22)             Collingwood Grain, Inc., a Kansas
       corporation
   (23)             Midwest Processing Company, a North Dakota
       corporation
   (24)             New Orleans Shipyard, Inc., a Louisiana
       corporation
   (25)             Reidy Terminal, Inc., a Missouri corporation
   (26)             Tabor Grain - Pakota, Inc., a Delaware
       corporation
   (27)             Valley Grain Products, Inc., a California
       corporation
   (28)             Terminal Stevedores, Inc., a Louisiana
       corporation.
   (29)             ADM Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation
   (30)ADM Mexico, Inc., a Delaware corporation
   (31)Colag, Inc., a Delaware corporation
61
          PAGE 62
                           SCHEDULE B

The following are Predecessor Employers with respect to which
prior service is recognized for the group of employees described
below who became employees of a Participating Employer as a
result of the type of transaction described in the definition of
a Predecessor Employer in the Plan.  The name of the Predecessor
Employer is listed in column (a).  The effective date as of
which the employer becomes a Predecessor Employer with respect
to the specified group of employees is listed in column (b).
The locations at which the former employees of the Predecessor
Employer must be employed as of the effective date in order to
be within the group of employees with respect to which the
Predecessor Employer is defined (and the group/location number)
are listed in column (c).

     (a)                       (b)           (c)

(1)                          Dixie Portland Flour 1-20-90
Chicago (30-853)
   Mills, Inc.                            Arkansas City (30-847)

(2)                         Pfizer, Inc.   12-15-90
Southport, NC (10-789)

(3)        Dixie Portland Flour           3-1-91  Chattanooga
and
   Mills, Inc.                             Cleveland, TN
(30-909)

(4)    Proctor & Gamble Company           7-1-91  Fort Worth, TX
(10-138)
                                          Levelland, TX (10-314)
                                          Stamford, TX (10-402

(5)                    Dennis E. Roby & Associates,    7-1-91
Decatur - ADM Design
   Inc.                                    Services (10-047)

(6)  Valley Grain Products, Inc.          10-1-91 Henderson, KY
(N8-884)
                                          Madera, CA (N8-877)
                                          Madera Chip Mill
(N8-886)
                                          Muleshoe, TX (N8-879)
                                          Monrovia, CA (N8-888)

(7)                Garnac Grain           1-1-93  Beardstown, IL
(A2-Z54)
                                          Burlington, IA
(A2-Z52)
                                          Evansville, IN
(A2-Z57)
                                          Keithsburg, IL
(A2-Z41)
                                          Lake Village, AR
(A2-Z59)
                                          Macomb, IL (A2-Z59)
                                          Monroe City, IN
(A2-Z61)
                                          Newburgh, IN (A2-Z58)
                                          Orleans, IL (A2-Z58)
                                          San Diego, CA (A2-Z60)
                                          Winona, MN (A2-Z50)
                                          Winslow, IN (A2-Z56)

(8)                  Agri-Trans1-1-93        ARTCO - Agri-Trans
                                            (Supervisory
Personnel)
                                               (08-608)
62
          PAGE 63



                                                       3-25-93












                 ADM SAVINGS AND INVESTMENT PLAN
                                
         [As Amended and Restated as of January 1, 1987
                and in Effect on January 1, 1993]

63
                                
          PAGE 64
                                
                        TABLE OF CONTENTS


ARTICLE I      GENERAL
    Sec. 1.1  Name of Plan  1
    Sec. 1.2  Purpose  1
    Sec. 1.3  Effective Date  1
    Sec. 1.4  Company  1
    Sec. 1.5  Participating Employers  1
    Sec. 1.6  Construction and Applicable Law  1
    Sec. 1.7  Benefits Determined Under Provisions in Effect
              at Termination of Employment  1
    Sec. 1.8  Effective Date of Document  2
    Sec. 1.9  Transfers To and From ADM Savings and
              Investment Plan for Hourly Employees  2
    
ARTICLE II     MISCELLANEOUS DEFINITIONS
    Sec. 2.1  Account  3
    Sec. 2.2  Active Participant  3
    Sec. 2.3  ADM Stock  3
    Sec. 2.4  Affiliate  3
    Sec. 2.5  Before Tax Contributions  3
    Sec. 2.6  Beneficiary  3
    Sec. 2.7  Board  3
    Sec. 2.8  Certified Earnings  3
    Sec. 2.9  Code  4
    Sec. 2.10 Common Control  4
    Sec. 2.11 ERISA  4
    Sec. 2.12 Family Member  4
    Sec. 2.13 Fund  5
    Sec. 2.14 Funding Agency  5
    Sec. 2.15 Highly Compensated Employee  5
    Sec. 2.16 Leased Employee  6
    Sec. 2.17 Matching Contribution  7
    Sec. 2.18 Named Fiduciary  7
    Sec. 2.19 Non-Highly Compensated Employee  7
    Sec. 2.20 Normal Retirement Age  7
    Sec. 2.21 Participant  7
    Sec. 2.22 PLAN Year  7
    Sec. 2.23 Predecessor Employer  7
    Sec. 2.24 Qualified Employee  7
    Sec. 2.25 Successor Employer  8
    Sec. 2.26 Tax Credit Contribution  8
    Sec. 2.27 Top-Heavy Plan  8
    Sec. 2.28 Trustee  8
    Sec. 2.29 Valuation Date  8
    
ARTICLE III   SERVICE PROVISIONS
    Sec. 3.1  Employment Commencement Date  9
    Sec. 3.2  Termination of Employment  9
    Sec. 3.3  Hours of Service  9
    Sec. 3.4  Eligibility Computation Period 11
64
          PAGE 65
    Sec. 3.5  Year of Eligibility Service 11
    Sec. 3.6  1-Year Break In Service 11
    
ARTICLE IV    PLAN PARTICIPATION
    Sec. 4.1  Entry Date 13
    Sec. 4.2  Eligibility for Participation 13
    Sec. 4.3  Duration of Participation 14
    Sec. 4.4  Eligibility and Participation of U.S. Citizens
              Employed by Foreign Subsidiaries 14
    Sec. 4.5  No Guarantee of Employment 14
    
ARTICLE V      CONTRIBUTIONS
    Sec. 5.1  Before Tax Contributions 15
    Sec. 5.2  Matching Contributions 16
    Sec. 5.3  Before Tax and Matching Contributions Made as
              ADM Stock 17
    Sec. 5.4  Adjustment of Contributions Required by Code
              Section 401(k) 17
    Sec. 5.5  Distribution of Excess Deferrals 20
    Sec. 5.6  Adjustment of Contributions Required by Code
              Section 401(m) 21
    Sec. 5.7  Multiple Use of the Alternative Limitations 23
    Sec. 5.8  Time of Contributions 24
    Sec. 5.9  Limitations on Contributions 24
    
ARTICLE VI    LIMITATION ON ALLOCATIONS
    Sec. 6.1  Limitation on Allocations 25
    
ARTICLE VII        INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS
    Sec. 7.1  Accounts for Participants 28
    Sec. 7.2  Investment of Accounts 28
    Sec. 7.3  Valuation of Accounts 28
    Sec. 7.4  Certificates 29
    Sec. 7.5  Voting and Other Rights Regarding ADM Stock 29
    Sec. 7.6  Tender or Exchange Offers Regarding ADM Stock
              30
    Sec. 7.7  Rollover Accounts 30
    Sec. 7.8  Transfer Accounts 31
    
ARTICLE VIII  DESIGNATION 0F BENEFICIARY
    Sec. 8.1  Persons Eligible to Designate 32
    Sec. 8.2  Special Requirements for Married Participants
              32
    Sec. 8.3  Form and Method of Designation 32
    Sec. 8.4  No Effective Designation 32
    Sec. 8.5  Successor Beneficiary 33
    Sec. 8.6  Insurance Contract 33
    
ARTICLE IX    BENEFIT REQUIREMENTS
    Sec. 9.1  Benefit on Termination of Employment 34
    Sec. 9.2  Death 34
    Sec. 9.3  Withdrawals Before Termination of Employment
              34
    Sec. 9.4  Distributions to Satisfy Diversification Rules
              36
65
          PAGE 66

ARTICLE X      DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS
    Sec. 10.1 Time and Method of Payment 38
    Sec. 10.2 Form of Distribution 39
    Sec. 10.3 Accounting Following Termination of Employment
              40
    Sec. 10.4 Reemployment 40
    Sec. 10.5 Source of Benefits 40
    Sec. 10.6 Incompetent Payee 40
    Sec. 10.7 Benefits May Not Be Assigned or Alienated 40
    Sec. 10.8 Payment of Taxes 40
    Sec. 10.9 Conditions Precedent 41
    Sec. 10.10     Company Directions to Trustee 41
    Sec. 10.11     Special Distribution Events 41
    
ARTICLE XI    FUND
    Sec. 11.1 Composition 42
    Sec. 11.2 Funding Agency 42
    Sec. 11.3 Compensation and Expenses of Trustee 42
    Sec. 11.4 Funding Policy 42
    Sec. 11.5 Share Registration 42
    Sec. 11.6 No Diversion 42
    
ARTICLE XII        ADMINISTRATION OF PLAN
    Sec. 12.1 Administration by Company 44
    Sec. 12.2 Certain Fiduciary Provisions 44
    Sec. 12.3 Discrimination Prohibited 45
    Sec. 12.4 Evidence 45
    Sec. 12.5 Correction of Errors 45
    Sec. 12.6 Records 45
    Sec. 12.7 General Fiduciary Standard 45
    Sec. 12.8 Prohibited Transactions 45
    Sec. 12.9 Claims Procedure 46
    Sec. 12.10     Bonding 46
    Sec. 12.11     Waiver of Notice 46
    Sec. 12.12     Agent For Legal Process 46
    Sec. 12.13     Indemnification 46
    
ARTICLE XIII  AMENDMENT, TERMINATION, MERGER
    Sec. 13.1 Amendment 47
    Sec. 13.2 Permanent Discontinuance of Contributions 47
    Sec. 13.3 Termination 47
    Sec. 13.4 Partial Termination 47
    Sec. 13.5 Merger, Consolidation, or Transfer of Plan
              Assets 48
    Sec. 13.6 Deferral of Distributions 48
    Sec. 13.7 Reorganizations of Participating Employers 48
    Sec. 13.8 Discontinuance of Joint Participation of a
              Participating Employer 48
    Sec. 13.9 Participating Employers Not Under Common
              Control 49
66
          PAGE 67
ARTICLE XIV   TOP-HEAVY PLAN PROVISIONS
    Sec. 14.1 Key Employee Defined 50
    Sec. 14.2 Determination of Top-Heavy Status 50
    Sec. 14.3 Minimum Contribution Requirement 52
    Sec. 14.4 Participation under Defined Benefit Plan and
              Defined 52
    Sec. 14.5 Definition of Employer 53
    Sec. 14.6 Exception For Collective Bargaining Unit 53
    
ARTICLE XV         MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
    Sec. 15.1 Insurance Company Not Responsible for Validity
              of Plan 54
    Sec. 15.2 Headings 54
    Sec. 15.3 Capitalized Definitions 54
    Sec. 15.4 Gender 54
    Sec. 15.5 Use of Compounds of Word "Here" 54
    Sec. 15.6 Construed as a Whole 54
    
ARTICLE XVI   AMOUNTS TRANSFERRED FROM OTHER PLANS
    Sec. 16.1 Transfers from Other Plans 55
    Sec. 16.2 Predecessor Plan Accounts 55
    Sec. 16.3 Investment Funds 55
    Sec. 16.4 Valuation of Investment Funds 55
    Sec. 16.5 Valuation of Accounts 55
    Sec. 16.6 In Service Withdrawals 56
    Sec. 16.7 Distributions 56
    Sec. 16.8      Special Requirements for Married
              Participant Electing Life Annuity Benefit 61
67
          PAGE 68
                         FIRST AMENDMENT
                             TO THE
                 ADM SAVINGS AND INVESTMENT PLAN


The ADM Savings and Investment Plan is hereby amended effective
January 1, 1994, as follows:
                                I

Section 2.8 is amended by restating subsection (g) thereof to
read as follows:

     (g)  Certified Earnings of a Participant for any Plan Year
          shall not exceed $150,000, adjusted for each Plan Year
          to take into account any cost of living increase
          provided for that year in accordance with regulations
          prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury, subject
          to the provisions of Sec. 2.12(b) in the case of
          certain Family Members.  The dollar increase in effect
          on January 1 of any calendar year shall apply to Plan
          Years beginning in that calendar year.  If a Plan Year
          is shorter than 12 months, the limit under this
          subsection for that year shall be multiplied by a
          fraction, the numerator of which is the number of
          months in the short Plan Year and the denominator of
          which is 12.
                               II

Section 5.1 is amended by deleting the phrase "not less than two
percent of Certified Earnings and" where it appears in
subsection (a) thereof.

                               III

Section 5.4 is amended by restating paragraph (2) of subsection
(a) thereof to read as follows:

     (2)  The Participant's Compensation with respect to the
          Plan Year.  For purposes of this section, a
          Participant's "Compensation" for the Plan Year means
          compensation determined according to a definition
          selected by the Company for that year which satisfies
          the requirements of Code section 414(s). The same
          definition of compensation shall be used for all
          Participants for a particular Plan Year, but different
          definitions may be used for different Plan Years.
          Compensation shall be subject to the limit provided
          under Sec. 2.8(g).
                               IV

Section 9.3 is amended by restating paragraph (1)(A)(v) of
subsection (a) thereof to read as follows:

     (v)  Any other immediate and heavy financial need which the
          Company determines satisfies the requirements of
          Treasury Regulation  1.401(k)-1(d)(2), and which the
          Company describes in objective and nondiscriminatory
          terms set forth in a writing that is deemed to form a
          part of this Plan.
68
          PAGE 69
                                V

Section 10.7 is amended to read as follows:

             SEC. 10.7  BENEFITS MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR
   ALIENATED.  Except as otherwise expressly permitted by the
   Plan or required by law, the interests of persons entitled
   to benefits under the Plan may not in any manner whatsoever
   be assigned or alienated, whether voluntarily or
   involuntarily, or directly or indirectly.  However, the Plan
   shall comply with the provisions of any court order which
   the Company determines is a qualified domestic relations
   order as defined in Code section 414(p).  Any expenses
   relating to review or administration of a domestic relations
   order may be charged against the Accounts of the Participant
   and/or the alternate payee. Notwithstanding any provisions
   in the Plan to the contrary, an individual who is entitled
   to payments from the Plan as an "alternate payee" pursuant
   to a qualified domestic relations order may receive a lump
   sum payment from the Plan as soon as administratively
   feasible after the Company determines that the order is a
   qualified domestic relations order, unless the order
   specifically provides for payment to be made at a later
   time; provided, however, that if the order assigns an
   interest in a Predecessor Plan Account invested in an
   Investment Fund pursuant to Article XVI, payment may be
   delayed until after the Valuation Date coincident with or
   next following the date of the Company's determination with
   respect to the order.
69
      PAGE 70
                        SECOND AMENDMENT
                             TO THE
                 ADM SAVINGS AND INVESTMENT PLAN


The ADM Savings and Investment Plan (As Amended and Restated as
of January 1, 1987, and in Effect on January 1, 1993) is hereby
amended as follows:

                                I

Section 1.5 is amended effective January 1, 1994, by restating
the final sentence thereof to read as follows:

       The Company shall maintain a "List of Participating
       Employers" for the Plan indicating the date on which an
       employer becomes a Participating Employer and the date
       on which an employer ceases to be a Participating
       Employer.
       
       
                               II

Section 1.6 is amended effective January 1, 1989, by restating
the second sentence thereof to read as follows, and is further
amended effective January 1, 1994, by substituting "Central
District" for "Southern District" when the latter appears
therein:

       The portion of the Plan consisting of Tax Credit
       Accounts is also intended to meet the requirements for a
       tax credit employee stock ownership plan under section
       409 of the Code.
       
       
                               III

Section 1.9 is deleted effective January 1, 1995.

                               IV

Section 2.23 is amended effective January 1, 1994, to read as
follows:

        SEC. 2.23  PREDECESSOR EMPLOYER.  A "Predecessor
   Employer" is any corporation, partnership, firm, or
   individual, an integral portion of whose assets and business
   has been acquired by a Participating Employer or from whose
   employment an integral group or unit of employees has been
   transferred to employment by a Participating Employer and
   service for which the Company grants credit for eligibility
   purposes under this Plan.  Any other employer shall be a
   Predecessor Employer if so required by regulations
   prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury.  The Company
   shall maintain a "List of Predecessor Employers" for the
   Plan, indicating the date on which the employer becomes a
   Predecessor Employer and the group or unit of employees with
   respect to which the employer is a Predecessor Employer.
   Prior service credit shall be granted in a manner that does
   not produce discrimination in favor of Highly Compensated
   Employees.
70
     PAGE 71
                                V

Section 3.2 is amended effective January 1, 1989, by restating
the final sentence thereof to read as follows:

            Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Termination of
       Employment shall be deemed not to have occurred for
       purposes of entitling a Participant to a distribution if
       the Participant has not had a "separation from service"
       or "disability" as defined in applicable regulations
       (although a distribution may be permitted under Sec.
       10.11).

                               VI

Section 4.2 is amended effective January 1, 1995, by restating
paragraph (2) of subsection (a) to read as follows, and by
deleting subsection (e):

          (2)  The employee has completed one Year of
               Eligibility Service during an Eligibility
               Computation Period that ended prior to the Entry
               Date.
          

                               VII

Section 4.4 is amended effective January 1, 1995, to read as
follows:

             SEC. 4.4  PARTICIPATION OF U.S. CITIZENS EMPLOYED
   BY FOREIGN SUBSIDIARIES.  A citizen or resident of the
   United States who is employed by an eligible foreign
   subsidiary (as defined below) of a Participating Employer
   shall be treated as an employee of that Participating
   Employer for the period of his/her employment with the
   eligible foreign subsidiary if (i) the Participating
   Employer has entered into an agreement under Code section
   3121(l) that applies to the eligible foreign subsidiary, and
   (ii) the employee does not receive contributions under any
   funded plan of deferred compensation with respect to
   remuneration received from the eligible foreign subsidiary.
   For purposes of this section, an "eligible foreign
   subsidiary" is any corporation organized outside of the
   United States, its territories or the District of Columbia
   10% or more of the voting stock of which is owned by the
   Participating Employer.  If this section applies to an
   employee, his/her compensation for purposes of the Plan
   shall be determined under Code section 406(b).
   
   
                              VIII

Section 5.2 is amended effective January 1, 1995, to read as
follows:

             SEC. 5.2  MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS.  The
   Participating Employers shall make a Matching Contribution
   for each month determined under the following schedule based
   on the Participant's Before Tax Contributions for that
   month:
71
       PAGE 72

        For Before Tax ContributionsThe Matching Contribution wi
ll
         representing the following be the following percent of
      percentage of the Participant'sthe Participant's Before T
ax
      Certified Earnings for the monthContributions in this br
acket

                The first 2%                    100%
                The next 4%                     50%
                  Above 6%                      None

   No Matching Contributions shall be made on any Before Tax
   Contributions returned to the Participant under Sec. 5.4,
   5.5 or 5.7.  Any Matching Contributions made before the
   return of such Before Tax Contributions shall be forfeited
   and shall be applied as a credit against future Matching
   Contributions.
   
                               IX

Section 5.3 is amended effective April 1, 1994, by restating
subsection (a) to read as follows:

       (a)The number of shares of ADM Stock contributed to the
           Fund for a given month shall be determined by
           dividing the dollar amount of the Before Tax and
           Matching Contributions for such month for all
           Participants by the closing price of a share of ADM
           Stock on the New York Stock Exchange for the
           business day immediately preceding the day the
           Company directs its transfer agent to issue shares
           to the Fund (as reported in The Wall Street Journal
           published for the next following business day).

                                X

Section 5.3 is amended effective January 1, 1995, to read as
follows:

             SEC. 5.3  FORM OF CONTRIBUTION.  Before Tax and
   Matching Contributions shall be paid to the Fund as soon as
   practicable following the close of each month in cash or
   shares of ADM Stock, as determined at the sole discretion of
   the Company.  If paid in shares of ADM Stock, such shares
   shall be valued at the closing price of a share of ADM Stock
   on the New York Stock Exchange for the business day
   immediately preceding the day the Company directs its
   transfer agent to issue such shares to the Fund (as reported
   in The Wall Street Journal published for the next following
   business day).
   
                               XI

Section 6.1 is amended effective January 1, 1995, by restating
paragraph (1) of subsection (a) thereof to read as follows:

          (1)  $30,000 (or such greater or lesser amount as is
               in effect under Code section 415(c)(1)(A) for
               such Plan Year).
72
     PAGE 73
                               XII

Section 7.1 is amended effective January 1, 1995, by deleting
subsection (e) thereof and by relettering the following
subsection accordingly.


                              XIII

Section 7.2 is amended effective January 1, 1995, to read as
follows:

             SEC. 7.2  INVESTMENT OF ACCOUNTS.  Accounts shall
   be invested in shares of ADM Stock; except that, cash
   contributions, cash dividends, cash repayments on a
   participant loan and other cash amounts received by the Fund
   may be held in cash or short term investments pending
   investment in shares of ADM Stock, all or a portion of an
   Account may be invested in a participant loan to the extent
   so provided in the participant loan program, and Predecessor
   Plan Accounts shall be invested in accordance with Article
   XVI.
   
   
                               XIV

Section 7.3 is amended effective January 1, 1995, to read as
follows:

             SEC. 7.3  VALUATION OF ACCOUNTS.  Accounts (other
   than Predecessor Plan Accounts) shall be adjusted to reflect
   contributions, distributions, dividends and other income,
   and all other transactions as follows:
   
          (a)  VALUATION DATE ADJUSTMENTS.  As of each Valuation
               Date, the following adjustments shall be made to
               reflect transactions during the period since the
               immediately preceding Valuation Date:
               
               (1)  DISTRIBUTIONS.  All distributions paid
                    during such period shall be subtracted from
                    the stock or cash balance of the Account, as
                    appropriate.
               
               (2)  ISSUANCE OF LOANS.  All shares of ADM Stock
                    sold during such period to allow for a
                    participant loan from an Account shall be
                    subtracted from the stock balance of the
                    Account and the cash proceeds of such sale
                    shall be added to the cash balance of the
                    Account to be reflected as a loan to the
                    Participant.
73
     PAGE 74
               (3)  CASH DIVIDENDS.  All shares of ADM Stock
                    purchased with cash dividends received
                    during such period (plus the income, if any,
                    from the short-term investment of such
                    dividends) shall be allocated among the
                    Accounts and the number of shares allocated
                    to each shall be added to the stock balance
                    of the Account.  The number of shares
                    allocated to each Account shall be
                    determined by multiplying the number of
                    shares to be allocated under this paragraph
                    by a fraction, the numerator of which is the
                    number of shares of ADM Stock allocated to
                    the Account as of the immediately preceding
                    Valuation Date reduced by the number of such
                    shares distributed during the period or sold
                    during the period to allow for a cash
                    distribution or participant loan, and the
                    denominator of which is the total number of
                    shares of ADM Stock allocated to all
                    Accounts as of the immediately preceding
                    Valuation Date reduced by the number of such
                    shares distributed during the period or sold
                    during the period to allow for a cash
                    distribution or participant loan.
               
                (4) CONTRIBUTIONS.  All shares of ADM Stock
                    received as a contribution for such period
                    and all shares of ADM Stock purchased with
                    cash contributions received for such period
                    (plus the income, if any, from the short-
                    term investment of such cash contributions)
                    shall be allocated among the Before Tax
                    Accounts and Matching Accounts, and the
                    number of shares allocated to each Account
                    shall be added to the stock balance of the
                    Account.  The number of shares allocated to
                    the Before-Tax Account or Matching Account
                    of a Participant, as appropriate, shall be
                    determined by multiplying the number of
                    shares to be allocated under this paragraph
                    by a fraction, the numerator of which is the
                    Before-Tax Contributions or Matching
                    Contributions, as appropriate, of the
                    Participant for such period, and the
                    denominator of which is the total of the
                    Before-Tax Contributions and Matching
                    Contributions of all Participants for such
                    period.
               
               (5)  LOAN REPAYMENTS.  All principal payments on
                    a participant loan shall be subtracted from
                    the cash balance of the Account from which
                    the loan was drawn. All shares of ADM Stock
                    purchased with principal and interest
                    payments received during such period on
                    participant loans (plus the income, if any,
                    from the short-term investment of such
                    payments) shall be allocated among the
                    Accounts and the number of shares allocated
                    to each shall be added to the stock balance
                    of the Account.  The number of shares
                    allocated to an Account shall be determined
                    by multiplying the number of shares to be
                    allocated under this paragraph by a
                    fraction, the numerator of which is the
                    dollar amount of the payments received
                    during such period on a participant loan
                    drawn from that Account and the denominator
                    of which is the dollar amount of all
                    principal and interest payments received
                    during such period on participant loans.
               
               (6)  EXPENSES.  All expenses paid during such
                    period from an Account shall be subtracted
                    from the balance of the Account.

     (b)  OTHER ADJUSTMENTS.  As of the record date of any stock
          dividend, stock split or reverse stock split, the
          number of shares of ADM Stock credited to an Account
          shall be adjusted as appropriate to reflect such stock
          dividend, stock split or reverse stock split.  As of
          the date of any distribution from an Account against
          which a participant loan is to be offset, all interest
          accrued but unpaid on such participant loan shall be
          added to the cash balance of the Account.

   Predecessor Plan Accounts shall be adjusted as of each
   Valuation Date as provided in Article XVI.
74
     PAGE 75
                               XV

Section 7.7 is amended effective January 1, 1995, by restating
the last sentence of subsection (a) thereof to read as follows:

       The plans from which a Rollover Contribution has been
       allowed as of January 1, 1995, are the Dennis E. Roby &
       Associates, Inc. Thrift and Savings Plan and the
       Employees' Stock Bonus Plan of Valley Grain Products,
       Inc.
       
                               XVI

Section 7.8 is amended effective January 1, 1995, to read as
follows:

             SEC. 7.8  TRANSFERS TO/FROM HOURLY PLAN.  If a
   Participant transfers into a class of employment such that
   he or she becomes a participant in the ADM Savings and
   Investment Plan for Hourly Employees ("Hourly Plan"), his or
   her Accounts under this Plan shall be transferred to the
   Hourly Plan, to be administered and paid thereunder.  If a
   participant in the Hourly Plan transfers into a class of
   employment such that he or she becomes a Participant in this
   Plan, this Plan shall accept a transfer of his or her
   Accounts from the Hourly Plan, and each such Account shall
   be added to the corresponding Account under this Plan.
   
                              XVII

Sections 9.1 and 9.2 are amended effective January 1, 1995, to
read as follows:

             SEC. 9.1  BENEFIT ON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.
   If a Participant's Termination of Employment occurs for any
   reason other than death, the Participant shall be fully
   vested and shall be entitled to a benefit equal to the
   number of shares of ADM Stock credited to his/her Accounts
   as of the date of distribution, plus the cash balance of
   his/her Accounts (including Predecessor Plan Accounts) as of
   the Valuation Date immediately preceding the date of
   distribution. The benefit shall be paid at the time and in
   the manner determined under Article X.
   
             SEC. 9.2  DEATH.  If a Participant's Termination
   of Employment occurs as a result of death (or if the
   Participant's death occurs after his/her Termination of
   Employment but before distribution of his/her benefit), the
   Participant's Beneficiary shall be entitled to a benefit
   equal to the number of shares of ADM Stock credited to
   his/her Accounts as of the date of distribution, plus the
   cash balance of his/her Accounts (including Predecessor Plan
   Accounts) as of the Valuation Date immediately preceding the
   date of distribution.  The benefit shall be paid at the time
   and in the manner determined under Article X.
75
     PAGE 76
                              XVIII

Section 9.3 is amended effective January 1, 1995, by restating
paragraph (1)(A)(iii) of subsection (a) to read as follows:

          (iii)     Payment of tuition, related educational fees
               and room and board expenses for the next semester
               or quarter of post-secondary education for the
               Participant or the spouse, child, or dependent of
               the Participant.

                               XIX

Section 9.3 is amended effective January 1, 1995, by deleting
the phrase "(including shares attributable to dividends on such
contributions)" where such phrase appears in subsection (c), and
by deleting subsection (d) and relettering the following
subsections accordingly.

                               XX

Section 9.4 is amended effective January 1, 1995, by deleting
subsection (e).
                               XXI

Section 10.1 is amended effective January 1, 1995, to apply with
respect to any distributions made on or after such date
(regardless of when termination of employment occurred) to read
as follows:

             SEC. 10.1  TIME AND METHOD OF
   PAYMENTec. 10.1  Time and Method of Payment.  The benefit to
   which a Participant or Beneficiary becomes entitled under
   Article IX shall be paid as follows:
          
          (a)  TIME OF PAYMENT.
               (1)  NORMAL PAYMENT DATE.  Payments shall be made
                    or commence as soon as administratively
                    practicable after the Participant (or
                    his/her Beneficiary in the event of death)
                    files a request for distribution with the
                    Company, but not before the end of the
                    calendar quarter in which the Participant's
                    Termination of Employment occurs.
               
               (2)  LATEST PAYMENT DATE.  Payments shall be made
                    or commence to a Participant not later than
                    the 60th day after the close of the Plan
                    Year in which he/she reaches Normal
                    Retirement Age or in which his/her
                    Termination of Employment occurs, whichever
                    is later, unless the Participant elects to
                    defer payment (and for this purpose, the
                    failure to request payment shall be deemed
                    to be an election to defer payment).  In any
                    event, payments shall be made or commence to
                    a Participant not later than the April 1 of
                    the calendar year following the calendar
                    year in which he/she attains age 70 1/2.
76
     PAGE 77
          (b)  METHOD OF PAYMENT.
               
               (1)  PAYMENTS TO PARTICIPANT.  Payment to a
                    Participant shall be in the following form:
               
                    (A)  RETIREMENTS.  If the Participant's
                         Termination of Employment is a Normal
                         Retirement or an Early Retirement under
                         the ADM Retirement Plan (or if the
                         Participant is receiving disability
                         payments under the ADM Long-Term
                         Disability Plan), payment shall be made
                         in either of the following forms at the
                         election of the Participant:
               
                         (i)  A single-sum distribution of the
                              full benefit payable to the
                              Participant, or
               
                         (ii) Partial distributions each of
                              which consists of not less than
                              100 shares of ADM stock (or the
                              cash equivalent thereof) or such
                              other minimum amount as may be
                              necessary to comply with the
                              minimum distribution rules
                              described in subsection (c) below.
               
                         If a Participant has not received a
                         distribution of his/her full benefit
                         prior to the April 1 of the calendar
                         year following the calendar year in
                         which he/she attains age 70 1/2, then
                         partial distributions shall be made as
                         necessary to comply with the minimum
                         distribution rules described in
                         subsection (c) below.
               
               (B)  VESTED TERMINATIONS.  If the Participant's
                    Termination of Employment is neither a
                    Normal Retirement nor an Early Retirement
                    under the ADM Retirement Plan (and the
                    Participant is not receiving disability
                    payments under the ADM Long-Term Disability
                    Plan), payment to the Participant shall be
                    in the form of a single-sum distribution of
                    the full benefit payable to the Participant
                    (partial distributions are not permitted).
                    Such payment shall be made not later than
                    the April 1 of the calendar year following
                    the calendar year in which the Participant
                    attains age 70 1/2.
               
          (2)  PAYMENTS TO BENEFICIARY.  Payment to a
               Beneficiary shall be in either of the following
               forms at the election of the Beneficiary:
77
     PAGE 78
               (A)  A single-sum distribution of the full
                    benefit payable to the Beneficiary, or
               
               (B)  Partial distributions each of which consists
                    of not less than 100 shares of ADM stock (or
                    the cash equivalent thereof) or such other
                    minimum amount as may be necessary to comply
                    with the minimum distribution rules
                    described in subsection (c) below.
               
                    In any event, payment of the full benefit
                    payable to a Beneficiary shall be made not
                    later than the December 31 of the calendar
                    year containing the fifth anniversary of the
                    Participant's death.
               
     (c)  MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION RULES.  Notwithstanding any
          contrary provision of the Plan, payments shall be made
          as necessary to comply with the minimum distribution
          rules of Code section 401(a)(9) (including the
          incidental death benefit rules of Code section
          401(a)(9)(G)) and the regulations thereunder.  The
          following rules shall apply:

          (1)  The full benefit payable to a Participant shall
               be distributed (or minimum distributions shall
               commence) by the April 1 of the calendar year
               following the calendar year in which the
               Participant attains age 70 1/2 unless he/she dies
               prior to such date.
          
          (2)  Minimum distributions during the life of the
               Participant shall be paid no less rapidly than by
               reference to a period-certain equal to the joint
               life and last survivor expectancy of the
               Participant and his/her Beneficiary.  However, if
               the Beneficiary is not the Participant's spouse,
               minimum distributions during the life of the
               Participant shall be paid no less rapidly than by
               reference to the maximum period permitted under
               the incidental death benefit rules of Code
               section 401(a)(9)(G).
          
          (3)  If a Participant dies on or after the April 1 of
               the calendar year following the calendar year in
               which he/she attains age 70 1/2, minimum
               distributions after the death of the Participant
               shall be made to his/her Beneficiary at least as
               rapidly as under the minimum distribution method
               being used prior to death.  In addition, the
               Participant's entire remaining benefit shall be
               distributed to his/her Beneficiary not later than
               December 31 of the calendar year containing the
               fifth anniversary of the Participant's death.
78
     PAGE 79
          (4)  If a Participant dies before the April 1 of the
               calendar year following the calendar year in
               which he/she attains age 70 1/2, his/her entire
               remaining benefit shall be distributed to his/her
               Beneficiary not later than December 31 of the
               calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of
               the Participant's death.
          
          (5)  The minimum distribution for each calendar year
               for which a minimum distribution is required
               shall be equal to the quotient obtained by
               dividing the entire balance of the Participant's
               Accounts as of the most recent Valuation Date
               preceding the calendar year (as adjusted as may
               be required by Treasury regulations) by the
               lesser of (i) the number of years of life
               expectancy that remain, or (ii) in the case of
               distributions to a Participant with a Beneficiary
               other than his or her spouse, the applicable
               divisor prescribed in regulations under the
               incidental death benefit rules of Code section
               401(a)(9)(G).  For purposes of determining the
               amount which must be distributed in any year,
               Excess Salary Reduction Contributions, Excess
               Aggregate Contributions and Excess Deferrals
               distributed in accordance with Article V
               (including income on such amounts) shall be
               disregarded.
          
          (7)  For purposes of calculating minimum
               distributions, life expectancies shall be
               determined by using the expected return multiples
               in Tables V and VI of Treas. Reg.  1.72-9, in
               accordance with regulations under Code section
               401(a)(9). Life expectancies shall be calculated
               based on the Participant's (and the
               Beneficiary's) age as of the birthday in the
               calendar year in which the Participant attains
               70 1/2.  For purposes of calculating the minimum
               distribution for each succeeding calendar year,
               the initial life expectancy (or joint life and
               last survivor expectancy) shall be reduced by one
               for each subsequent calendar year.
          
     (d)  CASH-OUT OF SMALL BENEFITS.  Notwithstanding the
          above, if the aggregate value of a Participant's
          Accounts is $3,500 or less as of the last day of the
          calendar quarter in which his/her Termination of
          Employment or death occurs, a single-sum distribution
          shall be made to the Participant (or his/her
          Beneficiary in the event of death) as soon as
          administratively practicable thereafter.  The
          preceding sentence shall not apply, however, if the
          aggregate value of the Participant's Accounts exceeded
          $3,500 immediately prior to any previous distribution
          to the Participant.
79
     PAGE 80
     (e)  MULTIPLE BENEFICIARIES.  If more than one Beneficiary
          is entitled to benefits following the Participant's
          death, the interest of each shall be segregated into a
          separate Account for purposes of applying this Section
          (other than subsection (d)).

                              XXII

Section 10.2 is amended effective January 1, 1995, to apply with
respect to any distributions made on or after such date
(regardless of when termination of employment occurred) to read
as follows:

             SEC. 10.2 FORM OF DISTRIBUTIONec. 10.2  Form of
   Distribution.  Distributions shall be made in accordance
   with the following:
     
     (a)  Distributions under Sec. 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 10.11 or 16.6
          shall be made in the following form at the election of
          the recipient:
          
          (1)  Fully in cash.
          
          (2)  Fully in whole shares of ADM Stock with any
               fractional share in cash.
          
          (3)  Partly in cash and partly in whole shares of ADM
               Stock.
          
               Any distribution that is required even in the
               absence of an affirmative election by the
               recipient shall be made fully in whole shares of
               ADM Stock with any fractional share in cash if
               the recipient does not timely file an affirmative
               election to the contrary.
          
     (b)  Distributions under Sec. 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 5.7, 6.1 or
          9.4 shall be in cash.
     
     (c)  Distributions to a Participant, to the surviving
          spouse of a deceased Participant, or to an alternate
          payee under a qualified domestic relations order (as
          defined in Code section 414(p)) who is the spouse or
          former spouse of a Participant may be in the form of a
          direct rollover for the benefit of the recipient to an
          individual retirement account or annuity described in
          Code section 408 or, except in the case of a recipient
          who is the surviving spouse of a deceased Participant,
          to another qualified plan described in Code section
          401(a).  However, no such direct rollover shall be
          allowed if the distribution is part of a series of
          installments payable over a period of ten years or
          more, or if the distribution is required under Code
          section 401(a)(9).  The recipient shall provide the
          Trustee with the information necessary to accomplish
          the direct rollover in such form as the Company or the
          Trustee may require.  Direct rollovers made in
          accordance with such instructions shall constitute
          full settlement of the Plan's liability with respect
          to the amount rolled over, and the Plan, the Trustee,
          and the Company shall have no further liability with
          respect to such amounts.  Transfers under this
          subsection shall be made in accordance with Code
          section 401(a)(31) and the regulations thereunder.
80
     PAGE 81
     Any distribution in cash (other than a distribution of cash
     in lieu of a fractional share) shall be reduced to reflect
     any broker fees incurred on the sale of ADM Stock.
       
                              XXIII

Section 10.3 is amended effective January 1, 1995, to read as
follows:

             SEC. 10.3 ACCOUNTING FOLLOWING TERMINATION OF
   EMPLOYMENT.  If distribution of all or any part of an
   Account is deferred or delayed for any reason, the Account
   shall continue to be revalued in accordance with the terms
   of the Plan.  Distribution of such Account shall be made as
   soon as administratively practicable following the end of
   the calendar quarter in which the Participant (or his/her
   Beneficiary in the event of death) files the distribution
   request with the Company.
   
                              XXIV

Section 10.7 is amended effective January 1, 1995, by deleting
the third sentence thereof.
                               XXV

Sections 10.12 and 10.13 are added effective January 1, 1995, to
read as follows:

             SEC. 10.12     DELAY OF DISTRIBUTION IN EVENT OF
   STOCK DIVIDEND OR SPLIT.  No distribution shall be made
   between the record date and the ex-date of any stock
   dividend, stock split or reverse stock split if the ex-date
   is after the record date.
   
             SEC. 10.13     PARTICIPANT LOAN PROGRAM.  The
   Company may establish a participant loan program in
   accordance with ERISA section 408(b)(1), the terms and
   conditions of which shall be determined by the Company and
   set forth in written rules and regulations.  The rules and
   regulations shall apply on a uniform basis to all
   Participants, and shall not allow for deemed distributions
   upon default of a loan prior to the date distributions are
   permitted under Sec. 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, or 10.11.

                              XXVI

Section 11.7 is added effective January 1, 1995, to read as
follows:

             SEC. 11.7 CONVERSION OF ADM STOCK TO CASH.  If it
   is necessary to convert shares of ADM Stock held in the Fund
   to cash to provide for a distribution or participant loan,
   or for any other reason required under the Plan, conversion
   may be made by exchanging such shares for cash (if any) then
   held in the Fund and credited to Accounts (other than
   Predecessor Plan Accounts), or by selling such shares on the
   open market or to the Company.  If shares are exchanged for
   cash then held in the Fund or sold to the Company, the
   exchange or sale shall be made at the closing price of a
   share of ADM Stock on the New York Stock Exchange for the
   business day immediately preceding the transaction (as
   reported in The Wall Street Journal published for the next
   following business day).
81
     PAGE 82
                              XXVII

Section 13.1 is amended effective January 1, 1994, to read as
follows:

             SEC. 13.1 AMENDMENT.  The Company may amend the
   Plan at any time and from time to time by action of the
   Board or by written action of a person to whom, or committee
   to which, amendment authority has been delegated by the
   Board.  No action by a person or committee with amendment
   authority shall constitute an amendment to the Plan unless
   the action is in writing and the writing specifically states
   that it is an amendment to the Plan.  No amendment shall
   have the effect of changing the rights, duties and
   liabilities of any Funding Agency without its written
   consent.  Also, no amendment shall cause a decrease in any
   accrued benefit or the elimination of any optional form of
   benefit except to the extent permitted under Code section
   411(d)(6).
   
                             XXVIII

Section 16.1 is amended effective January 1, 1995, to read as
follows:

             SEC. 16.1 TRANSFERS FROM OTHER PLANS.  The Company
   may from time to time arrange for the merger of another
   qualified defined contribution plan (referred to as a
   "Predecessor Plan") with and into this Plan.  Account
   balances transferred from a Predecessor Plan to this Plan
   (referred to as a "Predecessor Plan Account") shall be
   administered pursuant to this Article.  A person whose
   account balance is transferred from a Predecessor Plan to
   this Plan shall not be eligible to make contributions under
   this Plan until he/she has become a Participant in
   accordance with Article IV.
   
                              XXIX

Section 16.6 is amended effective January 1, 1995, to read as
follows, and Section 16.7 is deleted effective January 1, 1995,
and Section 16.8 is renumbered as 16.7 and references thereto
are renumbered accordingly:

             SEC. 16.6 OPTIONAL FORMS OF DISTRIBUTIONS.  All
   optional forms of distribution available under the
   Predecessor Plan shall be available under this Plan for a
   Predecessor Plan Account; except that, any hardship
   standards on distribution shall be as specified in this
   Plan.  All distribution options available under this plan
   for an Account shall also be available for any subaccount
   within a Predecessor Plan Account that holds contributions
   of the same type.
   
                               XXX

Section 16.7 (as renumbered above) is amended effective January
1, 1995, by restating the last paragraph thereof to read as
follows:

             For purposes of this section, a "life annuity
   benefit" is any optional form of distribution available for
   a Predecessor Plan Account in the form of an annuity for the
   life of the Participant.
82
          PAGE 83
                              XXXI

Schedule A is deleted effective January 1, 1994.


                              XXXII

Schedule B is deleted effective January 1, 1994.
83




                                                  EXHIBIT 4(d)
          PAGE 1
                 ADM SAVINGS AND INVESTMENT PLAN
                                
                      FOR HOURLY EMPLOYEES
                                
                            ARTICLE I
                                
                         GENERALRTICLE I
                                
                             GENERAL

          SEC. 1.1  NAME AND FORM OF PLANec. 1.1  Name and Form
of Plan.  The name of the stock bonus plan set forth herein is
the "ADM Savings and Investment Plan for Hourly Employees".  It
is sometimes herein referred to as the "Plan".  Certain
provisions of the Plan as applicable to particular Participating
Locations are set forth in appendices to the Plan.

          SEC. 1.2  PURPOSEec. 1.2  Purpose.  The Plan has been
established to provide eligible employees of the Participating
Employers with a means to adopt a regular savings program, a
supplement to their retirement income, and an ownership interest
in the Company.

          SEC. 1.3  EFFECTIVE DATEEC. 1.3  EFFECTIVE DATE.  The
"Effective Date" of the Plan, the date as of which the Plan was
established, is January 1, 1989.

          SEC. 1.4  COMPANYEC. 1.4  COMPANY.  The "Company" is
Archer-Daniels-Midland Company, a Delaware corporation, and any
Successor Employer thereof.

          SEC. 1.5  PARTICIPATING
EMPLOYERSec. 1.5  Participating Employers.  The Company is a
Participating Employer in the Plan. With the consent of the
Company, any other employer may also become a Participating
Employer in the Plan effective as of the date specified by it in
its adoption of the Plan.  Any Successor Employer to a
Participating Employer shall also be a Participating Employer in
the Plan.  The Participating Employers are listed in Table 1
(which is attached hereto and made a part hereof).

          SEC. 1.6  CONSTRUCTION AND APPLICABLE
LAWEC. 1.6  CONSTRUCTION AND APPLICABLE LAW.  The Plan is
intended to meet the requirements for qualification under
section 401(a) of the Code and the requirements applicable to
qualified cash or deferred arrangements under section 401(k) of
the Code.  The Plan is also intended to be in full compliance
with applicable requirements of ERISA.  The Plan shall be
administered and construed consistent with said intent.  It
shall also be construed and administered according to the laws
of the State of Illinois to the extent that such laws are not
preempted by the laws of the United States of America. All
controversies, disputes, and claims arising hereunder shall be
submitted to the United States District Court for the Southern
District of Illinois, except as otherwise provided in any trust
agreement entered into with a Trustee.

          SEC. 1.7  BENEFITS DETERMINED UNDER PROVISIONS IN
EFFECT AT TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENTEC. 1.7  BENEFITS DETERMINED
UNDER PROVISIONS IN EFFECT AT TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT. Except
as may be specifically provided herein to the contrary, benefits
under the Plan attributable to service prior to a Participant's
Termination of Employment shall be determined and paid in
accordance with the provisions of the Plan as in effect as of
the date the Termination of Employment occurred unless he or she
becomes an Active Participant after that date and such active
participation causes a contrary result under the provisions
hereof.  However, the provisions of this document shall apply to
any such Participant to the extent necessary to maintain the
qualified status of the Plan under Code section 401(a) or to
comply with the requirements of ERISA.

          SEC. 1.8  TRANSFERS TO AND FROM ADM SAVINGS AND
INVESTMENT PLANEC. 1.8  TRANSFERS TO AND FROM ADM SAVINGS AND
INVESTMENT PLAN.  In any case where hourly paid employees of a
Participating Employer become eligible to participate in the ADM
Savings and Investment Plan (the "Salaried Plan"), the Company
may arrange for transfer of their Accounts under this Plan to
the comparable accounts under the Salaried Plan.  Any amounts so
transferred shall be held and distributed under the terms of the
Salaried Plan.  In any case where employees who participated in
the Salaried Plan become eligible to participate in this Plan,
the Company may arrange for transfer of their accounts under the
Salaried Plan, other than their Tax Credit Accounts, to the
comparable Accounts under this Plan.  Any amounts so transferred
shall be held and distributed under the terms of this Plan. Tax
Credit Accounts under the Salaried Plan may not be transferred
to this Plan.
1
          PAGE 2

                           ARTICLE II
                                
               MISCELLANEOUS DEFINITIONSRTICLE II
                                
                    MISCELLANEOUS DEFINITIONS

          SEC. 2.1  ACCOUNTEC. 2.1  ACCOUNT.  "Account" means a
Participant's or Beneficiary's interest in the Fund of any of
the types described in Sec. 7.1.

          SEC. 2.2  ACTIVE PARTICIPANTEC. 2.2  ACTIVE
PARTICIPANT.  An employee is an "Active Participant" only while
he or she is both a Participant and a Qualified Employee.

          SEC. 2.3  ADM STOCKEC. 2.3  ADM STOCK.  "ADM Stock"
means common stock of the Company.

          SEC. 2.4  AFFILIATEEC. 2.4  AFFILIATE.  "Affiliate"
means any trade or business entity under Common Control with a
Participating Employer, or under Common Control with a
Predecessor Employer while it is such.

          SEC. 2.5  BEFORE TAX CONTRIBUTIONSEC. 2.5  BEFORE TAX
CONTRIBUTIONS.  "Before Tax Contributions" are amounts
contributed by a Participating Employer under Sec. 5.1 at the
direction of individual Participants.

          SEC. 2.6  BENEFICIARYEC. 2.6  BENEFICIARY.
"Beneficiary" means the person or persons designated as such
pursuant to the provisions of Article VIII.

          SEC. 2.7  BOARDEC. 2.7  BOARD.  The "Board" is the
board of directors of the Company, and includes any executive
committee thereof authorized to act for said board of directors.

          SEC. 2.8  CERTIFIED EARNINGSEC. 2.8  CERTIFIED
EARNINGS.  "Certified Earnings" of a Participant from a
Participating Employer for a Plan Year means the amount
determined by the Participating Employer and reported to the
Company to be
2
          PAGE 3
the total compensation paid to the Participant by the
Participating Employer during such Plan Year for service as an
Active Participant, subject to the following:

   (a)Certified Earnings include bonuses and lump sum payments
       made in lieu of pay increases, overtime pay, vacation
       pay, holiday pay, and pay for jury duty.
   
   (b)Sick pay or short term disability pay paid directly by a
       Participating Employer shall be included in Certified
       Earnings.
   
   (c)Certified Earnings include Before Tax Contributions to
       this Plan and any contributions made by salary reduction
       to any other plan which meets the requirements of Code
       sections 125 or 401(k), whether or not such
       contributions are actually excludable from the
       Participant's gross income for federal income tax
       purposes.  Certified Earnings do not include Matching
       Contributions to this Plan.
   
   (d)Allowances or reimbursements for expenses, severance
       pay, payments or contributions to or for the benefit of
       the employee under any other deferred compensation,
       pension, profit sharing, insurance, or other employee
       benefit plan, stock options, stock appreciation rights
       or cash payments in lieu thereof, merchandise or service
       discounts, non-cash employee awards, benefits in the
       form of property or the use of property, earnings
       payable in a form other than cash, or other similar
       fringe benefits shall not be included in computing
       Certified Earnings, except as provided in subsections
       (b) and (c) or to the extent such amounts are required
       to be included in determining the employee's regular
       rate of pay under the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act
       for purposes of computing overtime pay thereunder.
   
   (e)Certified Earnings of a Participant for any Plan Year
       shall not exceed $150,000, adjusted for each Plan Year
       to take into account any cost of living increase
       provided for that year in accordance with regulations
       prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury, subject to
       the provisions of Sec. 2.12(b) in the case of certain
       Family Members.  The dollar increase in effect on
       January 1 of any calendar year shall apply to Plan Years
       beginning in that calendar year.  If a Plan Year is
       shorter than 12 months, the limit under this subsection
       for that year shall be multiplied by a fraction, the
       numerator of which is the number of months in the short
       Plan Year and the denominator of which is 12.
   
          SEC. 2.9  CODEEC. 2.9  CODE.  "Code" means the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as from time to time amended.

          SEC. 2.10  COMMON CONTROLEC. 2.10  COMMON CONTROL.  A
trade or business entity (whether a corporation, partnership,
sole proprietorship or otherwise) is under "Common Control" with
another trade or business entity (i) if both entities are
corporations which are members of a controlled group of
corporations as
3
          PAGE 4
defined in Code section 414(b), or (ii) if both entities are
trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) which are
under common control as defined in Code section 414(c), or (iii)
if both entities are members of an affiliated service group as
defined in Code section 414(m), or (iv) if both entities are
required to be aggregated pursuant to regulations under Code
section 414(o).  Service for all entities under Common Control
shall be treated as service for a single employer to the extent
required by the Code; provided, however, that an individual
shall not be a Qualified Employee by reason of this section.  In
applying the first sentence of this section for purposes of
Article VI, the provisions of subsections (b) and (c) of section
414 of the Code are deemed to be modified as provided in Code
section 415(h).

          SEC. 2.11  ERISAEC. 2.11  ERISA.  "ERISA" means the
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 as from time to
time amended.

          SEC. 2.12  FAMILY MEMBEREC. 2.12  FAMILY MEMBER.
"Family Member" means an individual described in Code section
414(q)(6) with respect to a Highly Compensated Employee who is a
more than 5-percent owner or is among the 10 Highly Compensated
Employees paid the greatest compensation.  Family Members
include the Highly Compensated Employee, his or her spouse and
lineal ascendants or descendants, and the spouses of such lineal
ascendants or descendants.  Legal adoptions shall be taken into
account and treated as blood relations for purposes of
determining lineal ascendants and descendants.

   (a)An individual who qualifies as a Family Member on any
       day of a Plan Year will be treated as a Family Member
       for the entire Plan Year.
   
   (b)For purposes of applying the dollar limit on Certified
       Earnings under Sec. 2.8(e), any Participant who is the
       spouse of a Highly Compensated Employee who is a more
       than 5-percent owner or is among the 10 Highly
       Compensated Employees paid the greatest compensation and
       any of the lineal descendants of such a Highly
       Compensated Employee who have not attained age 19 before
       the end of the Plan Year shall not be treated as a
       separate Participant, and any Certified Earnings of the
       Family Member shall be treated as Certified Earnings of
       the Highly Compensated Employee.  If the dollar limit is
       exceeded as a result of the preceding sentence, the
       limit shall be prorated among the affected individuals
       in proportion to each such individual's compensation
       determined prior to the application of the preceding
       sentence (except for purposes of determining the portion
       of compensation up to the integration level if the Plan
       provides for permitted disparity).  The dollar limit
       shall be applied separately to any other Family Member.
   
          SEC. 2.13  FUNDEC. 2.13  FUND.  "Fund" means the
aggregate of assets described in Sec. 11.1.

          SEC. 2.14  FUNDING AGENCYEC. 2.14  FUNDING AGENCY.
"Funding Agency" is a trustee or trustees or an insurance
company appointed and acting from time to time in accordance
with the provisions of Sec. 11.2 for the purpose of holding,
investing, and disbursing all or a part of the Fund.
4
          PAGE 5
          SEC. 2.15  HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEEEC. 2.15  HIGHLY
COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE.  "Highly Compensated Employee" for any
Plan Year means an individual described as such in Code section
414(q).

       (a)  Unless otherwise provided in Code section 414(q),
       each employee who meets one of the following
       requirements is a "Highly Compensated Employee":

                (1)  The employee at any time during the
           current or prior Plan Year was a more than 5-percent
           owner as defined in Code section 414(q)(3).

                (2)  The employee received Compensation from
           the employer in excess of $75,000 for the prior Plan
           Year.

                (3)  The employee both received Compensation
           from the employer in excess of $50,000 for the prior
           Plan Year and was in the top 20 percent of employees
           of the employer who performed services for the
           employer in such prior Plan Year, when ranked on the
           basis of Compensation paid during the Plan Year.
           For purposes of determining the top 20 percent of
           employees under Code section 414(q)(8), any
           non-resident aliens who receive no earned income
           from the employer which constitutes income from
           sources within the United States shall be
           disregarded.

                (4)  The employee was an officer of the
           employer receiving Compensation in excess of $45,000
           for the prior Plan Year.  However, no more than the
           lesser of (i) 50 employees or (ii) the greater of 3
           employees or 10 percent of all employees of the
           employer shall be treated as officers for purposes
           of this paragraph.  If for any Plan Year no officer
           meets the requirements of this paragraph (4), then
           the officer receiving the greatest Compensation in
           the prior Plan Year shall be treated as a Highly
           Compensated Employee.

                (5)  The employee would meet the requirements
           of paragraph (2), (3), or (4) in the current Plan
           Year (but not in the prior Plan Year) and is among
           the 100 employees paid the greatest Compensation by
           the employer during the current Plan Year.

                (6)  The individual is a former employee who
           had a separation year prior to the current Plan Year
           and such individual performed services for the
           employer and was a Highly Compensated Employee for
           either (i) such separation year, or (ii) any Plan
           Year ending on or after the individual's 55th
           birthday.  A "separation year" is the Plan Year in
           which the individual separates from service with the
           employer.  With respect to an individual who
           separated from service before January 1, 1987, the
           individual will be included as a Highly Compensated
           Employee only if the individual was a more than
           5-percent owner or received Compensation in excess
           of $50,000
5
          PAGE 6
           during (i) the employee's separation year (or the
           year preceding such separation year), or (ii) any
           year ending on or after such individual's 55th
           birthday (or the last year ending before such
           individual's 55th birthday).

       (7)Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Participating
           Employers maintained significant business activities
           and employed employees in at least two significantly
           separate geographic areas at all times during the
           Plan Year and satisfied such other conditions as the
           Secretary may prescribe, the Company may elect to
           determine whether an employee is a Highly
           Compensated Employee for that year by substituting
           "$50,000" for "$75,000" in paragraph (2) and
           disregarding paragraph (3).
       
       (b)  The dollar amounts specified in paragraphs (2),
       (3), (4) and (7) of subsection (a) shall be indexed for
       cost of living increases for each calendar year after
       1987 as provided in the applicable Treasury regulations.
       For any Plan Year, the applicable dollar amount shall be
       the dollar amount in effect for the calendar year in
       which the Plan Year commences.

       (c)  For purposes of this section, "employer" includes
       all Participating Employers and Affiliates, and
       "employee" includes Leased Employees.

       (d)  For purposes of this section, "Compensation" means
       the amount defined as such under Sec. 6.1(f) plus the
       Before Tax Contributions to this Plan and any elective
       salary reduction contributions made by or on behalf of
       the employee to any other plan maintained by a
       Participating Employer or an Affiliate which are not
       includible in the gross income of the employee under
       Code sections 125, 401(k), 402(h)(1)(B), or 403(b).

          SEC. 2.16  LEASED EMPLOYEEEC. 2.16  LEASED EMPLOYEE.
"Leased Employee" means any person defined as such by Code
section 414(n).  In general, a Leased Employee is any person who
is not otherwise an employee of a Participating Employer or an
Affiliate (referred to collectively as the "recipient") and who
pursuant to an agreement between the recipient and any other
person ("leasing organization") has performed services for the
recipient (or for the recipient and related persons determined
in accordance with Code section 414(n)(6)) on a substantially
full-time basis for a period of at least one year and such
services are of a type historically performed by employees in
the business field of the recipient.  For purposes of the
requirements listed in Code section 414(n)(3), any Leased
Employee shall be treated as an employee of the recipient, and
contributions or benefits provided by the leasing organization
which are attributable to services performed for the recipient
shall be treated as provided by the recipient.  However, if
Leased Employees constitute less than 20% of the Participating
Employers' non-highly compensated work force within the meaning
of Code section 414(n)(5)(C)(ii), those Leased Employees covered
by a plan described in Code section 414(n)(5) shall be
disregarded.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Leased Employee
shall be a Qualified Employee or a Participant in this Plan.
6
          PAGE 7
          SEC. 2.17  MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONEC. 2.17  MATCHING
CONTRIBUTION.  A "Matching Contribution" is an amount
contributed by a Participating Employer under Sec. 5.2.

          SEC. 2.18  NAMED FIDUCIARYEC. 2.18  NAMED FIDUCIARY.
The Company is a "Named Fiduciary" for purposes of ERISA with
authority to control or manage the operation and administration
of the Plan, including control or management of the assets of
the Plan.  Other persons are also Named Fiduciaries under ERISA
if so provided thereunder or if so identified by the Company, by
action of the Board.  Such other person or persons shall have
such authority to control or manage the operation and
administration of the Plan, including control or management of
the assets of the Plan, as may be provided by ERISA or as may be
allocated by the Company, by action of the Board.

          SEC. 2.19  NON-HIGHLY COMPENSATED
EMPLOYEEEC. 2.19  NON-HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE.  "Non-Highly
Compensated Employee" means an employee of the Participating
Employers who is neither a Highly Compensated Employee nor a
Family Member.

          SEC. 2.20  NORMAL RETIREMENT AGEEC. 2.20  NORMAL
RETIREMENT AGE.  "Normal Retirement Age" is age 65.

          SEC. 2.21  PARTICIPANTEC. 2.21  PARTICIPANT.  A
"Participant" is an individual described as such in Article IV.

          SEC. 2.22  PARTICIPATING
LOCATIONEC. 2.22  PARTICIPATING LOCATION.  A "Participating
Location" is any location of a Participating Employer designated
as such in the Schedule of Participating Locations of any
appendix to the Plan (which are attached hereto and made a part
hereof).  Such location shall become a Participating Location as
of the date specified in such Schedule.

          SEC. 2.23  PLAN YEAREC. 2.23  PLAN YEAR.  A "Plan
Year" is the 12-consecutive-month period commencing on
January 1.

          SEC. 2.24  PREDECESSOR EMPLOYEREC. 2.24  PREDECESSOR
EMPLOYER.  A "Predecessor Employer" is any corporation,
partnership, firm, or individual, an integral portion of whose
assets and business has been acquired by a Participating
Employer or from whose employment an integral group or unit of
employees has been transferred to employment by a Participating
Employer, and which is designated as such in Table 2 (which is
attached hereto and made a part hereof).  Any other employer
shall be a Predecessor Employer if so required by regulations
prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury.  With respect to
each such Predecessor Employer, all of its employees who become
Participants hereunder shall be treated uniformly; the use of
prior service with such employer shall not produce
discrimination in favor of Highly Compensated Employees; and
there shall be no duplication of benefits.

          SEC. 2.25  QUALIFIED EMPLOYEEEC. 2.25  QUALIFIED
EMPLOYEE.  "Qualified Employee" means each employee of a
Participating Employer at a Participating Location who either
(i) is compensated on an hourly rate basis or (ii) is
compensated on a regular salary basis but is classified by the
Company as an "hourly" employee because the employee is a
nonsupervisory employee serving on a barge, subject to the
following:
7
      PAGE 8
   (a)An employee is not a Qualified Employee prior to the
       date as of which his or her employer becomes a
       Participating Employer.  An employee is not a Qualified
       Employee prior to the date as of which the employee's
       workplace becomes a Participating Location.
   
   (b)A nonresident alien within the meaning of Code section
       7701(b)(1)(B) while not receiving earned income (within
       the meaning of Code section 911(d)(2)) from a
       Participating Employer which constitutes income from
       sources within the United States (within the meaning of
       Code section 861(a)(3)) is not a Qualified Employee.
   
   (c)Eligibility of employees in a collective bargaining unit
       to participate in the Plan is subject to negotiations
       with the representative of that unit.  During any period
       that an employee is covered by the provisions of a
       collective bargaining agreement between a Participating
       Employer and such representative, the employee shall not
       be considered a Qualified Employee for purposes of this
       Plan unless such agreement expressly so provides.  For
       purposes of this section only, such an agreement shall
       be deemed to continue after its formal expiration during
       collective bargaining negotiations pending the execution
       of a new agreement.
   
   (d)An employee shall be deemed to be a Qualified Employee
       during a period of absence from active service which
       does not result from a Termination of Employment,
       provided he or she is a Qualified Employee at the
       commencement of such period of absence.
   
   (e)The Qualified Employees at a Participating Location may
       be less than all of the employees at the Participating
       Location if so specified in the Schedule of
       Participating Locations for any appendix.
   
          SEC. 2.26  SUCCESSOR EMPLOYEREC. 2.26  SUCCESSOR
EMPLOYER.  A "Successor Employer" is any entity that succeeds to
the business of a Participating Employer through merger,
consolidation, acquisition of all or substantially all of its
assets, or any other means and which elects before or within a
reasonable time after such succession, by appropriate action
evidenced in writing, to continue the Plan; provided, however,
that in the case of such succession with respect to any
Participating Employer other than the Company, the acquiring
entity shall be a Successor Employer only if consent thereto is
granted by the Company, by action of the Board or a duly
authorized officer.

          SEC. 2.27  TOP-HEAVY PLANEC. 2.27  TOP-HEAVY PLAN.
"Top-Heavy Plan" is defined in Sec. 14.2(a).

          SEC. 2.28  TRUSTEEEC. 2.28  TRUSTEE.  The "Trustee" is
a trustee or trustees appointed and acting from time to time in
accordance with the provisions of Sec. 11.2 for the purpose of
holding, investing, and disbursing ADM Stock and all or any part
of the other assets of the Fund.

          SEC. 2.29  VALUATION DATEEC. 2.29  VALUATION DATE.
"Valuation Date" means the date on which the Fund and Accounts
are valued as provided in Article VII.  Each of the following is
a Valuation Date:
8
          PAGE 9
     (a)  The last day of each quarter of a Plan Year.

      (b)  Such other day, as designated by the Company in
       written notice to the Trustee, as the Company in its
       sole discretion may consider necessary or advisable to
       provide for the orderly and equitable administration of
       the Plan.

                           ARTICLE III
                                
                  SERVICE PROVISIONSRTICLE III
                                
                       SERVICE PROVISIONS
   
          SEC. 3.1  EMPLOYMENT COMMENCEMENT
DATEEC. 3.1  EMPLOYMENT COMMENCEMENT DATE.  "Employment
Commencement Date" means the date on which an employee first
performs an Hour of Service for a Participating Employer
(whether before or after the Participating Employer becomes
such), an Affiliate, or a Predecessor Employer.  The date on
which an employee first performs an Hour of Service after a
1-Year Break in Service is also an "Employment Commencement
Date".

          SEC. 3.2  TERMINATION OF
EMPLOYMENTEC. 3.2  TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.  The "Termination
of Employment" of an employee for purposes of the Plan shall be
deemed to occur upon resignation, discharge, retirement, death,
disability, failure to return to active work at the end of an
authorized leave of absence or the authorized extension or
extensions thereof, failure to return to work when duly called
following a temporary layoff, or upon the happening of any other
event or circumstance which, under the policy of a Participating
Employer, Affiliate, or Predecessor Employer as in effect from
time to time, results in the termination of the
employer-employee relationship; provided, however, that a
Termination of Employment shall not be deemed to occur upon a
transfer between any combination of Participating Employers,
Affiliates, and Predecessor Employers.  If the employer-employee
relationship is terminated because of the entry of an employee
into the armed forces of the United States and if the employee
subsequently returns to employment with a Participating Employer
or an Affiliate under circumstances such that he or she has
reemployment rights under the provisions of any applicable
federal law, for all purposes of the Plan and only for such
purposes the employee shall be deemed to have been on authorized
leave of absence during the period of military service.  For
purposes of this Plan, a Participant has a Termination of
Employment due to disability as of the date the Participant
becomes entitled to benefits on account of disability under any
applicable pension or long term disability program maintained by
the Participant's employer, or, if there is no such program, at
the time the Participant ceases active work due to total and
permanent disability.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a
Termination of Employment shall be deemed not to have occurred
for purposes of entitling a Participant to distributions from
his or her Before Tax Account or Matching Account if the
Participant has not incurred a "separation from service" or
"disability" as defined in applicable regulations, except as
provided in Sec. 10.11.

          SEC. 3.3  HOURS OF SERVICEEC. 3.3  HOURS OF SERVICE.
"Hours of Service" are determined according to the following
subsections with respect to each applicable computation period.
The Company may round up the number of Hours of Service 9
          PAGE 10
at the end of each computation period or more frequently as long
as a uniform practice is followed with respect to all employees
determined by the Company to be similarly situated for
compensation, payroll, and recordkeeping purposes.

   (a)Hours of Service are computed only with respect to
       service with Participating Employers (for service both
       before and after the Participating Employer becomes
       such), Affiliates, and Predecessor Employers and are
       aggregated for service with all such employers.
       However, no Hours of Service shall be credited with a
       Participating Employer or an Affiliate prior to the
       earliest date said entity is under Common Control with
       an entity which is then a Participating Employer.
   
   (b)For any portion of a computation period during which a
       record of hours is maintained for an employee, Hours of
       Service shall be credited as follows:
   
       (1)Each hour for which the employee is paid, or
           entitled to payment, for the performance of duties
           for his or her employer during the applicable
           computation period is an Hour of Service.
       
       (2)Each hour for which the employee is paid, or
           entitled to payment, by his or her employer on
           account of a period of time during which no duties
           are performed (irrespective of whether the
           employment relationship has terminated) due to
           vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including
           disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty, or
           leave of absence, is an Hour of Service.  No more
           than 501 Hours of Service shall be credited under
           this paragraph for any single continuous period
           (whether or not such period occurs in a single
           computation period).  Hours of Service shall not be
           credited under this paragraph with respect to
           payments under a plan maintained solely for the
           purpose of complying with applicable workers'
           compensation, unemployment compensation, or
           disability insurance laws or with respect to a
           payment which solely reimburses the individual for
           medical or medically related expenses incurred by
           the employee.
       
       (3)Each hour for which back pay, irrespective of
           mitigation of damages, is either awarded or agreed
           to by the employer is an Hour of Service.  Such
           Hours of Service shall be credited to the
           computation period or periods to which the award or
           agreement for back pay pertains, rather than to the
           computation period in which the award, agreement, or
           payment is made.  Crediting of Hours of Service for
           back pay awarded or agreed to with respect to
           periods described in paragraph (2) shall be subject
           to the limitations set forth therein.
       
       (4)Hours under this subsection shall be calculated and
           credited pursuant to section 2530.200b-2 of the
           Department of Labor Regulations, which are
           incorporated herein by this reference.
10
          PAGE 11
       (5)The Company may use any records to determine Hours
           of Service which it considers an accurate reflection
           of the actual facts.
       
   (c)For any portion of a computation period during which an
       employee is within a classification for which a record
       of hours for the performance of duties is not
       maintained, the employee shall be credited with 190
       Hours of Service for each month for which he or she
       would otherwise be credited with at least one Hour of
       Service under subsection (b).
   
   (d)Nothing in this section shall be construed as denying an
       employee credit for an Hour of Service if credit is
       required by any federal law other than ERISA.  The
       nature and extent of such credit shall be determined
       under such other law.
   
   (e)In no event shall duplicate credit as an Hour of Service
       be given for the same hour.
   
   (f)This subsection shall apply to an individual who has
       service as (i) either a common law employee or a Leased
       Employee of (ii) either a Participating Employer or
       Affiliate.  For purposes of determining Hours of
       Service, such an individual shall be considered an
       employee of the Participating Employer or Affiliate
       during any period he or she would have been a Leased
       Employee of such Participating Employer or Affiliate but
       for the requirement that he or she must have performed
       services for such Participating Employer or Affiliate on
       a substantially full-time basis for a period of at least
       one year.  If this Plan is a multiple employer plan as
       defined in section 2530.210 of the Department of Labor
       Regulations, service as a leased individual with more
       than one legal entity shall be aggregated only in
       accordance with the rules set forth in said section.
   
          SEC. 3.4  ELIGIBILITY COMPUTATION
PERIODEC. 3.4  ELIGIBILITY COMPUTATION PERIOD.  An employee's
first Eligibility Computation Period is the 12-consecutive-month
period beginning on his or her Employment Commencement Date. The
second Eligibility Computation Period is the Plan Year
commencing in said 12-consecutive-month period.  Each subsequent
Plan Year prior to the end of the Plan Year in which the
employee has a 1-Year Break In Service is an Eligibility
Computation Period.  If subsequent to a 1-Year Break In Service
the employee has another Employment Commencement Date,
Eligibility Computation Periods for the period beginning on such
date shall be computed as though such date were the employee's
first Employment Commencement Date.

          SEC. 3.5  YEAR OF ELIGIBILITY SERVICEEC. 3.5  YEAR OF
ELIGIBILITY SERVICE.  A "Year of Eligibility Service" is an
Eligibility Computation Period in which an employee has at least
1000 Hours of Service.

          SEC. 3.6  1-YEAR BREAK IN SERVICEEC. 3.6  1-YEAR BREAK
IN SERVICE.  "1-Year Break In Service" means a Plan Year in
which the employee has 500 or fewer Hours of Service.  The
1-Year Break In Service shall be recognized as such on the last
day of such Plan Year.
11
      PAGE 12
   (a)Notwithstanding the provisions of Sec. 3.3, for purposes
       of determining whether a 1-Year Break In Service has
       occurred with respect to a Plan Year beginning after
       1984, an individual who is absent from work for
       maternity or paternity reasons shall receive credit for
       the Hours of Service which would otherwise have been
       credited to such individual but for such absence, or in
       any case in which such hours cannot be determined, 8
       Hours of Service per day of such absence; provided,
       however, that the total number of Hours of Service
       recognized under this subsection shall not exceed 501
       hours.  The Hours of Service credited under this
       subsection shall be credited in the Plan Year in which
       the absence begins if the crediting is necessary to
       prevent a 1-Year Break In Service in that Plan Year or,
       in all other cases, in the following Plan Year.
   
   (b)For purposes of subsection (a), an absence from work for
       maternity or paternity reasons means an absence that
       started during a Plan Year beginning after 1984 (i) by
       reason of the pregnancy of the individual, (ii) by
       reason of the birth of a child of the individual, (iii)
       by reason of the placement of a child with the
       individual in connection with the adoption of such child
       by such individual, or (iv) for purposes of caring for
       such child for a period beginning immediately following
       such birth or placement.

                           ARTICLE IV
                                
                   PLAN PARTICIPATIONRTICLE IV
                                
                       PLAN PARTICIPATION
   
          SEC. 4.1  ENTRY DATEEC. 4.1  ENTRY DATE.  "Entry Date"
means January 1 and July 1 of each Plan Year.

          SEC. 4.2  ELIGIBILITY FOR
PARTICIPATIONEC. 4.2  ELIGIBILITY FOR PARTICIPATION.
Eligibility to participate in the Plan shall be determined as
follows:

   (a)An employee shall become a Participant on the date the
       employee's workplace becomes a Participating Location,
       provided both of the following requirements are met:
   
                (1)  The employee is a Qualified Employee on
           said date.

                (2)  The employee has completed one Year of
           Eligibility Service during an Eligibility
           Computation Period that ended prior to said date.

   (b)Except as provided in subsection (a), an employee of a
       Participating Employer shall become a Participant in the
       Plan on the earliest Entry Date (on or after the date
       the Plan becomes effective with respect to his or her
       Participating Location) on which both of the following
       requirements are met:
   
          (1)  The employee is a Qualified Employee.

       (2)The employee has completed one Year of Eligibility
           Service during an Eligibility Computation Period
           that ended prior to
12
          PAGE 13
          the Entry Date.
       
   (c)If a former Participant is reemployed and meets the
       requirements of subsection (b) on the date of rehire,
       the employee will become a Participant again on that
       date.
   
   (d)If a former employee who was not previously a
       Participant is reemployed as a Qualified Employee, if
       the employee meets the requirements of subsection (b) on
       the date of rehire, and if the employee would have met
       the requirements of subsection (b) on the immediately
       preceding Entry Date if he or she had been a Qualified
       Employee on that Entry Date, the employee shall become a
       Participant on the date of rehire.
   
   (e)If an employee of a Participating Employer or an
       Affiliate who is neither a Participant nor a Qualified
       Employee is transferred to a position in which he or she
       is a Qualified Employee, and if the employee would have
       met the eligibility requirements of subsection (b) on
       the Entry Date preceding the transfer had he or she been
       a Qualified Employee on that Entry Date, the employee
       shall become a Participant on the date of transfer.
   
   (f)If a nonvested employee has a 1-Year Break In Service,
       Years of Eligibility Service prior to such break shall
       not be recognized for purposes of this section if the
       number of the employee's consecutive 1-Year Breaks In
       Service equals or exceeds the greater of (i) five or
       (ii) the aggregate number of Years of Eligibility
       Service before the break, subject to the following:
   
       (1)If any Years of Eligibility Service are not required
           to be taken into account by reason of a
           break-in-service period to which this subsection
           applies, such Years of Eligibility Service shall not
           be taken into account in applying this subsection to
           a subsequent break-in-service period.
       
       (2)For purposes of this subsection, a "nonvested
           employee" is an individual who has no vested right
           to an accrued benefit under the Plan derived from
           employer contributions (including Before Tax
           Contributions).
       
          SEC. 4.3  DURATION OF PARTICIPATIONEC. 4.3  DURATION
OF PARTICIPATION.  A Participant shall continue to be such until
the later of:

     (a)  The Participant's Termination of Employment.

   (b)The date all benefits, if any, to which the Participant
       is entitled hereunder have been distributed from the
       Fund.
   
          SEC. 4.4  NO GUARANTEE OF EMPLOYMENTEC. 4.4  NO
GUARANTEE OF EMPLOYMENT.  Participation in the Plan does not
constitute a guarantee or contract of employment with the
Participating Employers.  Such participation shall in no way
interfere with any rights the Participating Employers would have
in the absence of such participation to determine the duration
of an employee's employment.
13
          PAGE 14
                            ARTICLE V
                                
                      CONTRIBUTIONSRTICLE V
                                
                          CONTRIBUTIONS

          SEC. 5.1  BEFORE TAX CONTRIBUTIONSEC. 5.1  BEFORE TAX
CONTRIBUTIONS.  Each Active Participant may elect to have his or
her Participating Employer make Before Tax Contributions on his
or her behalf, subject to the following:

   (a)The Participant may elect to have his or her current
       earnings reduced by any whole percent the Participant
       may designate, but not exceeding the percentage of
       Certified Earnings specified in the appendix to the Plan
       applicable to the Participant's Participating Location.
       This election may only be made pursuant to a written
       salary reduction agreement.  The agreement shall be in
       such form and executed subject to such rules as the
       Company may prescribe.  Each election shall apply only
       to earnings which become payable after the election is
       filed with the Company.  Each election shall continue in
       effect until a new election is filed pursuant to this
       section.
   
   (b)Each Participating Employer will make a Before Tax
       Contribution with respect to each Participant in its
       employ who elects to have earnings for that period
       reduced pursuant to this section.  The amount of the
       contribution, to be made in the manner described in
       Sec. 5.3, will be equal to the amount by which the
       Participant's earnings were reduced.
   
   (c)The salary reduction agreement may be effective as of
       the date on which the employee becomes a Participant or
       any following January 1 or July 1; provided that the
       employee has filed the agreement with the Company at
       least 15 days prior to the effective date.  If an
       employee who becomes a Participant pursuant to
       Sec. 4.2(e) was an Active Participant under the ADM
       Savings and Investment Plan (the "Salaried Plan")
       immediately before becoming a Participant in this Plan,
       the Participant shall be deemed to have made a salary
       reduction agreement for purposes of this Plan identical
       to the agreement in effect for purposes of the Salaried
       Plan, unless the participant enters into a new agreement
       pursuant to this subsection. Notwithstanding the
       foregoing, an employee who becomes a Participant
       pursuant to Sec. 4.2(a), (c), (d), or (e) may file a
       salary reduction agreement with the Company during the
       15-day period following the date he or she becomes a
       Participant, which shall be effective as of the first
       day of the pay period following the date the agreement
       is filed.
   
   (d)An Active Participant may amend his or her salary
       reduction agreement to increase or decrease the
       contribution rate effective as of any January 1 or
       July 1 by filing an approved amendment form with the
       Company at least 15 days prior to the effective date.
   
   (e)An Active Participant may discontinue making Before Tax
       Contributions at any time by filing a written election
       with the
14
          PAGE 15
      Company.  That election shall be effective as soon as
       administratively feasible after it is filed with the
       Company.  The Participant may thereafter resume Before
       Tax Contributions as of any January 1 or July 1 which is
       at least six months after the date contributions were
       discontinued, by filing a new salary reduction agreement
       at least 15 days prior to the effective date.
   
   (f)All Before Tax Contributions by a Participant shall
       cease when the Participant ceases to be a Qualified
       Employee.
   
   (g)Before Tax Contributions by a Participant for any
       calendar year may not exceed $7,627, and shall cease at
       the point that limit is reached during the year.  The
       $7,627 limit in the previous sentence shall be adjusted
       after 1989 for any cost of living increases provided for
       any calendar year in accordance with regulations issued
       by the Secretary of the Treasury.
   
   (h)Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, if the
       Participant has received a hardship distribution from
       this Plan in accordance with Sec. 9.3(a) or from any
       other plan maintained by a Participating Employer or an
       Affiliate, no Before Tax Contributions shall be made to
       this Plan on behalf of such Participant for 12 months
       following the date on which the hardship distribution
       was made.  Furthermore, the limit under subsection (g)
       for the calendar year following the year in which the
       hardship withdrawal is made shall be reduced by the
       amount of Before Tax Contributions (and any elective
       contributions to any other plan maintained by the
       employer) for the calendar year in which the hardship
       withdrawal was made.
   
       (i)  If a Participant's Before Tax Contributions are
       suspended under subsection (h), the Participant may
       elect to recommence Before Tax Contributions effective
       as of any January 1 or July 1 following the end of the
       12-month suspension period by filing a new election form
       with the Company at least 15 days prior to the effective
       date.

          SEC. 5.2  MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONSEC. 5.2  MATCHING
CONTRIBUTIONS.  The Participating Employers will match each
Participant's Before Tax Contributions in accordance with the
following:

   (a)The Participating Employers shall make a Matching
       Contribution for each month for each Participant in an
       amount determined according to the appendix to the Plan
       applicable to the Participant's Participating Location.
   
       (b)  No Matching Contribution will be made with respect
       to any amount by which the Participant's Before Tax
       Contribution must be reduced pursuant to Sec. 5.4,
       Sec. 5.5 or Sec. 5.7.  Any such Matching Contributions
       which are made before the amount of the reduction is
       determined shall be forfeited and shall be applied as a
       credit against future contributions from the
       Participating Employers.

          SEC. 5.3  BEFORE TAX AND MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS MADE
AS ADM STOCKEC. 5.3  BEFORE TAX AND MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS MADE
AS ADM STOCK.
15
          PAGE 16
Before Tax Contributions elected by a Participant and the
related Matching
Contributions shall be contributed by the Participating Employer
to the Fund in the form of ADM Stock pursuant to the following
provisions:

       (a)  The aggregate dollar amount of Before Tax
       Contributions and Matching Contributions for all
       Participants for a particular month will be divided by
       the average closing price of a share of ADM Stock on the
       New York Stock Exchange during all of the trading days
       in that month.

       (b)  The number of shares determined under subsection
       (a) for a particular month shall be contributed by the
       Participant's Participating Employer to the Trustee
       promptly after the close of that month.  The shares will
       be credited to the Participants' Before Tax Accounts and
       Matching Accounts as of the Valuation Date at the end of
       the quarter in which the month occurred in the
       proportion that each such Participant's Before Tax
       Contributions or Matching Contributions bears to the
       total such contributions for all Participants for that
       quarter.

   (c)However, the Company may in its sole discretion reduce
       the Before Tax Contributions or postpone the
       contribution or allocation of shares to Accounts if the
       Company deems the reduction or postponement advisable to
       facilitate compliance with the requirements of Sections
       5.4 through 5.7.  If Before Tax Contributions are
       reduced or postponed, Matching Contributions with
       respect thereto shall also be reduced or postponed.
   
          SEC. 5.4  ADJUSTMENT OF CONTRIBUTIONS REQUIRED BY CODE
SECTION 401(K)EC. 5.4  ADJUSTMENT OF CONTRIBUTIONS REQUIRED BY
CODE SECTION 401(K).  If necessary to satisfy the requirements
of Code section 401(k), Before Tax Contributions shall be
adjusted in accordance with the following:

   (a)Each Plan Year, the "deferral percentage" will be
       calculated for each Active Participant. Each
       Participant's deferral percentage is calculated by
       dividing the amount referred to in paragraph (1) by the
       amount referred to in paragraph (2), subject to the
       family aggregation rules in subsection (g):
   
       (1)The total Before Tax Contributions (including Excess
           Deferrals of Highly Compensated Employees
           distributed under Sec. 5.5 but excluding Excess
           Deferrals of Non-Highly Compensated Employees that
           arise solely from contributions made under plans of
           the Participating Employers or Affiliates), if any,
           allocated to the Participant's Accounts with respect
           to the Plan Year.  The Company may also elect to
           include all or part of the Matching Contributions to
           be allocated to the Participant's Accounts with
           respect to that Plan Year, provided that the
           provisions of Treasury Regulation  1.401(k)-1(b)
           are satisfied.
       
       (2)The Participant's Compensation with respect to the
           Plan Year.  For purposes of this section, a
           Participant's "Compensation" for the Plan Year means
           compensation determined according to a definition
           selected by the Company for that year which
16
          PAGE 17
          satisfies the requirements of Code section 414(s).
           The same definition of Compensation shall be used
           for all Participants for a particular Plan Year, but
           different definitions may be used for different Plan
           Years.  Compensation shall be subject to the limit
           provided under Sec. 2.8(e).
       
   (b)Each Plan Year, the average deferral percentage for
       Active Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees
       and the average deferral percentage for Active
       Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees
       will be calculated.  A separate average deferral
       percentage shall be calculated for Active Participants
       in a collective bargaining unit who are required to be
       disaggregated pursuant to Treasury Regulation  1.401(k)-
       1(b)(3)(ii)(B).  Such Participants shall be disregarded
       in calculating the average deferral percentage for
       Active Participants who are not in such collective
       bargaining units.  In each case, the average is the
       average of the percentages calculated under subsection
       (a) for each of the employees in the particular group.
       The deferral percentage for each Participant and the
       average deferral percentage for a particular group of
       employees shall be calculated to the nearest
       one-hundredth of one percent.
   
   (c)If the requirements of either paragraph (1) or (2) are
       satisfied, then no further action is needed under this
       section:
   
       (1)The average deferral percentage for Participants who
           are Highly Compensated Employees is not more than
           1.25 times the average deferral percentage for
           Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated
           Employees.
       
       (2)The excess of the average deferral percentage for
           Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees
           over the average deferral percentage for
           Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated
           Employees is not more than two percentage points,
           and the average deferral percentage for such Highly
           Compensated Employees is not more than 2 times the
           average deferral percentage for such Non-Highly
           Compensated Employees.
       
       The requirements of this subsection (c) shall be applied
       separately with respect to Participants in a collective
       bargaining unit who are required to be disaggregated
       pursuant to Treasury Regulation  1.401(k)-
       1(b)(3)(ii)(B).
       
   (d)If neither of the requirements of subsection (c) is
       satisfied, then the Before Tax Contributions with
       respect to Highly Compensated Employees shall be
       reduced, beginning with the contributions representing
       the highest percent of Compensation and taking into
       account the family aggregation rules under subsection
       (g)(2), if applicable, to the extent necessary to meet
       the requirements of subsection (c)(1) or (c)(2),
       whichever is met first.
   
   (e)At any time during the Plan Year, the Company may make
       an estimate of the amount of Before Tax Contributions by
       Highly Compensated
17
          PAGE 18
      Employees that will be permitted under this section for
       the year and may reduce the percent specified in
       Sec. 5.1(a) for such Participants to the extent the
       Company determines in its sole discretion to be
       necessary to satisfy at least one of the requirements in
       subsection (c).
   
   (f)If Before Tax Contributions with respect to a Highly
       Compensated Employee are reduced pursuant to subsection
       (d), the Excess Before Tax Contributions shall be
       distributed, subject to the following:
   
       (1)For purposes of this subsection, "Excess Before tax
           Contributions" mean the amount by which Before Tax
           Contributions for Highly Compensated Employees have
           been reduced under subsection (d).
       
       (2)Excess Before Tax Contributions (adjusted for income
           or losses allocable thereto as specified in
           paragraph (3), if any) shall be distributed to
           Participants on whose behalf such excess
           contributions were made for the Plan Year no later
           than the last day of the following Plan Year.
           Furthermore, the Company shall attempt to distribute
           such amount by the 15th day of the third month
           following the Plan Year for which the excess
           contributions were made to avoid the imposition on
           the Participating Employers of an excise tax under
           Code section 4979.
       
       (3)Income or losses allocable to Excess Before Tax
           Contributions shall be equal to the amount of income
           or loss allocable to such excess amount for the Plan
           Year pursuant to Sec. 7.2 and Sec. 7.3; provided,
           however, that for Plan Years beginning prior to
           1992, such income or loss may be determined under
           any alternative method selected by the Company for
           that Plan Year which is permitted under applicable
           Treasury regulations.

                (4)  The amount of Excess Before Tax
           Contributions and income or losses allocable thereto
           which would otherwise be distributed pursuant to
           this subsection shall be reduced, in accordance with
           regulations, by the amount of Excess Deferrals and
           income or losses allocable thereto previously
           distributed to the Participant pursuant to Sec. 5.5
           for the calendar year ending with or within the Plan
           Year.

   (g)If a Highly Compensated Employee is subject to the
       family aggregation rules of Code section 414(q)(6)
       because such individual is a more than 5-percent owner
       or is among the 10 highest paid Highly Compensated
       Employees, the following rules shall apply:
   
       (1)For purposes of determining the deferral percentage
           of the Highly Compensated Employee and Family
           Members under subsection (a), one combined deferral
           percentage shall apply to the family group (which is
           treated as one Highly Compensated Employee).
18
          PAGE 19
           (A)The combined deferral percentage shall be
               determined by combining the contributions and
               Compensation for all of the eligible Family
               Members.
           
           (B)All Family Members included in the family group
               shall be disregarded in determining the average
               deferral percentage for Participants who are
               Non-Highly Compensated Employees.  If an employee
               is required to be aggregated as a member of more
               than one family group, all eligible employees who
               are members of those family groups that include
               that employee shall be treated as one family
               group under this subsection (g).
           
       (2)If subsection (d) requires the reduction of
           contributions on behalf of a Highly Compensated
           Employee who is subject to the family aggregation
           rules set forth in paragraph (1) of this subsection,
           the Excess Before Tax Contributions shall be
           allocated among the Family Members in proportion to
           the dollar amount of Before Tax Contributions (and
           amounts treated as Before Tax Contributions under
           subsection (a)(1) of this section) made by each
           Family Member who was included in the combined
           deferral percentage.
       
   (h)The deferral percentage for any Participant who is a
       Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year, and who
       is eligible to participate in two or more plans with
       cash or deferred arrangements described in Code section
       401(k) to which any Participating Employer or Affiliate
       contributes, shall be determined as if all employer
       contributions were made under a single arrangement
       unless mandatorily disaggregated pursuant to regulations
       under Code section 401(k).  This subsection shall be
       applied by treating all cash or deferred arrangements
       with Plan Years ending within the same calendar year as
       a single arrangement.
   
   (i)If two or more plans which include cash or deferred
       arrangements are considered as one plan for purposes of
       Code section 401(a)(4) or Code section 410(b), the cash
       or deferred arrangements shall be treated as one for the
       purposes of applying the provisions of this section
       unless mandatorily disaggregated pursuant to regulations
       under Code section 401(k).
   
   (j)If the entire Account balance of a Highly Compensated
       Employee has been distributed during the Plan Year in
       which an excess arose, the distribution shall be deemed
       to have been a corrective distribution of the excess and
       income attributable thereto to the extent that a
       corrective distribution would otherwise have been
       required under subsection (f) of this section, Sec. 5.5
       or Sec. 5.6(f).
   
   (k)A corrective distribution of excess contributions under
       subsection (f) of this section, Excess Aggregate
       Contributions under Sec. 5.6(f), or Excess Deferrals
       under Sec. 5.5 may be made without regard to any notice
       or Participant or spousal consent required under Article
       VIII or X.
19
          PAGE 20
   (l)In the event of a complete termination of the Plan
       during the Plan Year in which an excess arose, any
       corrective distribution under subsection (f) of this
       section or Sec. 5.6(f) shall be made as soon as
       administratively feasible after the termination, but in
       no event later than 12 months after the date of
       termination.
   
   (m)For Plan Years beginning prior to 1992, the Plan may be
       restructured into component plans pursuant to Treasury
       Regulations  1.401(k)-1(h)(3)(iii) and
        1.401(m)-1(g)(5)(ii) for purposes of applying the
       requirements of this section and Sec. 5.6.  This
       subsection (m) shall not apply to Plan Years beginning
       in 1992 or later.
   
          SEC. 5.5  DISTRIBUTION OF EXCESS
DEFERRALSEC. 5.5  DISTRIBUTION OF EXCESS DEFERRALS.
Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, Excess
Deferrals for a calendar year and income or losses allocable
thereto shall be distributed no later than the following
April 15 to Participants who claim such Excess Deferrals,
subject to the following:

       (a)  For purposes of this section, "Excess Deferrals"
       means the amount of Before Tax Contributions for a
       calendar year that the Participant claims pursuant to
       the procedure set forth in subsection (b) because the
       total amount deferred for the calendar year exceeds
       $7,627 for 1989 (indexed for inflation for subsequent
       calendar years) or such other limit imposed on the
       Participant for that year under Code section 402(g).

       (b)  The Participant's written claim, specifying the
       amount of the Participant's Excess Deferral for any
       calendar year, shall be submitted to the Company no
       later than the March 1 following such calendar year.
       The claim shall include the Participant's written
       statement that if such amounts are not distributed, such
       Excess Deferrals, when added to amounts deferred under
       other plans or arrangements described in Code section
       401(k), 403(b), or 408(k), exceed the limit imposed on
       the Participant by Code section 402(g) for the year in
       which the deferral occurred.  A Participant shall be
       deemed to have submitted such a claim to the extent the
       Participant has Excess Deferrals for the calendar year
       taking into account only contributions under this Plan
       and any other plan maintained by a Participating
       Employer or an Affiliate.

       (c)  Excess Deferrals distributed to a Participant with
       respect to a calendar year shall be adjusted to include
       income or losses allocable thereto using the same method
       specified for Excess Before Tax Contributions under
       Sec. 5.4(f)(3).

       (d)  The amount of Excess Deferrals and income allocable
       thereto which would otherwise be distributed pursuant to
       this section shall be reduced, in accordance with
       applicable regulations, by the amount of Excess Before
       Tax Contributions and income allocable thereto
       previously distributed to the Participant
20
          PAGE 21
       pursuant to Sec. 5.4 for the Plan Year beginning with or
       within such calendar year, and by the amount of any
       deferrals properly distributed as excess annual
       additions under Sec. 6.1.

                    SEC. 5.6  ADJUSTMENT OF CONTRIBUTIONS
REQUIRED BY CODE SECTION 401(M)EC. 5.6  ADJUSTMENT OF
CONTRIBUTIONS REQUIRED BY CODE SECTION 401(M).  After the
provisions of Sec. 5.4 and Sec. 5.5 have been satisfied, the
requirements set forth in this section must also be met.  If
necessary to satisfy the requirements of Code section 401(m),
Matching Contributions shall be adjusted in accordance with the
following:

       (a)  Each Plan Year, the "contribution percentage" will
       be calculated for each Active Participant who is not in
       a collective bargaining unit required to be
       disaggregated pursuant to Treasury Regulation  1.401(m)-
       1(b)(3)(ii).  Each Participant's contribution percentage
       is calculated by dividing the amount referred to in
       paragraph (1) by the amount referred to in paragraph
       (2), subject to the family aggregation rules in
       subsection (g).

                (1)  The total Matching Contributions under
           Sec. 5.2 (other than amounts included under
           Sec. 5.4(a)(1)), if any, allocated to the
           Participant's Accounts with respect to the Plan
           Year.  The Company may also elect to include all or
           part of the Before Tax Contributions to be allocated
           to the Participant's Accounts with respect to that
           Plan Year, provided that the requirements of
           Treasury Regulation 1.401(m)-1(b) are satisfied and
           provided that the requirements of Sec. 5.4 are met
           before such contributions are used under this
           section and continue to be met after the exclusion
           for purposes of Sec. 5.4 of those contributions that
           are used to satisfy the requirements of this
           section.  However, any Matching Contributions that
           are forfeited because the contributions to which
           they relate are Excess Before Tax Contributions
           under Sec. 5.4 or Excess Deferrals under Sec. 5.5
           shall be disregarded.

       (2)The Participant's Compensation with respect to the
           Plan Year.  For purposes of this section,
           "Compensation" has the same meaning as provided in
           Sec. 5.4(a)(2).
       
       (b)  Each Plan Year, the average contribution percentage
       of Active Participants who are Highly Compensated
       Employees and the average contribution percentage for
       Active Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated
       Employees will be calculated.  In each case, the average
       is the average of the percentages calculated under
       subsection (a) for each of the employees in the
       particular group.  In calculating such average
       contribution percentages, Participants employed in a
       collective bargaining unit required to be disaggregated
       pursuant to Treasury Regulation  1.401(m)-1(b)(3)(ii)
       shall be disregarded.  The contribution percentage for
       each Participant and the average contribution percentage
       for a particular group of employees shall be calculated
       to the nearest one-hundredth of one percent.

       (c)  If the requirements of either paragraph (1) or (2)
       are satisfied, then no further action is needed under
       this section:
21
          PAGE 22
                (1)  The average contribution percentage for
           Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees is
           not more than 1.25 times the average contribution
           percentage for Participants who are Non-Highly
           Compensated Employees.

                (2)  The excess of the average contribution
           percentage for Participants who are Highly
           Compensated Employees over the average contribution
           percentage for Participants who are Non-Highly
           Compensated Employees is not more than two
           percentage points, and the average contribution
           percentage for such Highly Compensated Employees is
           not more than 2 times the average contribution
           percentage for such Non-Highly Compensated
           Employees.

       (d)  If neither of the requirements of subsection (c) is
       satisfied, then the Matching Contributions with respect
       to Highly Compensated Employees shall be reduced,
       beginning with the contributions representing the
       highest percentage of Compensation, to the extent
       necessary to meet the requirements of subsection (c)(1)
       or (c)(2), whichever is met first.

       (e)  At any time during the Plan Year, the Company may
       make an estimate of the amount of Matching Contributions
       on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees that will be
       permitted under this section for the year.  If the
       Company determines in its sole discretion that
       reductions are necessary to assure that at least one of
       the requirements in subsection (c) are satisfied, the
       Company may take written action amending Sec. 5.2 to
       reduce or eliminate Matching Contributions for Highly
       Compensated Employees with respect to Certified Earnings
       to be paid from the date such action is adopted to the
       end of the Plan Year.

   (f)If contributions with respect to a Highly Compensated
       Employee are reduced pursuant to subsection (d), the
       Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be treated as
       follows:
   
       (1)For purposes of this subsection, "Excess Aggregate
           Contributions" mean the amount by which Matching
           Contributions must be reduced under subsection (d).
       
       (2)Excess Matching Contributions (adjusted for income
           or losses allocable thereto) shall be distributed to
           Participants on whose behalf such excess
           contributions were made for the Plan Year no later
           than the last day of the following Plan Year.
           Furthermore, the Company shall attempt to distribute
           such amount by the 15th day of the third month
           following the Plan Year for which the excess
           contributions were made to avoid the imposition on
           the Participating Employers of an excise tax under
           Code section 4979.
       
                (3)  Income or losses allocable to Excess
           Aggregate Contributions shall be determined in the
           same manner specified for Excess Before Tax
           Contributions under Sec. 5.4(f)(3).
22
          PAGE 23
   (g)For purposes of subsection (a), the contribution
       percentage of a Highly Compensated Employee who is a
       more than 5-percent owner or who is among the 10 highest
       paid Highly Compensated Employees and any Family Members
       of such a person shall be determined in the same manner
       specified for determining the deferral percentage under
       Sec. 5.4(g)(1).  If subsection (d) requires reduction of
       the contributions by or on behalf of a Highly
       Compensated Participant who is subject to family
       aggregation, reductions of contributions for that family
       group shall be determined in the same manner specified
       for reducing Before Tax Contributions under
       Sec. 5.4(g)(2).
   
   (h)The contribution percentage for any Participant who is a
       Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year, and who
       is eligible to make nondeductible employee contributions
       or to receive matching contributions under two or more
       plans described in Code section 401(a) that are
       maintained by the Participating Employers or any
       Affiliate, shall be determined as if all such
       contributions were made under a single arrangement
       unless mandatorily disaggregated pursuant to regulations
       under Code section 401(m).
   
       (i)  If two or more plans maintained by the
       Participating Employers or Affiliates are treated as one
       plan for purposes of satisfying the eligibility
       requirements of Code section 410(b), those plans must be
       treated as one plan for purposes of applying the
       provisions of this section unless mandatorily
       disaggregated pursuant to regulations under Code section
       401(m).

   (j)Notwithstanding the foregoing, if neither subparagraph
       (c)(1) of this section nor Sec. 5.4(c)(1) was satisfied,
       the requirements set forth in Sec. 5.7 must also be
       satisfied.
   
          SEC. 5.7  MULTIPLE USE OF THE ALTERNATIVE
LIMITATIONSEC. 5.7  MULTIPLE USE OF THE ALTERNATIVE LIMITATIONS.
If neither Sec. 5.4(c)(1) nor Sec. 5.6(c)(1) was satisfied, the
following additional requirements must also be satisfied:

       (a)  The sum of the following two amounts must not
       exceed the greater of the limit determined under
       subsection (b) or the limit determined under subsection
       (c):

       (1)The average deferral percentage for Highly
           Compensated Employees (determined under Sec. 5.4(b)
           following any adjustments required by Sec. 5.4).
       
       (2)The average contribution percentage for Highly
           Compensated Employees (determined under Sec. 5.6(b)
           following any adjustments required by Sec. 5.6).
       
       (b)  The limit under this subsection is the sum of the
       following amounts:

                (1)  1.25 multiplied by the greater of:
23
          PAGE 24
           (A)The average deferral percentage for Non-Highly
               Compensated Employees (determined under
               Sec. 5.4(b) following any adjustments required by
               Sec. 5.4), or
           
           (B)The average contribution percentage for
               Non-Highly Compensated Employees (determined
               under Sec. 5.6(b) following any adjustments
               required by Sec. 5.6).
           
                (2)  Two percentage points plus the lesser of:

           (A)The average deferral percentage for Non-Highly
               Compensated Employees, or
           
           (B)The average contribution percentage for
               Non-Highly Compensated Employees.
           
           Notwithstanding the foregoing, the amount under this
           paragraph (2) cannot exceed the lesser of (A) or (B)
           above, multiplied by two, or such other limit as may
           be prescribed by Treasury Regulations.
           
   (c)The limit under this subsection (c) is the amount that
       would be determined under subsection (b) by:
   
       (1)Substituting "lesser" for "greater" in paragraph (1)
           of subsection (b), and
            (2)  Substituting "greater" for "lesser" each place
       that word appears in paragraph (2) of subsection (b).

       (d)  If the amount determined under subsection (a)
       exceeds the greater of the limits determined under
       subsections (b) and (c), an additional amount must be
       treated as Excess Before Tax Contributions and
       distributed under Sec. 5.4.  In addition, any Matching
       Contributions attributable to those Before Tax
       Contributions shall be treated as forfeited and shall be
       applied as a credit against future contributions from
       the Participating Employers. Appropriate adjustments
       under this subsection must be made pursuant to Treasury
       regulations until the sum of the average deferral
       percentage and average contribution percentage for
       Highly Compensated Employees is equal to the greater of
       the limits determined under subsections (b) and (c).

          SEC. 5.8  TIME OF CONTRIBUTIONSEC. 5.8  TIME OF
CONTRIBUTIONS.  In addition to the requirements of Sec. 5.3,
Before Tax Contributions and Matching contributions by a
Participating Employer for a Plan Year shall be paid to the
Trustee no later than the time (including extensions thereof)
prescribed by law for filing the employer's federal income tax
return for the tax year in which the Plan Year ends.  Before Tax
Contributions and any other contributions taken into account
under Sec. 5.4(a)(1) shall be paid to the Trustee no later than
12 months following the end of the Plan Year, if earlier.  In
addition, Before Tax Contributions or Matching Contributions
shall be paid to the Trustee by any earlier date that may be
specified in Treasury or Department of Labor regulations.
24
          PAGE 25
          SEC. 5.9  LIMITATIONS ON
CONTRIBUTIONSEC. 5.9  LIMITATIONS ON CONTRIBUTIONS.  In no event
shall the amount of a Participating Employer's contribution
under this Article for any Plan Year exceed the lesser of:

   (a)The maximum amount allowable as a deduction in computing
       its taxable income for that Plan Year for federal income
       tax purposes.
   
   (b)The aggregate amount of the contributions by such
       Participating Employer that may be allocated to Accounts
       of Participants under the provisions of Article VI.
   
                           ARTICLE VI
                                
               LIMITATION ON ALLOCATIONSRTICLE VI
                                
                    LIMITATION ON ALLOCATIONS
   
          SEC. 6.1  LIMITATION ON ALLOCATIONSEC. 6.1  LIMITATION
ON ALLOCATIONS.  Notwithstanding any provisions of the Plan to
the contrary, allocations to Participants under the Plan shall
not exceed the maximum amount permitted under Code section 415.
For purposes of the preceding sentence, the following rules
shall apply unless otherwise provided in Code section 415:

   (a)The Annual Additions with respect to a Participant for
       any Plan Year shall not exceed the lesser of:
   
       (1)$30,000, or, if greater, 25% of the defined benefit
           dollar limitation set forth in Code section
           415(b)(1)(A) as in effect for the Plan Year.
       
       (2)25% of the Compensation of such Participant for such
           Plan Year.
       
   (b)If a Participant is also a participant in one or more
       other defined contribution plans maintained by a
       Participating Employer or an Affiliate, and if the
       amount of employer contributions and forfeitures
       otherwise allocated to the Participant for a Plan Year
       must be reduced to comply with the limitations under
       Code section 415, such allocations under this Plan and
       each of such other plans shall be reduced pro rata in
       the sequence specified in subsection (c), and pro rata
       within each category within that sequence, to the extent
       necessary to comply with said limitations, except that
       reductions to the extent necessary shall be made in
       allocations under profit sharing plans and stock bonus
       plans before any reductions are made under money
       purchase plans.
   
   (c)If for any Plan Year the limitation described in
       subsection (a) would otherwise be exceeded by
       contributions to this Plan with respect to any
       Participant (after application of subsection (b)), the
       Participant's Annual Additions shall be adjusted in the
       following sequence, but only to the extent necessary to
       reduce Annual Additions to the level permitted in
       subsection (a):
   
       (1)The Participant's after-tax voluntary employee
           contributions for the Plan Year, if any, shall be
           refunded to the Participant
25
          PAGE 26
          during the Plan Year or as soon as reasonably
           possible following the end of the Plan Year.
       
       (2)The Participant's Before Tax Contributions for the
           Plan Year, if any, shall be reduced, and that amount
           shall be refunded to the Participant.
       
       (3)If, after the adjustments in paragraphs (1) and (2)
           there is an excess amount with respect to a
           Participant for a Plan Year, such excess amount
           shall be held unallocated in a suspense account.
           The suspense account will be applied to reduce
           future employer contributions for all Participants
           in the current Plan Year, the next Plan Year, and in
           each succeeding Plan Year, if necessary.  The
           suspense account will participate in the allocation
           of the investment gains and losses of the Fund and
           the value of such account will be considered in
           valuing other Accounts under the Plan.
       
       (4)Any amounts refunded under paragraphs (1) or (2)
           shall be disregarded for purposes of applying the
           limits under Sec. 5.4, Sec. 5.5 and Sec. 5.6.
       
   (d)If the Participant is also a participant in one or more
       defined benefit plans maintained by a Participating
       Employer or an Affiliate, the sum of the Participant's
       defined benefit plan fraction and defined contribution
       plan fraction, determined according to Code section
       415(e), for any Plan Year may not exceed 1.0.  If the
       sum of a Participant's defined benefit fraction and
       defined contribution fraction would otherwise exceed 1.0
       for any Plan Year, the benefits provided under the
       defined benefit plan or plans shall be reduced to the
       extent necessary to reduce the sum of the fractions to
       1.0.
   
   (e)For purposes of this section, "Annual Additions" means
       the sum of the following amounts allocated to a
       Participant for a Plan Year under this Plan and all
       other defined contribution plans maintained by a
       Participating Employer or an Affiliate in which he or
       she participates:
   
       (1)Employer contributions, including Before Tax
           Contributions made under this Plan. Excess Before
           Tax Contributions, and Excess Aggregate
           Contributions which are distributed under the
           provisions of Article V are included in Annual
           Additions, but Excess Deferrals which are
           distributed under Sec. 5.5 are not included in
           Annual Additions.
       
       (2)Forfeitures, if any.
       
       (3)Voluntary non-deductible contributions, if any.
       
       (4)Amounts attributable to medical benefits as
           described in Code sections 415(1)(2) and 419A(d)(2).
26
          PAGE 27
       An Annual Addition with respect to a Participant's
       Accounts shall be deemed credited thereto with respect
       to a Plan Year if it is allocated to the Participant's
       Accounts under the terms of the Plan as of any date
       within such Plan Year.
       
   (f)For purposes of this section, "Compensation" means an
       employee's earned income, wages, salaries, fees for
       professional services and other amounts received
       (without regard to whether or not an amount is paid in
       cash) for personal services actually rendered in the
       course of employment with the Participating Employers
       and Affiliates to the extent that the amounts are
       includable in gross income (including, but not limited
       to, commissions, compensation for services on the basis
       of a percentage of profits, tips,  bonuses, fringe
       benefits, and reimbursements or other expense allowances
       under a nonaccountable plan described in Treasury
       Regulation  1.62-2(c)), subject to the following:
   
       (1)Compensation excludes the Before Tax Contributions
           to this Plan, any elective salary reduction
           contributions to any other plan which are not
           includable in the gross income of the employee under
           Code sections 125, 401(k), 402(h)(1)(B) or 403(b),
           any other employer contributions to a plan of
           deferred compensation which are not includable in
           the employee's gross income for the taxable year in
           which contributed, any distributions from a plan of
           deferred compensation, and any other amounts which
           receive special tax benefits.  However, any amounts
           received by an employee pursuant to an unfunded
           non-qualified plan of deferred compensation may be
           considered as Compensation in the year such amounts
           are includable in the employee's gross income.
       
       (2)Compensation excludes amounts realized from the
           exercise of a non-qualified stock option, or when
           restricted stock (or property) either becomes
           transferable or is no longer subject to a
           substantial risk of forfeiture.

                           ARTICLE VII
                                
                  INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTSRTICLE VII
                                
                       INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS
       
          SEC. 7.1  ACCOUNTS FOR PARTICIPANTSEC. 7.1  ACCOUNTS
FOR PARTICIPANTS.  The following Accounts may be established
under the Plan for a Participant:

   (a)A Before Tax Account shall be established for each
       Participant to which Before Tax Contributions shall be
       credited.
   
   (b)A Matching Account shall be established for each
       Participant to which Matching Contributions shall be
       credited.
   
   (c)A Rollover Account shall be established for each
       Participant who makes a Rollover Contribution, as
       provided by Sec. 7.7.
27
          PAGE 28
      (d)  A Transfer Account shall be established for each
       Participant with respect to whom a transfer is received
       pursuant to Sec. 7.8.
   
   (e)A Predecessor Plan Account shall be established for each
       Participant with respect to whom a transfer is received
       from a Predecessor Plan as provided in Article XVI.
   
More than one of any of the above types of Accounts may be
established if required by the Plan or if considered advisable
by the Company in the administration of the Plan.  If the
Company elects to include any Matching Contributions in the
calculation of the deferral percentage under Sec. 5.4(a)(1),
separate Matching Accounts must be established for such
contributions.  Except as expressly provided herein to the
contrary, the Fund shall be held and invested on a commingled
basis, Accounts shall be for bookkeeping purposes only, and the
establishment of Accounts shall not require any segregation of
Fund assets.

          SEC. 7.2  INVESTMENT OF ACCOUNTSEC. 7.2  INVESTMENT OF
ACCOUNTS.  Amounts allocated to each Participant's Accounts
shall be invested primarily in shares of ADM Stock; provided,
however, that Predecessor Plan Accounts shall be invested in
accordance with Article XVI.  Such shares may be acquired by the
Trustee directly from Participating Employers or Affiliates
through contributions in kind.  Other shares acquired for the
Fund shall be purchased by the Trustee through brokers, from
securities dealers, or by private purchase at such prices and in
such amounts as the Trustee may determine.  Part or all of the
amount allocated to a Participant's Accounts may be held in cash
or short term investments pending investment in shares of ADM
Stock.

          SEC. 7.3  VALUATION OF ACCOUNTSEC. 7.3  VALUATION OF
ACCOUNTS.  As of each Valuation Date, each Account shall be
adjusted to reflect contributions, dividends and other income,
distributions, withdrawals, and all other transactions occurring
since the next preceding Valuation Date, as follows:

   (a)From the number of shares of ADM Stock held in an
       Account (other than a Predecessor Plan Account) as of
       the next preceding Valuation Date, there shall be
       subtracted any shares subsequently distributed or
       withdrawn.
   
   (b)The Account as adjusted in subsection (a) shall be
       further adjusted to reflect any dividends or other
       income.  Cash dividends shall be reinvested in ADM stock
       at the then existing market price.  Shares acquired by
       reinvestment of cash dividends will be allocated at the
       end of the quarter and will not be allocated with
       respect to shares distributed during that quarter.
       Shares of ADM Stock attributable to stock dividends or
       stock splits will be allocated to Accounts on the date
       they occur, so that shares distributed during the
       quarter will be adjusted to reflect any stock splits or
       stock dividends occurring prior to the distribution
       date.
   
   (c)Any shares of ADM Stock contributed to the Account since
       the preceding Valuation Date shall be added to the
       Account.
28
          PAGE 29
      (d)  A Predecessor Plan Account shall be valued as
       provided in Article XVI.

          SEC. 7.4  CERTIFICATESEC. 7.4  CERTIFICATES.  The
Company may cause to be issued from time to time benefit
statements advising Participants of the status of their
interests in the Fund, but shall not be required to do so and
the issuance of such benefit statements shall not in any way
alter or affect the rights of Participants with respect to the
Fund.

          SEC. 7.5  VOTING AND OTHER RIGHTS REGARDING ADM
STOCKEC. 7.5  VOTING AND OTHER RIGHTS REGARDING ADM STOCK.  Not
less than 30 days prior to any meeting of shareholders of the
Company, the Company shall cause to be sent to Participants who
have shares of ADM Stock credited to their Accounts the proxy
materials which are sent to shareholders of record of the
Company.  Each such Participant shall have the right to instruct
the Trustee as to the method of voting on the propositions
submitted to shareholders, in accordance with the following:

       (a)  Each such Participant shall have a number of votes
       equal to the number of full and fractional shares
       credited to his Accounts as of the date the notice is
       given.  To be effective, the Participant's instructions
       must be received by the Trustee by a deadline
       established in advance by the Trustee.  The Trustee
       shall tabulate the instructions by the deadline and
       shall determine the number of votes for and against each
       proposal.  The Trustee shall then vote the shares
       allocated to Participants' Accounts in accordance with
       the directions received.  In cases where instructions
       are received with respect to voting of fractional
       shares, the Trustee shall vote the combined fractional
       shares to the extent possible to reflect the direction
       of Participants holding fractional shares.

       (b)  If a Participant does not direct the Trustee in
       whole or in part with respect to voting of ADM Stock
       credited to the Participant's Accounts, such voting
       rights shall be exercised only to the extent directed by
       the Participant.

       (c)  Each Participant may direct the exercise of rights
       other than voting rights with respect to shares
       allocated to his Accounts.  Said directions shall be
       given pursuant to procedures adopted by the Company.

       (d)  Participants shall have no right to direct voting
       of or exercise of other rights with respect to
       unallocated shares of ADM Stock. Such shares shall be
       voted by the Trustee.

          SEC. 7.6  TENDER OR EXCHANGE OFFERS REGARDING ADM
STOCKEC. 7.6  TENDER OR EXCHANGE OFFERS REGARDING ADM STOCK.  As
soon as practicable after the commencement of a tender or
exchange offer (an "Offer") for shares of ADM Stock, the Company
shall use its best efforts to cause each Participant to be
advised in writing of the terms of the Offer, and to be provided
with forms by which the Participant may instruct the Trustee, or
revoke such instruction, to tender shares of ADM Stock credited
to his Accounts, to the extent permitted under the terms of such
Offer.  The Trustee shall follow the directions of each
Participant.  The Trustee shall 29
          PAGE 30
decide whether or not to tender shares for which no instructions
are received.  In advising participants of the terms of the
Offer, the Company may include statements from the Board setting
forth its position with
respect to the Offer.  The giving of instructions by a
Participant to the Trustee to tender shares and the tender
thereof shall not be deemed a withdrawal or suspension from the
Plan or a forfeiture of any portion of such Participant's
interest in the Plan solely by reason of the giving of such
instructions and the Trustee's compliance therewith.  Any
securities received by the Trustee as a result of a tender of
shares of ADM Stock shall be held, and any cash so received
shall be invested in short-term investments, for the account of
the Participant with respect to whom shares were tendered
pending any reinvestment by the Trustee, as it may deem
appropriate, consistent with the purposes of the Plan.

          SEC. 7.7  ROLLOVER ACCOUNTSEC. 7.7  ROLLOVER ACCOUNTS.
A Qualified Employee who receives a distribution from a plan
described in subsection (a) below may transfer to the Fund an
amount that constitutes a Rollover Contribution.
Notwithstanding any provisions of the Plan to the contrary, the
following shall apply with respect to a Rollover Contribution:

       (a)  If (i) the Company or an Affiliate acquires the
       assets of another employer and certain employees of that
       employer become Qualified Employees hereunder, and (ii)
       said Qualified Employees receive a total distribution
       from a qualified plan described in Code section 401(a)
       maintained by the previous employer because of a
       complete or partial termination of said plan with
       respect to the Qualified Employees, then any such
       Qualified Employee may elect to make a Rollover
       Contribution of such distribution if the previous
       employer is listed in this subsection (a).  As of July
       1, 1991, the only such previous employer is Dennis E.
       Roby & Associates, Inc.

       (b)  No Rollover Contribution shall be accepted by the
       Fund unless made no later than ten working days after
       the plan distribution was received by the Qualified
       Employee.

       (c)  A Rollover Account shall be established for each
       employee who makes a Rollover Contribution.  From the
       date the assets of the Rollover Contribution are
       transferred to the Fund through the first Valuation Date
       following such transfer, the Rollover Account shall be
       valued at the fair market value of said assets on the
       date of such transfer.

       (d)  A Rollover Account shall be treated in all respects
       the same as a Before Tax Account except as provided in
       (c) above, and any references in the Plan to a Before
       Tax Account shall apply equally to a Rollover Account,
       except that no employer or employee contributions shall
       ever be added to a Rollover Account.

       (e)  The employee shall be treated the same as a
       Participant hereunder from the time of the transfer, but
       shall not actually be a Participant and shall not be
       eligible to receive an allocation of employer
       contributions or to make employee contributions until he
       or she has satisfied the requirements of Article IV.

       (f)  For purposes of this section, "Rollover
       Contribution" means a contribution of an amount which
       may be rolled over to this Plan
            pursuant to Code sections 402(c), 403(a)(4),
       408(d)(3), or any other provision of the Code which may
       permit rollovers to this Plan from time to time.
30
       PAGE 31
                          ARTICLE VIII
                                
              DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARYRTICLE VIII
                                
DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY

          SEC. 8.1  PERSONS ELIGIBLE TO
DESIGNATEEC. 8.1  PERSONS ELIGIBLE TO DESIGNATE.  Any
Participant may designate a Beneficiary to receive any amount
payable from the Fund as a result of the Participant's death,
provided that the Beneficiary survives the Participant.  The
Beneficiary may be one or more persons, natural or otherwise. By
way of illustration, but not by way of limitation, the
Beneficiary may be an individual, trustee, executor, or
administrator.  A Participant may also change or revoke a
designation previously made, without the consent of any
Beneficiary named therein.

          SEC. 8.2  SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MARRIED
PARTICIPANTSEC. 8.2  SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MARRIED
PARTICIPANTS.  Notwithstanding the provisions of Sec. 8.1, if a
Participant is married at the time of his or her death, the
Beneficiary shall be the Participant's spouse unless the spouse
has consented in writing to the designation of a different
Beneficiary, the spouse's consent acknowledges the effect of
such designation, and the spouse's consent is witnessed by a
representative of the Plan or a notary public.  Such consent
shall be deemed to have been obtained if it is established to
the satisfaction of the Company that such consent cannot be
obtained because there is no spouse, because the spouse cannot
be located, or because of such other circumstances as may be
prescribed by federal regulations.  Any consent by a spouse
shall be irrevocable.  Any designation of a Beneficiary which
has received spousal consent may be changed (other than by being
revoked) without spousal consent only if the consent by the
spouse expressly permits subsequent designations by the
Participant without any requirement for further consent by the
spouse.  Any such consent shall be valid only with respect to
the spouse who signed the consent, or in the case of a deemed
consent, the designated spouse.

          SEC. 8.3  FORM AND METHOD OF DESIGNATIONEC. 8.3  FORM
AND METHOD OF DESIGNATION.  Any designation or a revocation of a
prior designation of Beneficiary shall be in writing on a form
acceptable to the Company and shall be filed with the Company.
The Company and all other parties involved in making payment to
a Beneficiary may rely on the latest Beneficiary designation on
file with the Company at the time of payment or may make payment
pursuant to Sec. 8.4 if an effective designation is not on file,
shall be fully protected in doing so, and shall have no
liability whatsoever to any person making claim for such payment
under a subsequently filed designation of Beneficiary or for any
other reason.

          SEC. 8.4  NO EFFECTIVE DESIGNATIONEC. 8.4  NO
EFFECTIVE DESIGNATION.  If there is not on file with the Company
an effective designation of Beneficiary by a deceased
Participant, the Beneficiary shall be the person or persons
surviving the Participant in the first of the following classes
in which there is a
31
          PAGE 32
survivor, share and share alike:

       (a)  The Participant's spouse.

   (b)The Participant's children, except that if any of the
       Participant's children predecease the Participant but
       leave issue surviving the Participant, such issue shall
       take by right of representation the share their parent
       would have taken if living.
   
       (c)  The Participant's parents.

       (d)  The Participant's brothers and sisters.

       (e)  The Participant's estate.

Determination of the identity of the Beneficiary in each case
shall be made by the Company.

          SEC. 8.5  SUCCESSOR BENEFICIARYEC. 8.5  SUCCESSOR
BENEFICIARY.  If a Beneficiary who survives the Participant
subsequently dies before receiving all payments to which the
Beneficiary was entitled, the successor Beneficiary, determined
in accordance with the provisions of this section, shall be
entitled to the balance of any remaining payments due.  A
Beneficiary who is not the surviving spouse of the Participant
may not designate a successor Beneficiary.  A Beneficiary who is
the surviving spouse may designate a successor Beneficiary only
if the Participant specifically authorized such designations on
the Participant's Beneficiary designation form.  If a
Beneficiary is permitted to designate a successor Beneficiary,
each such designation shall be made according to the same rules
(other than Sec. 8.2) applicable to designations by
Participants.  If a Beneficiary is not permitted to designate a
successor Beneficiary, or is permitted to do so but fails to
make such a designation, the balance of any payments remaining
due will be payable to a contingent Beneficiary if the
Participant's Beneficiary designation so specifies, and
otherwise to the personal representative (executor or
administrator) of the deceased Beneficiary.

          SEC. 8.6  INSURANCE CONTRACTEC. 8.6  INSURANCE
CONTRACT.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this
Article VIII, as to benefits payable under a contract issued by
an insurance company, said contract shall govern the designation
of Beneficiary entitled to benefits thereunder except to the
extent the contract is inconsistent with the provisions of
Sec. 8.2 or Sec. 10.1.

                           ARTICLE IX
                                
                  BENEFIT REQUIREMENTSRTICLE IX
                                
                      BENEFIT REQUIREMENTS

          SEC. 9.1  BENEFIT ON TERMINATION OF
EMPLOYMENTEC. 9.1  BENEFIT ON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.  If a
Participant's Termination of Employment occurs (for any reason
other than death), the Participant shall be 100% vested and
shall be entitled to a benefit equal to (i) the number of shares
of ADM stock allocated to his or her Accounts (other than a
Predecessor Plan Account), and (ii) the value of his or her
Predecessor Plan Accounts, if any, both determined as of the
Valuation Date coincident with or next following the Termination
of Employment.  The Participant shall also be entitled to an
additional benefit equal to the number of shares of ADM Stock
(if any) allocated to his or her Accounts after the
Participant's Termination of Employment.  The benefit shall be
paid at the times and in the manner determined under Article X.
32
          PAGE 33

          SEC. 9.2  DEATHEC. 9.2  DEATH.  If a Participant's
Termination of Employment is the result of death, his or her
Beneficiary shall be entitled to a benefit equal to (i) the
number of shares of ADM Stock allocated to the Participant's
Accounts (other than a Predecessor Plan Account), and (ii) the
value of the Participant's Predecessor Plan Accounts, if any,
both determined as of the Valuation Date coincident with or next
following the date of death.  The Beneficiary shall also be
entitled to an additional benefit equal to the number of shares
of ADM Stock (if any) allocated to the Participant's Accounts
after the Participant's death.  Such benefit shall be paid at
the times and in the manner determined under Article X.  If a
Participant's death occurs after his or her Termination of
Employment, distribution of the balance of the Participant's
Accounts shall be made to the Beneficiary in accordance with the
provisions of Article X.

          SEC. 9.3  WITHDRAWALS BEFORE TERMINATION OF
EMPLOYMENTEC. 9.3  WITHDRAWALS BEFORE TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.
A Participant may request a cash withdrawal from his or her
Before Tax Account, Matching Account, and Rollover Account at
any time prior to the date benefits first become payable to the
Participant under Sec. 9.1 pursuant to the following:

   (a)Until the Participant reaches age 59 1/2, a withdrawal may
       be made from such Accounts only to meet a financial
       hardship; provided, however, that no hardship
       withdrawals can be made from a Matching Account.
   
                (1)  A hardship withdrawal will be permitted
           only if the Company determines that both of the
           following requirements are met:

           (A)The distribution must be made on account of one
               of the following reasons:
           
               (i)Expenses for medical care described in
                  section 213(d) of the Code incurred by the
                  Participant, the Participant's spouse, or any
                  dependents of the Participant, as defined in
                  section 152 of the Code, or expenses
                  necessary for any of those persons to obtain
                  such medical care.
               
                  (ii) Costs directly related to the purchase
                  of the principal residence of the Participant
                  (excluding mortgage payments).
           
                  (iii)Payment of tuition for the next semester
                  or quarter of post-secondary education for
                  the Participant, or for his or her spouse,
                  children or dependents, or commencing
                  January 1, 1992, tuition and related
                  educational fees for the next 12 months of
                  such education.
33
          PAGE 34
                  (iv) The need to prevent the eviction of the
                  Participant from his or her principal
                  residence or foreclosure on the mortgage of
                  the Participant's principal residence.
           
                                 (v)  Any other immediate and
                  heavy financial need which the Company
                  determines, in accordance with rules applied
                  in a uniform and non-discriminatory manner,
                  satisfies the requirements of Treasury
                  Regulation  1.401(k)-1(d)(2).

           (B)All of the following requirements must be
               satisfied:
           
                  (i)  The amount of the distribution cannot
                  exceed the amount of the immediate and heavy
                  financial need of the Participant.  The
                  Company may reasonably rely on the
                  Participant's representation as to that
                  amount.  However, the amount of the
                  distribution may include any amounts
                  determined by the Company to be necessary to
                  pay any federal, state or local income taxes
                  or penalties reasonably expected to result
                  from the distribution.
               
                  (ii) The Participant must have obtained all
                  distributions, other than hardship
                  distributions, and all nontaxable loans
                  currently available under all plans
                  maintained by the Participating Employers or
                  any Affiliate.
           
                  (iii)The Participant's elective contributions
                  and employee contributions under the Plan and
                  all other qualified and nonqualified plans of
                  deferred compensation maintained by the
                  Participating Employers or any Affiliate will
                  be suspended pursuant to the terms of the
                  plan or an otherwise legally enforceable
                  agreement for at least 12 months after the
                  receipt of the hardship distribution.
           
                  (iv) For the calendar year immediately
                  following the calendar year of the hardship
                  distribution, the Participant may not make
                  contributions under all plans maintained by
                  the Participating Employers or any Affiliate
                  in excess of the applicable limit under
                  section 402(g) of the Code for such next
                  calendar year less the amount of the
                  Participant's elective contributions for the
                  calendar year of the hardship distribution.
           
                  (v)  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions
                  of this subparagraph (B), this subparagraph
                  (B) will be satisfied if the IRS issues a
                  revenue ruling, notice, or other document of
                  general applicability which establishes an
                  alternative method under which
                  distributions will be deemed to be necessary
                  to satisfy an immediate and heavy financial
                  need and all of the requirements of such
                  alternative method are met.

34
          PAGE 35
               
                (2)  With respect to any such hardship
           withdrawal from a Participant's Before Tax Account,
           earnings credited to the Before Tax Account after
           December 31, 1988 cannot be withdrawn under this
           subsection (a).

   (b)After the Participant reaches age 59 1/2, a withdrawal may
       be made from any of the Accounts (including a Matching
       Account) for any reason.
   
   (c)The amount withdrawn shall be paid to the Participant in
       cash; provided, however, that the Participant may elect
       to receive the withdrawal in the form of whole shares of
       ADM Stock (with cash in lieu of any fractional share).
       Any cash distribution will be reduced to reflect any
       brokerage fees incurred with respect to the sale of
       stock.
   
       (d)  No withdrawal may be made in an amount having a
       value less than the lesser of (i) $1,000 or (ii) the
       total amount available for such withdrawals, if less
       than $1,000.

   (e)Requests for withdrawals under this section shall be
       made pursuant to applicable rules and regulations
       adopted by the Company which are uniform and
       non-discriminatory as to all Participants and shall be
       submitted in writing to the Company on such form as the
       Company prescribes for this purpose.  The Company shall
       determine whether the requirements of this section have
       been met.
   
   (f)Withdrawals shall be permitted from a Predecessor Plan
       Account as provided in Article XVI.

                            ARTICLE X
                                
                DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITSRTICLE X
                                
                    DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS
   
          SEC. 10.1  TIME AND METHOD OF PAYMENTEC. 10.1  TIME
AND METHOD OF PAYMENT.  The benefit to which a Participant or
Beneficiary may become entitled under Article IX (other than
with respect to a Predecessor Plan Account) shall be distributed
to that individual at such time after the date as of which the
Participant or Beneficiary becomes entitled to a benefit payment
as he or she elects, subject to the following:
       
      (a)  Unless the Participant elects otherwise,
       distribution must be made no later than the 60th day
       after the close of the Plan Year in which the
       Participant reaches Normal Retirement Age or in which
       the Participant's Termination of Employment occurs,
       whichever is later; provided, however, that if the
       amount of the payment to be made cannot be determined by
       the later of the aforesaid dates, a payment
35
          PAGE 36
      retroactive to such date may be made no later than 60
       days after the earliest date on which the amount of such
       payment can be ascertained.  For purposes of this
       subsection, the failure of a Participant to elect to
       receive a distribution shall be deemed to be an election
       to defer distribution of the benefit.
   
      (b)  If the Participant's Termination of Employment
       occurs at a time when the Participant is either entitled
       to an immediate pension under the ADM Pension Plan for
       Hourly Wage Employees or is entitled to disability
       payments under the ADM Long Term Disability Plan, the
       Participant may elect to receive payments under either
       of the following methods:
   
                (1)  A single sum distribution not later than
           April 1, following the Plan Year in which he or she
           attains age 70 1/2.

                (2)  Installment payments, provided that the
           final installment must be paid not later than
           April 1 following the Plan Year in which the
           Participant attains age 70 1/2.  Such installments must
           be in units of 100 shares or more (or the cash
           equivalent thereof).

       (c)  If a Participant's Termination of Employment occurs
       at a time before the Participant is entitled to an
       immediate pension under the ADM Pension Plan for Hourly
       Wage Employees and the Participant is not receiving
       disability payments under the ADM Long Term Disability
       Plan, then the participant may only receive a single sum
       distribution of the balance credited to his or her
       Accounts.  The Participant may designate the time of
       payment; provided, however, that the payment date may
       not be later than April 1 of the Plan Year following the
       Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 70 1/2.
       Such a Participant may not elect installment
       distributions.

   (d)If the Participant dies before receiving the
       distribution and before the date that the distribution
       was required to occur under subsection (b) or (c), the
       Participant's Accounts shall be distributed to the
       Beneficiary in a single sum or installments to be
       completed not later than December 31 of the year
       containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant's
       death.
   
       (e)  If more than one Beneficiary is entitled to
       benefits following the Participant's death, the interest
       of each Beneficiary shall be segregated into a separate
       Account for purposes of applying this section.

      (f)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the total vested
       value of the Accounts of a Participant (or a Beneficiary
       following the Participant's death) is $3,500 or less on
       the Valuation Date coincident with or immediately
       following the date the Participant's Termination of
       Employment or death occurs, a single-sum distribution
       shall be made to the Participant (or Beneficiary) as of
       the earliest date permitted by the Plan.  However, this
       subsection shall not apply to a Participant if the total
       vested
      value of the Participant's Accounts exceeded $3,500 at
       the time any previous distribution was made to the
       Participant.
36
          PAGE 37
      (g)  Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the
       contrary, distributions under this section shall be made
       in accordance with the requirements of Code section
       401(a)(9), including the incidental death benefit
       requirements of Code section 401(a)(9)(G) and the
       regulations thereunder.  No distribution option
       otherwise permitted under this Plan will be available to
       a Participant or Beneficiary if such distribution option
       does not meet the requirements of Code section
       401(a)(9), including subparagraph (G) thereof.
   
       (h)  In accordance with subsection (g), if a Participant
       continues working for a Participating Employer or
       Affiliate after the Plan Year in which he attains age
       70 1/2, benefit payments shall commence not later than
       April 1 following the Plan Year in which the Participant
       attains age 70 1/2.  The amount distributed each year to
       such an employee shall be an amount elected by the
       employee which shall not be less than the amount
       required to satisfy the requirements of Code section
       401(a)(9).

          SEC. 10.2  FORM OF DISTRIBUTIONEC. 10.2  FORM OF
DISTRIBUTION.  Distributions shall be made in accordance with
the following:

       (a)  Distributions under Sec. 9.3, Sec. 10.1(b),
       Sec. 10.1(d), or Sec. 10.1(h) shall be in cash or in
       shares of ADM Stock, as elected by the recipient.  Any
       cash distribution will be reduced to reflect any
       brokerage fees incurred with respect to the sale of
       stock.

       (b)  Distributions under Sec. 10.1(c) and Sec. 10.1(f)
       shall be made in whole shares of ADM Stock, and the
       remaining balance, if any, shall be paid in cash.

       (c)  Distributions with respect to a Predecessor Plan
       Account shall be paid in accordance with Article XVI.

       (d)  With respect to any distribution to be made after
       December 31, 1992, the Participant may elect to have the
       distribution made by the Trustee in the form of a direct
       transfer rollover contribution for the benefit of the
       Participant to an individual retirement account or
       annuity described in Code section 408 or to another
       qualified plan described in code section 401(a).
       However, no such transfer shall be made if the
       distribution is part of a series of installments payable
       over a period of ten years or more, or if the
       distribution is required in order to satisfy Code
       section 401(a)(9).  The Participant shall provide the
       Trustee with the information necessary to accomplish the
       transfer in such form as the Company or the Trustee may
       require.  Transfers made in accordance with the
       Participant's instructions shall constitute full
       settlement of the Plan's liability with respect to the
       amount so transferred, and the Plan, the Trustee, and
       the Company shall have no further liability with respect
       to such amounts. Transfers under this subsection shall
       be made in accordance with Code section 401(a)(31) and
       the regulations thereunder.
37
          PAGE 38
          SEC. 10.3  ACCOUNTING FOLLOWING TERMINATION OF
EMPLOYMENTEC. 10.3  ACCOUNTING FOLLOWING TERMINATION OF
EMPLOYMENT.  If distribution of all or any part of a benefit is
deferred or delayed for any reason, the undistributed Accounts
shall continue to be revalued as of each Valuation Date as
provided in Article VII.  Payment shall be made as of the
Valuation Date following the date the Participant (or
Beneficiary following the Participant's death) files the request
with the Company, and shall occur within a reasonable time after
the valuation has been completed.

          SEC. 10.4  REEMPLOYMENTEC. 10.4  REEMPLOYMENT.  Except
where distributions are required under Sec. 10.1(h), entitlement
to a distribution from the Fund pursuant to Sec. 9.1 shall cease
upon reemployment of a Participant in a regular position by a
Participating Employer, and shall recommence in accordance with
the provisions of this Article upon the Participant's subsequent
Termination of Employment.

          SEC. 10.5  SOURCE OF BENEFITSEC. 10.5  SOURCE OF
BENEFITS.  All benefits to which persons become entitled
hereunder shall be provided only out of the Fund and only to the
extent that the Fund is adequate therefor.  No benefits are
provided under the Plan except those expressly described herein.
Each Participant and Beneficiary assumes all risk connected with
any decrease in the market value of any assets held under the
Plan.  The Participating Employers do not in any way guarantee
the Fund against any loss or depreciation, or the payment of any
amount, that may be or become due to any person from the Fund.

          SEC. 10.6  INCOMPETENT PAYEEEC. 10.6  INCOMPETENT
PAYEE.  If in the opinion of the Company a person entitled to
payments hereunder is disabled from caring for his or her
affairs because of mental or physical condition, or age, payment
due such person may be made to such person's guardian,
conservator, or other legal personal representative upon
furnishing the Company with evidence satisfactory to the Company
of such status.  Prior to the furnishing of such evidence, the
Company may cause payments due the person under disability to be
made, for such person's use and benefit, to any person or
institution then in the opinion of the Company caring for or
maintaining the person under disability.  The Company shall have
no liability with respect to payments so made.  The Company
shall have no duty to make inquiry as to the competence of any
person entitled to receive payments hereunder.

          SEC. 10.7  BENEFITS MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR
ALIENATEDEC. 10.7  BENEFITS MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR ALIENATED.
Except as otherwise expressly permitted by the Plan or required
by law, the interests of persons entitled to benefits under the
Plan may not in any manner whatsoever be assigned or alienated,
whether voluntarily or involuntarily, or directly or indirectly.
However, the Plan shall comply with the provisions of any court
order which the Company determines is a qualified domestic
relations order as defined in Code section 414(p).  Any expenses
relating to review or administration of a domestic relations
order may be charged against the Accounts of the Participant
and/or the alternate payee.  38
          PAGE 39
Notwithstanding any provisions in the Plan to the contrary, an
individual who is entitled to payments from the Plan as an
"alternate payee" pursuant to a qualified domestic relations
order may receive a lump sum payment from the Plan as soon as
administratively feasible after the Company determines that the
order is a qualified domestic relations order, unless the order
specifically provides for payment to be made at a later time;
provided, however, that if the order assigns an interest in a
Predecessor Plan Account invested in an Investment Fund pursuant
to Article XVI, payment may be delayed until after the Valuation
Date coincident with or next following the date of the Company's
determination with respect to the order.

          SEC. 10.8  PAYMENT OF TAXESEC. 10.8  PAYMENT OF TAXES.
The Trustee may pay any estate, inheritance, income, or other
tax, charge, or assessment attributable to any benefit payable
hereunder which in the Trustee's opinion it shall be or may be
required to pay out of such benefit.  The Trustee may require,
before making any payment, such release or other document from
any taxing authority and such indemnity from the intended payee
as the Trustee shall deem necessary for its protection.

          SEC. 10.9  CONDITIONS PRECEDENTEC. 10.9  CONDITIONS
PRECEDENT.  No person shall be entitled to a benefit hereunder
until his or her right thereto has been finally determined by
the Company nor until the person has submitted to the Company
relevant data reasonably requested by the Company, including,
but not limited to, proof of birth or death.

          SEC. 10.10  COMPANY DIRECTIONS TO
TRUSTEEEC. 10.10  COMPANY DIRECTIONS TO TRUSTEE.  The Company
shall issue such written directions to the Trustee as are
necessary to accomplish distributions to the Participants and
Beneficiaries in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.

          SEC. 10.11  SPECIAL DISTRIBUTION
EVENTSEC. 10.11  SPECIAL DISTRIBUTION EVENTS.  Notwithstanding
anything herein to the contrary, if the agreement between the
buyer and the seller in one of the following types of
transaction provides that distributions are to be made to
affected Participants, each such Participant shall receive a
distribution of his or her Account balance as soon as
administratively feasible after either of the following events:

   (a)The disposition by a Participating Employer to an
       unrelated corporation of substantially all of the assets
       (within the meaning of Code section 409(d)(2)) used in a
       trade or business of such Participating Employer if such
       Participating Employer continues to maintain this Plan
       after the disposition, but only with respect to
       employees who continue employment with the corporation
       acquiring such assets.
   
   (b)The disposition by a Participating Employer or by an
       Affiliate to an unrelated entity of such corporation's
       interest in a subsidiary (within the meaning of Code
       section 409(d)(3)) which was a Participating Employer if
       such corporation continues to maintain this Plan, but
       only with respect to employees who continue employment
       with such subsidiary.
39
          PAGE 40
All distributions under this section are subject to any
applicable consent requirements under Sec. 10.1. Distributions
under this section shall be made in a single distribution of
whole shares of ADM Stock, with the remaining balance of
fractional shares, if any, paid in cash.

                           ARTICLE XI
                                
                          FUNDRTICLE XI
                                
                              FUND

          SEC. 11.1  COMPOSITIONEC. 11.1  COMPOSITION.  All sums
of money and all securities and other property received by the
Trustee for purposes of the Plan, together with all investments
made therewith, the proceeds thereof, and all earnings and
accumulations thereon, and the part from time to time remaining
shall constitute the "Fund".  The Company may cause the Fund to
be divided into any number of parts for investment purposes or
any other purposes necessary or advisable for the proper
administration of the Plan.

          SEC. 11.2  FUNDING AGENCYEC. 11.2  FUNDING AGENCY.
The Fund may be held and invested as one fund or may be divided
into any number of parts for investment purposes.  Each part of
the Fund, or the entire Fund if it is not divided into parts for
investment purposes, shall be held and invested by one or more
Trustees or by an insurance company.  The portion of the Fund
invested in ADM Stock shall be held under a trust agreement
between the Company and National City Bank of Minneapolis, as
Trustee, or any successor Trustee duly appointed by the Board.
The trustee or trustees or the insurance company so acting with
respect to any part of the Fund is referred to herein as the
Funding Agency with respect to such part of the Fund.
(References herein to the Trustee shall also apply to any
insurance company acting as a Funding Agency with respect to
such part of the Fund as is held by the insurance company.)  The
selection and appointment of each Funding Agency shall be made
by the Company.  The Company shall have the right at any time to
remove a Funding Agency and appoint a successor thereto, subject
only to the terms of any applicable trust agreement or group
annuity contract.  The Company shall have the right to determine
the form and substance of each trust agreement and group annuity
contract under which any part of the Fund is held, subject only
to the requirement that they are not inconsistent with the
provisions of the Plan.  Any such trust agreement may contain
provisions pursuant to which the Trustee will make investments
on direction of a third party.

          SEC. 11.3  COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES OF
TRUSTEEEC. 11.3  COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES OF TRUSTEE.  The
Trustee shall be entitled to receive such reasonable
compensation for its services as may be agreed upon with the
Company.  The Trustee shall also be entitled to reimbursement
for all reasonable and necessary costs, expenses, and
disbursements incurred by it in the performance of its services.
Such compensation and reimbursements shall be paid from the Fund
if not paid directly by the Participating Employers in such
proportions as the Company shall determine.

          SEC. 11.4  FUNDING POLICYEC. 11.4  FUNDING POLICY.
The Company shall adopt a procedure, and revise it from time to
time as it shall consider advisable, for establishing and
carrying out a funding policy and method consistent with the
objectives of the Plan and the requirements of ERISA.  It shall
advise each Trustee of the funding policy in effect from time to
time.
40
          PAGE 41
          SEC. 11.5  SHARE REGISTRATIONEC. 11.5  SHARE
REGISTRATION.  Shares of ADM Stock purchased for the Fund from
the Company shall be registered on the applicable SEC
registration form.  The number of shares so registered shall be
appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock dividends, stock
splits, or other similar changes.

          SEC. 11.6  NO DIVERSIONEC. 11.6  NO DIVERSION.  The
Fund shall be for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to
Participants under the Plan and their beneficiaries and
defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan.  Such
expenses may include premiums for the bonding of Plan officials
required by ERISA. No part of the corpus or income of the Fund
may be used for, or diverted to, purposes other than for the
exclusive benefit of employees of the Participating Employers or
their beneficiaries.  Notwithstanding the foregoing:

   (a)If any contribution or portion thereof is made by a
       Participating Employer by a mistake of fact, the Trustee
       shall, upon written request of the Company, return such
       contribution or portion thereof to the Participating
       Employer within one year after the payment of the
       contribution to the Trustee; however, earnings
       attributable to such contribution or portion thereof
       shall not be returned to the Participating Employer but
       shall remain in the Fund, and the amount returned to the
       Participating Employer shall be reduced by any losses
       attributable to such contribution or portion thereof.
   
   (b)Contributions by a Participating Employer are
       conditioned upon initial qualification of the Plan as to
       such Participating Employer under Code section 401(a).
       If the Plan receives an adverse determination letter
       from the Internal Revenue Service with respect to such
       initial qualification, the Trustee shall, upon written
       request of the Company, return the amount of such
       contribution to the Participating Employer within one
       year after the date of denial of qualification of the
       Plan.  For this purpose, the amount to be so returned
       shall be the contributions actually made, adjusted for
       the investment experience of, and any expenses
       chargeable against, the portion of the Fund attributable
       to the contributions actually made.
   
   (c)Contributions by the Participating Employers are
       conditioned upon the deductibility of each contribution
       under Code section 404.  To the extent the deduction is
       disallowed, the Trustee shall return such contribution
       to the Participating Employer within one year after the
       disallowance of the deduction; however, earnings
       attributable to such contribution (or disallowed portion
       thereof) shall not be returned to the Participating
       Employer but shall remain in the Fund, and the amount
       returned to the Participating Employer shall be reduced
       by any losses attributable to such contribution (or
       disallowed portion thereof).
   
In the case of any such return of contribution the Company shall
cause such adjustments to be made to the Accounts of
Participants as it considers fair and equitable under the
circumstances resulting in the return of such contribution.
41
          PAGE 42
                           ARTICLE XII
                                
                ADMINISTRATION OF PLANRTICLE XII
                                
                     ADMINISTRATION OF PLAN

          SEC. 12.1  ADMINISTRATION BY
COMPANYEC. 12.1  ADMINISTRATION BY COMPANY.  The Company is the
"administrator" of the Plan for purposes of ERISA.  Except as
expressly otherwise provided herein, the Company shall control
and manage the operation and administration of the Plan and make
all decisions and determinations incident thereto.  In carrying
out its Plan responsibilities, the Company shall have
discretionary authority to construe the terms of the Plan.
Except in cases where the Plan expressly provides to the
contrary, action on behalf of the Company may be taken by any of
the following:

     (a)  The Board.

     (b)  The chief executive officer of the Company.

   (c)Any person or persons, natural or otherwise, or
       committee, to whom responsibilities for the operation
       and administration of the Plan are allocated by the
       Company, by resolution of the Board or by written
       instrument executed by the chief executive officer of
       the Company and filed with its permanent records, but
       action of such person or persons or committee shall be
       within the scope of said allocation.
   
          SEC. 12.2  CERTAIN FIDUCIARY
PROVISIONSEC. 12.2  CERTAIN FIDUCIARY PROVISIONS.  For purposes
of the Plan:

   (a)Any person or group of persons may serve in more than
       one fiduciary capacity with respect to the Plan.
   
   (b)A Named Fiduciary, or a fiduciary designated by a Named
       Fiduciary pursuant to the provisions of the Plan, may
       employ one or more persons to render advice with regard
       to any responsibility such fiduciary has under the Plan.
   
   (c)To the extent permitted by any applicable trust
       agreement or group annuity contract a Named Fiduciary
       with respect to control or management of the assets of
       the Plan may appoint an investment manager or managers,
       as defined in ERISA, to manage (including the power to
       acquire and dispose of) any assets of the Plan.
   
   (d)At any time the Plan has more than one Named Fiduciary,
       if pursuant to the Plan provisions fiduciary
       responsibilities are not already allocated among such
       Named Fiduciaries, the Company, by action of the Board
       or its chief executive officer, may provide for such
       allocation; except that such allocation shall not
       include any responsibility, if any, in a trust agreement
       to manage or control the assets of the Plan other than a
       power under the trust agreement to appoint an investment
       manager as defined in ERISA.
   
   (e)Unless expressly prohibited in the appointment of a
       Named Fiduciary which is not the Company acting as
       provided in Sec. 12.1, such
42
          PAGE 43
      Named Fiduciary by written instrument may designate a
       person or persons other than such Named Fiduciary to
       carry out any or all of the fiduciary responsibilities
       under the Plan of such Named Fiduciary; except that such
       designation shall not include any responsibility, if
       any, in a trust agreement to manage or control the
       assets of the Plan other than a power under the trust
       agreement to appoint an investment manager as defined in
       ERISA.
   
   (f)A person who is a fiduciary with respect to the Plan,
       including a Named Fiduciary, shall be recognized and
       treated as a fiduciary only with respect to the
       particular fiduciary functions as to which such person
       has responsibility.
   
Each Named Fiduciary (other than the Company), each other
fiduciary, each person employed pursuant to (b) above, and each
investment manager shall be entitled to receive reasonable
compensation for services rendered, or for the reimbursement of
expenses properly and actually incurred in the performance of
their duties with the Plan and to payment therefor from the Fund
if not paid directly by the Participating Employers in such
proportions as the Company shall determine.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing, no person so serving who already receives full-time
pay from any employer or association of employers whose
employees are Participants, or from an employee organization
whose members are Participants, shall receive compensation from
the Plan, except for reimbursement of expenses properly and
actually incurred.

          SEC. 12.3  DISCRIMINATION
PROHIBITEDEC. 12.3  DISCRIMINATION PROHIBITED.  No person or
persons in exercising discretion in the operation and
administration of the Plan shall discriminate in favor of Highly
Compensated Employees.

          SEC. 12.4  EVIDENCEEC. 12.4  EVIDENCE.  Evidence
required of anyone under this Plan may be by certificate,
affidavit, document, or other instrument which the person acting
in reliance thereon considers to be pertinent and reliable and
to be signed, made, or presented to the proper party.

          SEC. 12.5  CORRECTION OF ERRORSEC. 12.5  CORRECTION OF
ERRORS.  It is recognized that in the operation and
administration of the Plan certain mathematical and accounting
errors may be made or mistakes may arise by reason of factual
errors in information supplied to the Company or Trustee.  The
Company shall have power to cause such equitable adjustments to
be made to correct for such errors as the Company in its
discretion considers appropriate.  Such adjustments shall be
final and binding on all persons.  Any return of a contribution
due to a mistake in fact will be subject to Sec. 11.6.

          SEC. 12.6  RECORDSEC. 12.6  RECORDS.  Each
Participating Employer, each fiduciary with respect to the Plan,
and each other person performing any functions in the operation
or administration of the Plan or the management or control of
the assets of the Plan shall keep such records as may be
necessary or appropriate in the discharge of their respective
functions hereunder, including records required by ERISA or any
other applicable law.  Records shall be retained as long as
necessary for the proper administration of the Plan and at least
for any period required by ERISA or other applicable law.
43
          PAGE 44
          SEC. 12.7  GENERAL FIDUCIARY STANDARDEC. 12.7  GENERAL
FIDUCIARY STANDARD.  Each fiduciary shall discharge its duties
with respect to the Plan solely in the interests of Participants
and their beneficiaries and with the care, skill, prudence, and
diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent
person acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters
would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character
and with like aims.

          SEC. 12.8  PROHIBITED TRANSACTIONSEC. 12.8  PROHIBITED
TRANSACTIONS.  A fiduciary with respect to the Plan shall not
cause the Plan to engage in any prohibited transaction within
the meaning of ERISA.

          SEC. 12.9  CLAIMS PROCEDUREEC. 12.9  CLAIMS PROCEDURE.
The Company shall establish a claims procedure consistent with
the requirements of ERISA.  Such claims procedure shall provide
adequate notice in writing to any Participant or beneficiary
whose claim for benefits under the Plan has been denied, setting
forth the specific reasons for such denial, written in a manner
calculated to be understood by the claimant and shall afford a
reasonable opportunity to a claimant whose claim for benefits
has been denied for a full and fair review by the appropriate
Named Fiduciary of the decision denying the claim.

          SEC. 12.10  BONDINGEC. 12.10  BONDING.  Plan personnel
shall be bonded to the extent required by ERISA. Premiums for
such bonding may, in the sole discretion of the Company, be paid
in whole or in part from the Fund.  Such premiums may also be
paid in whole or in part by the Participating Employers in such
proportions as the Company shall determine.  The Company may
provide by agreement with any person that the premium for
required bonding shall be paid by such person.

          SEC. 12.11  WAIVER OF NOTICEEC. 12.11  WAIVER OF
NOTICE.  Any notice required hereunder may be waived by the
person entitled thereto.

          SEC. 12.12  AGENT FOR LEGAL PROCESSEC. 12.12  AGENT
FOR LEGAL PROCESS.  The Company shall be the agent for service
of legal process with respect to any matter concerning the Plan,
unless and until the Company designates some other person as
such agent.

          SEC. 12.13  INDEMNIFICATIONEC. 12.13  INDEMNIFICATION.
In addition to any other applicable provisions for
indemnification, the Participating Employers jointly and
severally agree to indemnify and hold harmless, to the extent
permitted by law, each director, officer, and employee of the
Participating Employers against any and all liabilities, losses,
costs, or expenses (including legal fees) of whatsoever kind and
nature which may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against
such person at any time by reason of such person's services as a
fiduciary in connection with the Plan, but only if such person
did not act dishonestly, or in bad faith, or in willful
violation of the law or regulations under which such liability,
loss, cost, or expense arises.

                          ARTICLE XIII
                                
            AMENDMENT, TERMINATION, MERGERRTICLE XIII
                                
                 AMENDMENT, TERMINATION, MERGER

          SEC. 13.1  AMENDMENTEC. 13.1  AMENDMENT.  Subject to
the non-diversion provisions of Sec. 11.6, the Company, by
action of the Board, or by written action of a person so
authorized by resolution of the Board, may amend the Plan at any
time and from time to time.  No action by a person other than
the Board shall be an amendment of the Plan unless it
specifically references the Plan and states that it alters the
terms or conditions of the Plan.  No amendment of the Plan shall
have the effect of changing the rights, duties, and liabilities
of any Trustee without its written consent.  Also, no amendment
shall divest a Participant or Beneficiary of Accounts accrued
prior to the amendment or decrease a Participant's accrued
benefit except to the extent permitted by Code section
411(d)(6).  Promptly upon adoption of any amendment to the Plan,
the Company will furnish a copy of the amendment, together with
a certificate evidencing its due adoption, as follows:
44
          PAGE 45

   (a)  To each Trustee then acting.
   
   (b)To any other Participating Employer who is not under
       Common Control with the Company. The amendment shall be
       effective as to such a Participating Employer and its
       employees unless, within 30 days of receipt of the
       certificate it notifies the Company and each Trustee in
       writing that it is discontinuing its joint participation
       in the Plan pursuant to Sec. 13.8.
   
          SEC. 13.2  PERMANENT DISCONTINUANCE OF
CONTRIBUTIONSEC. 13.2  PERMANENT DISCONTINUANCE OF
CONTRIBUTIONS.  The Company may completely discontinue
contributions in support of the Plan by all Participating
Employers.  In such event, notwithstanding any provisions of the
Plan to the contrary, (i) no employee shall become a Participant
after such discontinuance, and (ii) the Accounts of each
Participant in the employ of the Participating Employers at the
time of such discontinuance shall be nonforfeitable.  Subject to
the foregoing, all of the provisions of the Plan shall continue
in effect, and upon entitlement thereto distributions shall be
made in accordance with the provisions of Article X.

          SEC. 13.3  TERMINATIONEC. 13.3  TERMINATION.  The
Company may terminate the Plan as applicable to all
Participating Employers and their employees.  After such
termination no employee shall become a Participant, and no
further contributions shall be made.  The Accounts of each
Participant in the employ of the Participating Employers at the
time of such termination shall be nonforfeitable, the
Participant shall be entitled to a benefit equal to the value of
those Accounts determined as of the Valuation Date coincident
with or next following the termination of the Plan,
distributions shall be made to Participants and Beneficiaries
promptly after the termination of the Plan, but not before the
earliest date permitted under the Code and applicable
regulations, and the Plan and any related trust agreement or
group annuity contract shall continue in force for the purpose
of making such distributions.

          SEC. 13.4  PARTIAL TERMINATIONEC. 13.4  PARTIAL
TERMINATION.  If there is a partial termination of the Plan,
either by operation of law, by amendment of the Plan, or for any
other reason, which partial termination shall be confirmed by
the Company, the Accounts of each Participant with respect to
whom the partial termination applies shall be nonforfeitable.
Subject to the foregoing, all of the provisions of the Plan
shall continue in effect as to each such Participant, and upon
entitlement thereto distributions shall be made in accordance
with the provisions of Article X.
          SEC. 13.5  MERGER, CONSOLIDATION, OR TRANSFER OF PLAN
ASSETSEC. 13.5  MERGER, CONSOLIDATION, OR TRANSFER OF PLAN
ASSETS.  In the case of any merger or consolidation of the Plan
with any other plan, or in the case of the transfer of assets or
liabilities of the Plan to any other plan, provision shall be
made so that each Participant and Beneficiary would (if such
other plan then terminated) receive a benefit immediately after
the merger, consolidation, or transfer which is equal to or
greater than the benefit he or she would have been entitled to
receive immediately before the merger, consolidation, or
transfer (if the Plan had then
45
          PAGE 46
terminated).  No such merger, consolidation, or transfer shall
be effected until such statements with respect thereto, if any,
required by ERISA to be filed in advance thereof have been
filed.

          SEC. 13.6  DEFERRAL OF DISTRIBUTIONSEC. 13.6  DEFERRAL
OF DISTRIBUTIONS.  Notwithstanding any provisions of the Plan to
the contrary, in the case of a complete discontinuance of
contributions to the Plan or of a complete or partial
termination of the Plan, the Company or the Trustee may defer
any distribution of benefit payments to Participants and
Beneficiaries with respect to which such discontinuance or
termination applies (except for distributions which are required
to be made under Sec. 10.1(h)) until after the following have
occurred:

   (a)Receipt of a final determination from the Treasury
       Department or any court of competent jurisdiction
       regarding the effect of such discontinuance or
       termination on the qualified status of the Plan under
       Code section 401(a).
   
   (b)Appropriate adjustment of Accounts to reflect taxes,
       costs, and expenses, if any, incident to such
       discontinuance or termination.
   
          SEC. 13.7  REORGANIZATIONS OF PARTICIPATING
EMPLOYERSEC. 13.7  REORGANIZATIONS OF PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS.
In the event two or more Participating Employers are
consolidated or merged or in the event one or more Participating
Employers acquires the assets of another Participating Employer,
the Plan shall be deemed to have continued, without termination
and without a complete discontinuance of contributions, as to
all the Participating Employers involved in such reorganization
and their employees.  In such event, in administering the Plan
the corporation resulting from the consolidation, the surviving
corporation in the merger, or the employer acquiring the assets
shall be considered as a continuation of all of the
Participating Employers involved in the reorganization.

          SEC. 13.8  DISCONTINUANCE OF JOINT PARTICIPATION OF A
PARTICIPATING EMPLOYEREC. 13.8  DISCONTINUANCE OF JOINT
PARTICIPATION OF A PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER.  The Company may
discontinue the joint participation in the Plan by another
Participating Employer.  A Participating Employer which is not
under Common Control with the Company may discontinue its joint
participation in the Plan with the other Participating Employers
by action of its board of directors and on appropriate written
notice to the Company and each Trustee then acting.

   (a)If the Company determines in its sole discretion to spin
       off the portion of the Plan attributable to the
       withdrawing employer, the  Company shall cause a
       determination to be made of the equitable part of the
       Fund assets held on account of Participants of the
46
          PAGE 47
      withdrawing employer and their Beneficiaries.  The
       Company shall
      direct the Trustee or Funding Agencies to transfer
       assets representing such equitable part to a separate
       fund for the plan of the withdrawing employer.  Such
       withdrawing employer may thereafter exercise, with
       respect to such separate fund, all the rights and powers
       reserved to the Company with respect to the Fund.  The
       plan of the withdrawing employer shall, until amended by
       the withdrawing employer, continue with the same terms
       as the Plan herein, except that with respect to the
       separate plan of the withdrawing employer the words
       "Participating Employer", "Participating Employers", and
       "Company" shall thereafter be considered to refer only
       to the withdrawing employer.  Any such spinoff shall be
       effected in such manner that each Participant or
       Beneficiary would (if the Plan and the plan of the
       withdrawing employer then immediately terminated)
       receive a benefit which is equal to or greater than the
       benefit the individual would have been entitled to
       receive immediately before such spinoff if the Plan had
       then terminated. No transfer of assets pursuant to this
       section shall be effected until such statements with
       respect thereto, if any, required by ERISA to be filed
       in advance thereof have been filed.
   
   (b)If subsection (a) does not apply, the Accounts of
       Participants of the withdrawing employer and their
       Beneficiaries shall continue to be held in the Plan for
       distribution in accordance with the provisions hereof.
   
          SEC. 13.9  PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS NOT UNDER COMMON
CONTROLEC. 13.9  PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS NOT UNDER COMMON
CONTROL.  If a Participating Employer is not under Common
Control with the Company, the provisions of the Plan (other than
this Article XIII) shall be applied as though a separate plan is
being maintained for that Participating Employer to the extent
required by Code section 413(c).
47
          PAGE 48
                           ARTICLE XIV
                                
               TOP-HEAVY PLAN PROVISIONSRTICLE XIV
                                
TOP-HEAVY PLAN PROVISIONS

          SEC. 14.1  KEY EMPLOYEE DEFINEDEC. 14.1  KEY EMPLOYEE
DEFINED.  "Key Employee" means any employee or former employee
of the employer who at any time during the determination period
was an officer of the employer or is deemed to have had an
ownership interest in the employer and who is within the
definition of key employee in Code section 416(i).  "Non-Key
Employee" means any employee who is not a Key Employee.

          SEC. 14.2  DETERMINATION OF TOP-HEAVY
STATUSEC. 14.2  DETERMINATION OF TOP-HEAVY STATUS.  The
top-heavy status of the Plan shall be determined according to
Code section 416 and the regulations thereunder, using the
following standards and definitions:

   (a)The Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan for a Plan Year if either
       of the following applies:
   
       (1)If this Plan is not part of a required aggregation
           group and the top-heavy ratio for this Plan exceeds
           60 percent.
       
       (2)If this Plan is part of a required aggregation group
           of plans and the top-heavy ratio for the group of
           plans exceeds 60 percent.
       
       Notwithstanding paragraphs (1) and (2) above, the Plan
       is not a Top-Heavy Plan with respect to a Plan Year if
       it is part of a permissive aggregation group of plans
       for which the top-heavy ratio does not exceed 60
       percent.
       
   (b)The "top-heavy ratio" shall be determined as follows:
   
       (1)If the employer maintains one or more defined
           contribution plans (including any simplified
           employee pension plan) and has not maintained any
           defined benefit plan which during the 5-year period
           ending on the determination date has or has had
           accrued benefits, the top-heavy ratio for this Plan
           or for the required or permissive aggregation group
           (as appropriate) is a fraction, the numerator of
           which is the sum of the account balances of all Key
           Employees under the Plan or plans as of the
           determination date (including any part of any
           account balance distributed in the five-year period
           ending on the determination date), and the
           denominator of which is the sum of the account
           balances (including any part of any account balance
           distributed in the five-year period ending on the
           determination date) of all employees under the Plan
           or plans as of the determination date.  Both the
           numerator and denominator of the top-heavy ratio
           shall be increased to reflect any contribution not
           actually made as of the determination date but which
           is required to be taken into account on that date
           under Code section 416 and the regulations
           thereunder.
48
          PAGE 49
          (2)  If the employer maintains one or more defined
           contribution plans (including any simplified
           employee pension plan) and maintains or has
           maintained one or more defined benefit plans which
           during the 5-year period ending on the determination
           date has or has had any accrued benefits, the
           top-heavy ratio for any required or permissive
           aggregation group (as appropriate), is a fraction,
           the numerator of which is the sum of the account
           balances of all Key Employees under the aggregated
           defined contribution plan or plans, determined
           according to paragraph (1) above, and the present
           value of accrued benefits of all Key Employees under
           the defined benefit plan or plans as of the
           determination date, and the denominator of which is
           the sum of such account balances of all employees
           under the aggregated defined contribution plan or
           plans and the present value of accrued benefits of
           all employees under the defined benefit plan or
           plans as of the determination date.  The account
           balances and accrued benefits in both the numerator
           and denominator of the top-heavy ratio shall be
           adjusted to reflect any distributions made in the
           five-year period ending on the determination date
           and any contributions due but unpaid as of the
           determination date.
       
       (3)For purposes of paragraphs (1) and (2), the value of
           account balances and the present value of accrued
           benefits will be determined as of the most recent
           valuation date that falls within the 12-month period
           ending on the determination date, except as provided
           in Code section 416 and the regulations thereunder
           for the first and second plan years of a defined
           benefit plan.  The account balances and accrued
           benefits of an employee (i) who is not a Key
           Employee but who was a Key Employee in a prior year,
           or (ii) who has not been credited with at least one
           hour of service with any employer maintaining the
           Plan at any time during the 5-year period ending on
           the determination date, will be disregarded.  The
           calculation of the top-heavy ratio and the extent to
           which distributions, rollovers, and transfers are
           taken into account will be made in accordance with
           Code section 416 and the regulations thereunder.
           When aggregating plans, the value of account
           balances and accrued benefits will be calculated
           with reference to the determination dates that fall
           within the same calendar year.
       
   (c)"Required aggregation group" means (i) each qualified
       plan of the employer in which at least one Key Employee
       participates in the Plan Year containing the
       determination date, or any of the four preceding Plan
       Years, and (ii) any other qualified plan of the employer
       that enables a plan described in (i) to meet the
       requirements of Code sections 401(a)(4) and 410.
   
   (d)"Permissive aggregation group" means the required
       aggregation group of plans plus any other plan or plans
       of the employer which, when consolidated as a group with
       the required aggregation group, would
49
          PAGE 50
      continue to satisfy the requirements of Code sections
       401(a)(4) and 410.
   
   (e)"Determination date" means, for any Plan Year subsequent
       to the first Plan Year, the last day of the preceding
       Plan Year.  For the first Plan Year of the Plan, the
       last day of that year is the determination date.
   
   (f)The "determination period" for a Plan Year is the Plan
       Year in which the applicable determination date occurs
       and the four preceding Plan Years.
   
   (g)The "valuation date" is the last day of each Plan Year
       and is the date as of which account balances or accrued
       benefits are valued for purposes of calculating the
       top-heavy ratio.
   
   (h)For purposes of establishing the "present value" of
       benefits under a defined benefit plan to compute the
       top-heavy ratio, any benefit shall be discounted only
       for mortality and interest based on the interest rate
       and mortality table specified in the defined benefit
       plan for this purpose.
   
       (i)  If an individual has not performed services for the
       employer at any time during the five-year period ending
       on the determination date with respect to a Plan Year,
       any account balance or accrued benefit for such
       individual shall not be taken into account for such Plan
       Year.

   (j)For purposes of determining if a defined benefit plan
       included in a required aggregation group of which this
       Plan is a part is a Top-Heavy Plan, the accrued benefit
       to any employee (other than a Key Employee) shall be
       determined as follows:
   
       (1)Under the method which is used for accrual purposes
           under all defined benefit plans maintained by the
           employer.
       
       (2)If there is no method described in paragraph (1), as
           if such benefit accrued not more rapidly than the
           lowest accrual rate permitted under Code section
           411(b)(1)(C).
       
          SEC. 14.3  MINIMUM CONTRIBUTION
REQUIREMENTEC. 14.3  MINIMUM CONTRIBUTION REQUIREMENT.  For any
Plan Year with respect to which the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan,
the employer contributions allocated to each Active Participant
who is not a Key Employee and whose Termination of Employment
has not occurred prior to the end of such Plan Year shall not be
less than the minimum amount determined in accordance with the
following:

   (a)The minimum amount shall be the amount equal to that
       percentage of the Participant's Compensation for the
       Plan Year which is the smaller of:
   
       (1)3 percent.
50
          PAGE 51
       (2)The percentage which is the largest percentage of
           Compensation allocated to any Key Employee from
           employer contributions for such Plan Year.
       
       For purposes of this section, "Compensation" means the
       amounts specified in Sec. 6.1(f), subject to the
       limitation in Sec. 2.8(e).
       
   (b)For purposes of this section, any employer contribution
       attributable to a salary reduction or similar
       arrangement shall be taken into accounts; provided,
       however, that any employer contribution attributable to
       a salary reduction or similar arrangement (including
       Before Tax Contributions and Matching Contributions
       under this Plan) may not be used to satisfy the minimum
       amount of employer contributions which must be allocated
       under subsection (a).
   
   (c)This section shall not apply to any Participant who is
       covered under any other plan of the employer under which
       the minimum contribution or minimum benefit requirement
       applicable to Top-Heavy Plans will be satisfied.
   
          SEC. 14.4  PARTICIPATION UNDER DEFINED BENEFIT PLAN
AND DEFINEDEC. 14.4  PARTICIPATION UNDER DEFINED BENEFIT PLAN
AND DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN.  If a Participant is also a
participant in a defined benefit plan maintained by the
employer, with respect to any Plan Year for which the Plan is a
Top-Heavy Plan, Sec. 6.1(d) shall be applied:

   (a)By substituting "1.0" for "1.25" in paragraphs (2)(B)
       and (3)(B) of Code section 415(e).
   (b)  By substituting "$41,500" for "$51,875" in Code section
   415(e)(6)(B)(i).

The foregoing provisions of this section shall be suspended with
respect to any individual so long as there are no employer
contributions, forfeitures, or voluntary nondeductible
contributions allocated to such individual, and no defined
benefit plan accruals for such individual, either under this
Plan or under any other plan that is in a required aggregation
group of plans, within the meaning of Code section
416(g)(2)(A)(i), that includes this Plan.

          SEC. 14.5  DEFINITION OF EMPLOYEREC. 14.5  DEFINITION
OF EMPLOYER.  For purposes of this Article XIV, the term
"employer" means all Participating Employers and any trade or
business entity under Common Control with a Participating
Employer.

          SEC. 14.6  EXCEPTION FOR COLLECTIVE BARGAINING
UNITEC. 14.6  EXCEPTION FOR COLLECTIVE BARGAINING UNIT.  Section
14.3 shall not apply with respect to any employee included in a
unit of employees covered by an agreement which the Secretary of
Labor finds to be a collective bargaining agreement between
employee representatives and one or more employers if there is
evidence that retirement benefits were the subject of good faith
bargaining between such employee representative and such
employer or employers.
51
          PAGE 52
                           ARTICLE XV
                                
                MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONSRTICLE XV
                                
                    MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

          SEC. 15.1  INSURANCE COMPANY NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR
VALIDITY OF PLANEC. 15.1  INSURANCE COMPANY NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR
VALIDITY OF PLAN.  No insurance company that issues a contract
under the Plan shall have any responsibility for the validity of
the Plan. An insurance company to which an application may be
submitted hereunder may accept such application and shall have
no duty to make any investigation or inquiry regarding the
authority of the applicant to make such application or any
amendment thereto or to inquire as to whether a person on whose
life any contract is to be issued is entitled to such contract
under the Plan.

          SEC. 15.2  HEADINGSEC. 15.2  HEADINGS.  Headings at
the beginning of articles and sections hereof are for
convenience of reference, shall not be considered a part of the
text of the Plan, and shall not influence its construction.

          SEC. 15.3  CAPITALIZED
DEFINITIONSEC. 15.3  CAPITALIZED DEFINITIONS.  Capitalized terms
used in the Plan shall have their meaning as defined in the Plan
unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary.

          SEC. 15.4  GENDEREC. 15.4  GENDER.  Any references to
the masculine gender include the feminine and vice versa.

          SEC. 15.5  USE OF COMPOUNDS OF WORD
"HERE"EC. 15.5  USE OF COMPOUNDS OF WORD "HERE".  Use of the
words "hereof", "herein", "hereunder", or similar compounds of
the word "here" shall mean and refer to the entire Plan,
including the Tables, Appendices and Schedules attached hereto,
unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary.

          SEC. 15.6  CONSTRUED AS A WHOLEEC. 15.6  CONSTRUED AS
A WHOLE.  The provisions of the Plan shall be construed as a
whole in such manner as to carry out the provisions thereof and
shall not be construed separately without relation to the
context.

                           ARTICLE XVI
                                
         AMOUNTS TRANSFERRED FROM OTHER PLANSRTICLE XVI
                                
AMOUNTS TRANSFERRED FROM OTHER PLANS


          SEC. 16.1  TRANSFERS FROM OTHER
PLANSec. 16.1  Transfers from Other Plans.  The Company or its
Affiliates has acquired or may acquire certain employers which
sponsor plans with cash or deferred arrangements described in
Code section 401(k).  Such plans are hereafter referred to as
"Predecessor Plans".  Because of certain limitations imposed by
the Code and Treasury Regulations  1.401(k)-1(d)(3) and (4)
with regard to termination of Predecessor Plans, the Company may
arrange for merger of such plans into this Plan. Amounts
received from a Predecessor Plan will be held and paid out
pursuant to this Article.  A person whose account is transferred
to the Plan from a Predecessor Plan will not be eligible to make
contributions under the Plan until the employee meets the
requirements of Sec. 4.1.
52
          PAGE 53
          SEC. 16.2  PREDECESSOR PLAN
ACCOUNTSEC. 16.2  PREDECESSOR PLAN ACCOUNTS.  Amounts derived
from a Participant's Account under a Predecessor Plan will be
credited to his Predecessor Plan Account under this Plan.  No
contributions shall be made by a Participating Employer to a
Predecessor Plan Account.

          SEC. 16.3  INVESTMENT FUNDSEC. 16.3  INVESTMENT FUNDS.
Investment Funds for investment of Predecessor Plan Accounts
shall be established at the direction of the Company.  The
Company shall determine the types of investments to be held in
each Investment Fund and the investment manager, trustee, or
insurance company responsible for selecting investments.  Income
on investments of each Investment Fund shall be reinvested by
the Funding Agency in the same Investment Fund.  If there is
more than one Investment Fund, a Participant may designate the
Investment Fund or Funds in which his Predecessor Plan Account
will be invested, and may direct a transfer of part or all his
Predecessor Plan Account from one Investment Fund to another
Investment Fund.  However, investment in a given Investment Fund
may be limited to amounts derived from a particular Predecessor
Plan.  Elections under this section shall be made in accordance
with rules and procedures established by the Company.  Said
rules may require that the election be filed with the Company a
reasonable time prior to the date it will become effective.  The
rules also may limit the frequency of such elections.

          SEC. 16.4  VALUATION OF INVESTMENT
FUNDSEC. 16.4  VALUATION OF INVESTMENT FUNDS.  As of each
Valuation Date, the Funding Agency shall determine, in
accordance with a method consistently followed and uniformly
applied, the fair market value of each Investment Fund.  During
any period that all or a part of any Investment Fund is held
under a contract, of a type sometimes referred to as a
"guaranteed income contract", issued by an insurance company and
invested by it and under which the insurance company pays a
guaranteed minimum rate of return, and provided no event has
occurred that would result in a payment by the insurance company
under the contract at a discount from book value of the
contract, the fair market value of the contract shall be deemed
to equal its book value.

          SEC. 16.5  VALUATION OF ACCOUNTSEC. 16.5  VALUATION OF
ACCOUNTS.  As of each Valuation Date, the value of each
Participant's Predecessor Plan Account shall be adjusted to
reflect the effect of income, realized and unrealized profits
and losses, withdrawals, interfund transfers, and all other
transactions since the immediately preceding Valuation Date, as
follows:

       (a)  The portion of the Account invested in a particular
       Investment Fund as of the preceding Valuation Date will
       be reduced to reflect the amount of any distributions
       that were made therefrom after the preceding Valuation
       Date.
     (b)  The value of each such Account as determined in (a)
shall be adjusted pro rata so that the total value of all such
Accounts in the applicable Investment Fund equals the fair
market value of the applicable Investment Fund as of the
Valuation Date as determined by the Trustee.

       (c)  Any transfers between Investment Funds pursuant to
       Sec. 16.3 shall then be made and Accounts adjusted or
       established accordingly.
53
          PAGE 54
          SEC. 16.6  IN SERVICE WITHDRAWALSEC. 16.6  IN SERVICE
WITHDRAWALS.  A Participant whose Termination of Employment has
not yet occurred may request withdrawals from his or her
Predecessor Plan Account pursuant to the rules of Sec. 9.3 as if
the Participant's Predecessor Plan Account were a Before Tax
Account; provided, however, that Sec. 9.3(a)(2) shall not apply.
Instead, with respect to any hardship withdrawal from a
Participant's Predecessor Plan Account, the amount of withdrawal
shall not exceed (i) the balance of the individual's accounts
under the Predecessor Plan as of December 31, 1988 (or the
balance of the Participant's Predecessor Plan Account under this
Plan as of December 31, 1988 if the Account was established
before 1989) plus the principal amount of any contributions made
to the Predecessor Plan after 1988 which were subject to a cash
or deferred election under Code section 401(k), minus (ii) the
amount of any previous withdrawals or distributions from either
the Predecessor Plan or the Predecessor Plan Account under this
Plan.

          SEC. 16.7  DISTRIBUTIONSEC. 16.7  DISTRIBUTIONS.  Each
Participant's Predecessor Plan Account is fully vested and
nonforfeitable.  The balance in a Participant's Predecessor Plan
Account shall be distributed following the Participant's
Termination of Employment.  Amounts remaining in a Participant's
Predecessor Plan Account at the time of his or her death shall
be distributed to the Participant's Beneficiary.  Such
distributions to a Participant or Beneficiary shall be made at
the time and in the form the Participant elects, subject to the
following:

       (a)  Distributions may commence at any time after the
       Participant's Termination of Employment. Distribution
       shall be made by one or a combination of the following
       methods, as the Participant or Beneficiary may select:

       (1)Payment in a single sum.
       
       (2)Payment in a series of annual or more frequent
           installments.
       
       (3)Purchase of a non-transferable annuity providing
           benefits over the lifetime of the Participant or
           over the lifetime of the Participant and his spouse.
           However, this option is available only if the
           Predecessor Plan from which the Account is derived
           permitted purchase of a life annuity.  Any such
           annuity is subject to the requirements of Sec. 16.8.
       
   (b)Unless the Participant elects otherwise, distributions
       must commence no later than the 60th day after the close
       of the Plan Year in which the Participant reaches Normal
       Retirement Age or in which his Termination of Employment
       occurs, whichever is later; provided, however, that if
       the amount of the payment to be made cannot be
       determined by the later of the aforesaid dates, a
       payment retroactive to such date may be made no later
       than 60 days after the earliest date on which the amount
       of such payment can be ascertained.
54
          PAGE 55
   (c)For purposes of this Sec. 16.7, a Participant's
       "required beginning date" is April 1 of the calendar
       year following the calendar year in which the
       Participant attains age 70 1/2, subject to the following:
   
       (1)If the Participant attained age 70 1/2 before
           January 1, 1988 and is not a more than 5-percent
           owner, the Participant's required beginning date is
           April 1 of the calendar year following the later of
           (i) the calendar year in which the Participant
           attained age 70 1/2, or (ii) the calendar year in which
           his or her Termination of Employment occurs.
       
       (2)If the Participant attained age 70 1/2 during 1988 and
           is not a more than 5-percent owner, the
           Participant's required beginning date is April 1,
           1990.
       
       For purposes of this subsection, a "more than 5-percent
       owner" is a person who was a more than 5-percent owner
       of a Participating Employer (as defined in Code section
       416) at any time during the Plan Year ending with or
       within the calendar year in which he or she attained age
       66 1/2 or any subsequent Plan Year.
       
   (d)Notwithstanding any provisions of the Plan to the
       contrary, a  Participant's entire benefit must be
       distributed, or installments must commence, by the
       Participant's required beginning date unless the
       Participant's death occurs before that date.
   
       (1)Installments during the life of the Participant
           shall be paid no less rapidly than by reference to
           one of the following periods:  (i) a period-certain
           not longer than the life expectancy of the
           Participant, or (ii) a period-certain not longer
           than the joint life and last survivor expectancy of
           the Participant and the designated Beneficiary.
       
       (2)Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the designated
           Beneficiary is not the Participant's spouse,
           installments during the life of the Participant
           shall be limited to the maximum period permitted
           under Proposed Treasury Regulation  1.401(a)(9)-2.
       
   (e)If the Participant dies after his or her required
       beginning date and after beginning to receive payments
       in installments over a period-certain pursuant to
       subsection (d), the remaining payments shall be made to
       the Beneficiary at least as rapidly as under the method
       of distribution selected by the Participant.
   
   (f)If the Participant dies before his or her required
       beginning date, the Participant's Predecessor Plan
       Account shall be distributed to the Beneficiary not
       later than December 31 of the year containing the fifth
       anniversary of the Participant's death, subject to the
       following:
   
        (1)Distributions to a designated Beneficiary may
            extend beyond five years from the death of the
            Participant if they are in the
55
          PAGE 56
           form of installment payments over a period-certain
            not exceeding the Beneficiary's life expectancy or
            payments under an annuity contract for the life of
            the Beneficiary, provided such payments begin not
            later than December 31 of the year following the
            year in which the Participant's death occurred.
       
       (2)If the designated Beneficiary under paragraph (1) is
           the surviving spouse of the Participant, payments
           pursuant to paragraph (1) may commence at any time
           on or before the later of (i) December 31 of the
           year in which the Participant would have reached age
           70 1/2, or (ii) December 31 of the year following the
           year in which the Participant's death occurred.
       
       If a surviving spouse who is entitled to benefits under
       this subsection dies before distributions to the
       surviving spouse begin, this subsection (other than
       paragraph (2)) shall be applied as if the surviving
       spouse were the Participant, with the date of death of
       the surviving spouse being substituted for the date of
       death of the Participant.
       
       (g)  If more than one Beneficiary is entitled to
       benefits following the Participant's death, the interest
       of each Beneficiary shall be segregated into a separate
       Account for purposes of applying this section.

   (h)If distributions are made in installments, the amount to
       be distributed each calendar year, beginning with the
       first calendar year for which payments are required,
       must be at least equal to the quotient obtained by
       dividing the entire interest of the individual on the
       most recent Valuation Date preceding the calendar year
       (adjusted as may be required by Treasury regulations) by
       the lesser of (i) the number of years of life expectancy
       which remain, determined as provided in subsection (i),
       or (ii) in the case of distributions to a Participant
       with a designated Beneficiary other than the
       Participant's spouse, the applicable divisor prescribed
       in regulations under Code section 401(a)(9)(G) relating
       to incidental death benefits.
   
       (1)For purposes of determining the amount which must be
           distributed in any year, Excess Before Tax
           Contributions, excess contributions and Excess
           Deferrals distributed in accordance with Article V
           (including income on such amounts) shall be
           disregarded.
       
       (2)For purposes of this subsection, the first calendar
           year for which a distribution is required shall be
           determined as follows:
                         (A)  In the case of distributions to
               the Participant, the first calendar year for
               which a distribution is required is the year
               preceding the calendar year which contains the
               Participant's required beginning date.
56
          PAGE 57
                         (B)  In the case of distributions to a
               designated Beneficiary pursuant to subsection
               (f), the first calendar for which a distribution
               is required is the calendar year containing the
               latest date by which distribution must commence
               under subsection (f).

       (3)Any installment method under this section shall be
           selected by a written election filed with the
           Company by the person entitled to the distributions,
           which shall specify the method for determining life
           expectancies under subsection (i).  The election
           shall be irrevocable after the date payments are
           required to commence under subsection (d) or (f),
           except that the individual entitled to payments may
           elect to receive a larger amount at any time.
       
   (i)For purposes of this section, life expectancies shall be
       determined by using the expected return multiples in
       Tables V and VI of Treasury Regulation  1.72-9, in
       accordance with regulations under Code section
       401(a)(9).  Such determinations shall also be in
       accordance with the following:
          (1)  For life expectancies determined for purposes of
installment distributions to the Participant as of the required
beginning date, life expectancies shall be calculated based on
the Participant's (and the designated Beneficiary's) age as of
the birthday in the calendar year preceding the calendar year in
which falls the Participant's required beginning date.  For
purposes of calculating the minimum distribution for each
succeeding calendar year, one of the following methods shall
apply as selected by the Participant (or by the surviving
spouse, where applicable):

           (A)If the life expectancy of the Participant (or the
               joint life and last survivor expectancy of the
               Participant and the designated Beneficiary who is
               a surviving spouse) is being recalculated
               pursuant to paragraph (4), then the life
               expectancy of the Participant (or the joint life
               and last survivor expectancy of the Participant
               and the surviving spouse) shall be recalculated
               using the Participant's (and the spouse's) actual
               age as of the Participant's birthday (and the
               spouse's birthday) in each succeeding calendar
               year.
           
           (B)If the life expectancy of the Participant (or the
               joint life and last survivor expectancy of the
               Participant and the designated Beneficiary) is
               not being recalculated, then the initial life
               expectancy (or joint life and last survivor
               expectancy) shall be reduced by one for each
               subsequent calendar year.
           
           (C)If a joint life and last survivor expectancy is
               being determined by recalculating one but not
               both of the joint lives, then the joint life and
               last survivor expectancy shall be recalculated
               using (i) the actual age of the individual whose
               life expectancy is being recalculated as of the
               individual's birthday in each succeeding calendar
               year and (ii) the adjusted age of the individual
               whose life expectancy is not being recalculated.
               For purposes of the preceding sentence, an
               individual's "adjusted age" is determined in
               accordance with regulations under Code section
               401(a)(9).
           
                (2)  For life expectancies determined for
           purposes of subsection (f), the designated
           Beneficiary's life expectancy shall be calculated
           based on the Beneficiary's age as of the birthday in
           the calendar year in which distributions are
           required to commence pursuant to subsection (f).
           For purposes of calculating the minimum distribution
           for each succeeding calendar year, one of the
           following methods shall apply:

           (A)If the designated Beneficiary is the
               Participant's surviving spouse, and the life
               expectancy is being recalculated pursuant to
               paragraph (4), then the surviving spouse's life
               expectancy shall be recalculated using the
               surviving spouse's actual age as of the surviving
               spouse's birthday in each succeeding calendar
               year.
           
           (B)If the designated Beneficiary's life expectancy
               is not being recalculated, then the initial life
               expectancy shall be reduced by one for each
               subsequent calendar year.
           
                (3)  If the life expectancy of a Participant
           (or the Participant's spouse) is being recalculated
           pursuant to paragraph (4), the recalculated life
           expectancy of the Participant (or spouse) will be
           reduced to zero in the calendar year following the
           calendar year in which the person's death occurs.
          (4)  The life expectancy of a Participant or the life
expectancy of a designated Beneficiary who is the Participant's
spouse, or both of their life expectancies, may be recalculated
each year if so elected by the Participant (or spouse).  Such
election must be made no later than the time of the first
required distribution under subsections (d) or (f).  Such
election shall be irrevocable after the date distributions must
commence.  If no election is made by that date, life
expectancies will not be recalculated.

   (j)If benefits are to be distributed by purchase of an
       annuity, the issuer may be any company engaged in the
       business of writing annuity contracts.  The annuity must
       provide for substantially non-increasing periodic
       payments over the life of the Participant, the joint
       lives of the Participant and the Participant's
       designated Beneficiary, or a fixed period no longer than
       the applicable life expectancy or joint life and last
       survivor expectancy allowed under subsection (d), (e) or
       (f).  Life expectancies for this purpose shall be
       determined pursuant to subsection (i) at the time
       payments begin.  Except as provided in subsection (a)(3)
       above, the annuity contract shall be endorsed to
       prohibit any optional settlement which provides for
       payment in any form of a life annuity or in any other
       form not permitted under subsection (a).  In the case of
       any conflict between the provisions of any annuity
       contract and the provisions of the Plan, the provisions
       of the Plan shall control.
57
          PAGE 58
   (k)For purposes of this section, "designated Beneficiary"
       means any individual who is a Beneficiary pursuant to
       Article VIII.
   
   (l)Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the total value of all
       the Accounts under this Plan of a Participant (or a
       Beneficiary following the Participant's death) is $3,500
       or less on the Valuation Date coincident with or
       immediately following the date the Participant's
       Termination of Employment or death occurs, a single-sum
       distribution shall be made to the Participant (or
       Beneficiary) as of the earliest date permitted by the
       Plan.  However, this subsection shall not apply to a
       Participant if the total value of the Participant's
       Accounts exceeded $3,500 at the time any previous
       distribution was made to the Participant.
   
       (m)  Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the
       contrary, distributions under this section shall be made
       in accordance with the requirements of Code section
       401(a)(9), including the incidental death benefit
       requirements of Code section 401(a)(9)(G) and the
       regulations thereunder.  No distribution option
       otherwise permitted under this Plan will be available to
       a Participant or Beneficiary if such distribution option
       does not meet the requirements of Code section
       401(a)(9), including subparagraph (G) thereof.

       (n)  Distributions from Predecessor Plan Accounts
       normally will be made in cash.  However, because the
       Plan is a stock bonus plan, each Participant and
       Beneficiary has the right to direct that any
       distribution from his or her Predecessor Plan Account be
       made in the form of ADM Stock.  If an individual makes
       such an election, the Trustee shall acquire sufficient
       ADM Stock to make the distribution in that form.  Any
       brokerage fees paid to acquire such stock shall be
       charged to the Account.  Distributions in the form of
       ADM Stock must be in amounts of at least 100 shares (or
       the remaining Account balance if less than 100 shares).

       (o)  Distributions under this Article are subject to the
       provisions of sections 10.4 through 10.11.

          SEC. 16.8  SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MARRIED
PARTICIPANT ELECTING LIFE ANNUITY BENEFITEC. 16.8  SPECIAL
REQUIREMENTS FOR MARRIED PARTICIPANT ELECTING LIFE ANNUITY
BENEFIT. If a Participant has elected to receive a life annuity
benefit and is married on the date benefit payments begin, then,
notwithstanding such election, unless the Participant files a
written election of a different form of payment within the
90-day period ending on the date as of which payments are to
begin, the entire value of the Participant's Predecessor Plan
Account shall be applied to purchase a qualified joint and
survivor annuity.  A "qualified joint and survivor annuity" is
an annuity payable to the Participant for life with a survivor
annuity for the remainder of the life of the Participant's
surviving spouse in a monthly amount equal to 50% of the amount
the Participant was receiving prior to his death.  A
Participant's election of a form of payment other than a
qualified joint and survivor annuity under this subsection shall
not be effective unless the Participant's spouse consents in
writing to such election, and the consent acknowledges the
effect of the election and is witnessed by a Plan representative
or a notary public.  Any consent of a spouse under this section
shall be irrevocable.  However, such consent shall not be
required if the Participant establishes to the satisfaction of a
representative of the Plan that such consent cannot be obtained
because there is no spouse, because the spouse cannot be
located, or because of such other circumstances as may be
prescribed by federal regulations.

          If a Participant has elected to receive a life annuity
benefit, dies before benefit payments begin, and is married on
the date of death, and if the Participant's Beneficiary is his
or her surviving spouse, the benefit to which the spouse is
entitled shall be applied to purchase an annuity for the life of
the spouse, unless the spouse files a written election of some
other form of payment after the Participant's death and prior to
the due date of the first benefit payment to the spouse.

          For purposes of this section, a "life annuity benefit"
is any benefit payable under Sec. 16.7(a)(3).
58
          PAGE 59
                             TABLE 1
                     PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS

The following are Participating Employers:

(1)   Archer-Daniels-Midland Company, a Delaware corporation
(2)   ADM Milling Co., a Minnesota corporation
(3)   ADM Feed Corporation, a Delaware corporation
(4)   Gooch Foods, Inc., a Delaware corporation
(5)   American River Transportation Co., a Delaware corporation
(6)   Tulane Fleeting, Inc. a Louisiana corporation
(7)   Supreme Sugar Company, Inc. a Louisiana corporation
(8)   ADM Trucking, Inc., a Delaware corporation
(9)   The Columbian Peanut Company, a Virginia corporation
(10)  Tabor Grain Co., a Nevada corporation
(11)  Coeval, Inc., an Illinois corporation
(12)  The Smoot Grain Company, Inc., a Kansas corporation
(13)  Fleischmann-Kurth Malting Company, Inc., a Delaware
      corporation
(14)  ADM/Growmark River Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation
(15)  ADM Alceco, Inc., an Iowa corporation
(16)  New Orleans Shipyard, Inc., a Louisiana corporation
(17)  Reidy Terminal, Inc., a Missouri corporation
(18)  Hickory Point Bank & Trust, an Illinois corporation
(19)  Midwest Processing Company, a North Dakota corporation
(20)  Alabama Feed Mills, Inc., an Alabama corporation
(21)  Monarch Feed Mill, Inc., a Missouri corporation
(22)  Collingwood Grain, Inc., a Delaware corporation
(23)  Tabor Grain-Patoka, Inc., a Delaware corporation
(24)  ADM Investor Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation
(25)  V. LaRosa and Sons, Inc., a New York corporation
59
          PAGE 60
                             TABLE 2
                                
                      PREDECESSOR EMPLOYERS

The following are Predecessor Employers with respect to which
prior service is recognized for the group of employees described
below who became employees of a Participating Employer as a
result of the type of transaction described in the definition of
a Predecessor Employer in the Plan.  The name of the Predecessor
Employer is listed in column (a).  The effective date as of
which the employer becomes a Predecessor Employer with respect
to the specified group of employees is listed in column (b).
The locations at which the former employees of the Predecessor
Employer must be employed as of the effective date in order to
be within the group of employees with respect to which the
Predecessor Employer is defined (and the group/location numbers)
are listed in column (c).

           (a)                 (b)                     (c)

(1)  Pfizer Inc.         12-15-90      Southport, NC (10-789)

(2)  Garnac Grain        1-1-93        Beardstown, IL (A2-Z54)
                                       Burlington, IA (A2-Z52)
                                       Evansville, IN (A2-Z57)
                                       Keithsburg, IL (A2-Z51)
                                       Lake Village, AR (A2-Z59)
                                       Macomb, IL (A2-Z53)
                                       Monroe City, IN (A2-Z61)
                                       Newburgh, IN (A2-Z58)
                                       Orleans, IL (A2-Z55)
                                       San Diego, LA (A2-Z60)
                                       Winona, MN (A2-Z50)
                                       Winslow, IN (A2-Z56)

(3)  Agri-Trans          1-1-93        ARTCO-Agri-
Trans(Non-Supervisory
                                       Personnel) (08-609)
60
          PAGE 61
                 ADM SAVINGS AND INVESTMENT PLAN
                      FOR HOURLY EMPLOYEES
                                
                           APPENDIX A

          With respect to Participants at Participating
Locations listed in the Schedule of Participating Employer
herein, the provisions of the Plan shall include the following:

                               I.

          A participant may elect to have his or her current
earnings reduced by any whole percent, but not exceeding six
percent (6%) of Certified Earnings, so that the Participating
Employer will make a Before Tax Contribution of such amount for
the benefit of the Participant pursuant to Sec. 5.1.

                               II.

          For purposes of Sec. 5.2(a), the Participating
Employers shall make a Matching Contribution for each month
determined from the following schedule based on the
Participant's Before Tax Contributions for that month:

                     I.                       II.

     For Before Tax Contributions       The Matching
Contributions will
     representing the following         be the following percent
of
     percentages of the Participant's   that Participant's
Before Tax
     CERTIFIED EARNINGS FOR THE MONTH   CONTRIBUTION IN THIS
BRACKET

             The first 2%                         100%
             The next 4%                      50%
             Above 6%                             None
61

          PAGE 62
                           APPENDIX A
                                
               SCHEDULE OF PARTICIPATING LOCATIONS


The following are Participating Locations for purposes of
Appendix A as of the dates specified:

GRP/LOC             NAME                     EFFECTIVE DATE

10-B89      Decatur Co-Generation       04-10-89
10-401      Peoria Alcohol              04-24-89
10-346      Clinton Corn Sweeteners     05-01-89
10-D07      Des Moines Refinery - Soybean07-03-89
10-F52      Cedar Rapids Co-Generation  07-03-89
10-F53      Des Moines - Co-Generation  07-03-89
10-367      Decatur - ADM Mechanical    07-03-89
10-370      Decatur Mason Fabrication Shop07-03-89
10-A31      Macon, GA Refinery - Soybean03-05-90
10-250      Kershaw - Soybean           03-05-90
10-772      Decatur - Specialty Food Ingredients                 05-07-90
A2-F40      Ama ADM/Growmark            06-04-90
10-776      Decatur Bio-Chem            08-13-90
10-881      ADM - MASA Champaign        08-27-90
10-174      Decatur Reconstruction      11-05-90
10-789      Southport, NC               12-15-90
08-104      Ama Tow Boat - ARTCO        01-01-91
10-668      Lincoln Soy Construction    02-04-91
10-527      Walhalla Alcohol            06-03-91
A2-400      Peoria Terminal - ADM/Growmark06-03-91
G2-B78      St. Louis Reidy Term        07-01-91
08-B76      Cassville                   07-01-91
08-B77      Camanche                    07-01-91
G1-719      New Orleans Shipyard        07-01-91
A2-F32      Morris - ADM/Growmark       07-01-91
A2-350      Morris - ADM/Growmark       07-01-91
A2-F34      Naples - ADM/Growmark       07-01-91
A2-387      Ottawa - ADM/Growmark       07-01-91
A2-584      Ottawa - ADM/Growmark       07-01-91
A2-444      Spring Valley - ADM/Growmark07-01-91
A2-F31      Hennepin - ADM/Growmark     07-01-91
18-J68      Tulane Fleeting             07-01-91
90-B02      Peoria Marine Service       07-22-91
90-B11      LaSalle Marine Service      10-01-91
90-F26      Peoria Marine Service       01-01-92
62
          PAGE 63
GRP/LOC            NAME                       EFFECTIVE DATE

10-F01        Busnell, IL - Sybn        02-03-92
10-859        Chattanooga, TN - Refinery07-01-92
A2-Z54        Beardstown, IL            01-01-93
A2-Z52        Burlington, IA            01-02-93
A2-Z57        Evansville, IN            01-01-93
A2-Z51        Keithsburg, IL            01-01-93
A2-Z51        Lake Village, AR          01-01-93
90-Z53        Macomb, IL                01-01-93
A2-Z61        Monroe City, IN           01-01-93
A2-Z58        Newburgh, IN              01-01-93
A2-Z55        Orleans, IL               01-01-93
A2-Z60        San Diego, CA             01-01-93
A2-Z50        Winona, MN                01-01-93
A2-Z56        Winslow, IN               01-01-93
08-609        Agri-Trans                01-01-93
10-778        Decatur ADM Fabrication   03-25-93
63
          PAGE 64
                 ADM SAVINGS AND INVESTMENT PLAN
                      FOR HOURLY EMPLOYEES
                                
                           APPENDIX B

          With respect to Participants at Participating
Locations listed in the Schedule of Participating Locations
herein, the provisions of the Plan shall include the following:

                               I.

          A Participant may elect to have his or her current
earnings reduced by any whole percent, but not exceeding four
percent (4%) of Certified Earnings, so that the Participating
Employer will make a Before Tax Contribution of such amount for
the benefit of the Participant pursuant to Sec. 5.1.

                               II.

          For purposes of Sec. 5.2(a), the Participating
Employers shall make a Matching Contribution for each month
determined from the following schedule based on the
Participant's Before-Tax Contributions for that month:

               I.                             II.

     For Before Tax Contributions       The Matching
Contributions will
     representing the following         be the following percent
of
     percentages of the Participant's   that Participant's
Before Tax
     CERTIFIED EARNINGS FOR THE MONTH   CONTRIBUTION IN THIS
BRACKET

             The first 2%                         100%
             Above 2%                             None
64
          PAGE 65
                           APPENDIX B
                                
               SCHEDULE OF PARTICIPATING LOCATIONS


The following are Participating Locations for purposes of
Appendix B as of the dates specified:

GRP/LOC             NAME                          EFFECTIVE DATE

10-671              Keokuk, IA                    01-01-94
30-435              Western Star Milling, Salina, KS   01-01-94
30-442              Econo-Flo Shop Milling, Salina, KS 01-01-94
10-551              Valdosta, GA                  01-01-94
30-853              Chicago Flour Milling         01-01-94
30-265              Lincoln Flour                 01-01-94
65
          PAGE 66












                 ADM SAVINGS AND INVESTMENT PLAN
                      FOR HOURLY EMPLOYEES
                                
                                
       [AS AMENDED AND RESTATED EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1, 1994]
66
          PAGE 67
                        TABLE OF CONTENTS


ARTICLE I   GENERAL
 Sec. 1.1  Name and Form of Plan 1
 Sec. 1.2  Purpose 1
 Sec. 1.3  Effective Date 1
 Sec. 1.4  Company 1
 Sec. 1.5  Participating Employers 1
 Sec. 1.6  Construction and Applicable Law 1
 Sec. 1.7  Benefits Determined Under Provisions in Effect at
           Termination of Employment 1
 Sec. 1.8  Transfers To and From ADM Savings and Investment
           Plan 2
 
ARTICLE II  MISCELLANEOUS DEFINITIONS
 Sec. 2.1  Account 3
 Sec. 2.2  Active Participant 3
 Sec. 2.3  ADM Stock 3
 Sec. 2.4  Affiliate 3
 Sec. 2.5  Before Tax Contributions 3
 Sec. 2.6  Beneficiary 3
 Sec. 2.7  Board 3
 Sec. 2.8  Certified Earnings 3
 Sec. 2.9  Code 4
 Sec. 2.10 Common Control 4
 Sec. 2.11 ERISA 4
 Sec. 2.12 Family Member 4
 Sec. 2.13 Fund 5
 Sec. 2.14 Funding Agency 5
 Sec. 2.15 Highly Compensated Employee 5
 Sec. 2.16 Leased Employee 6
 Sec. 2.17 Matching Contribution 6
 Sec. 2.18 Named Fiduciary 6
 Sec. 2.19 Non-Highly Compensated Employee 7
 Sec. 2.20 Normal Retirement Age 7
 Sec. 2.21 Participant 7
 Sec. 2.22 Participating Location 7
 Sec. 2.23 Plan Year Employee 7
 Sec. 2.26 Successor Employer 8
 Sec. 2.27 Top-Heavy Plan 8
 Sec. 2.28 Trustee 8
 Sec. 2.29 Valuation Date 8
 
ARTICLE III SERVICE PROVISIONS
 Sec. 3.1  Employment Commencement Date 9
 Sec. 3.2  Termination of Employment 9
 Sec. 3.3  Hours of Service 9
 Sec. 3.4  Eligibility Computation Period 11
 Sec. 3.5  Year of Eligibility Service 11
 Sec. 3.6  1-Year Break In Service 11
 
ARTICLE IV  PLAN PARTICIPATION
 Sec. 4.1  Entry Date 12
 Sec. 4.2  Eligibility for Participation 12
 Sec. 4.3  Duration of Participation 13
 Sec. 4.4  No Guarantee of Employment 13
 
ARTICLE V   CONTRIBUTIONS
 Sec. 5.1  Before Tax Contributions 14
 Sec. 5.2  Matching Contributions 15
 Sec. 5.3  Before Tax and Matching Contributions Made as ADM
           Stock 15
 Sec. 5.4  Adjustment of Contributions Required by Code
           Section 401(k) 16
 Sec. 5.5  Distribution of Excess Deferrals 19
 Sec. 5.6  Adjustment of Contributions Required by Code
           Section 401(m) 20
 Sec. 5.7  Multiple Use of the Alternative Limitations 22
 Sec. 5.8  Time of Contributions 23
 Sec. 5.9  Limitations on Contributions 23
 
ARTICLE VI  LIMITATION ON ALLOCATIONS
 Sec. 6.1  Limitation on Allocations 24
 
ARTICLE VII INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS
 Sec. 7.1  Accounts for Participants 27
 Sec. 7.2  Investment of Accounts 27
 Sec. 7.3  Valuation of Accounts 27
 Sec. 7.4  Certificates 28
 Sec. 7.5  Voting and Other Rights Regarding ADM Stock 28
 Sec. 7.6  Tender or Exchange Offers Regarding ADM Stock 28
 Sec. 7.7  Rollover Accounts 29
 
ARTICLE VIII    DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY
 Sec. 8.1  Persons Eligible to Designate 31
 Sec. 8.2  Special Requirements for Married Participants 31
 Sec. 8.3  Form and Method of Designation 31
 Sec. 8.4  No Effective Designation 31
 Sec. 8.5  Successor Beneficiary 32
 Sec. 8.6  Insurance Contract 32
 
ARTICLE IX  BENEFIT REQUIREMENTS
 Sec. 9.1  Benefit on Termination of Employment 33
 Sec. 9.2  Death 33
 Sec. 9.3  Withdrawals Before Termination of Employment 33
 
ARTICLE X   DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS
 Sec. 10.1 Time and Method of Payment 36
 Sec. 10.2 Form of Distribution 37
 Sec. 10.3 Accounting Following Termination of Employment 38
 Sec. 10.4 Reemployment 38
 Sec. 10.5 Source of Benefits 38
 Sec. 10.6 Incompetent Payee 38
 Sec. 10.7 Benefits May Not Be Assigned or Alienated 38
 Sec. 10.8 Payment of Taxes 38
 Sec. 10.9 Conditions Precedent 39
 Sec. 10.10Company Directions to Trustee 39
 Sec. 10.11Special Distribution Events 39
67
          PAGE 68
ARTICLE XI  FUND
 Sec. 11.1 Composition 40
 Sec. 11.2 Funding Agency 40
 Sec. 11.3 Compensation and Expenses of Trustee 40
 Sec. 11.4 Funding Policy 40
 Sec. 11.5 Share Registration 40
 Sec. 11.6 No Diversion 40
 
ARTICLE XII ADMINISTRATION OF PLAN
 Sec. 12.1 Administration by Company 42
 Sec. 12.2 Certain Fiduciary Provisions 42
 Sec. 12.3 Discrimination Prohibited 43
 Sec. 12.4 Evidence 43
 Sec. 12.5 Correction of Errors 43
 Sec. 12.6 Records 43
 Sec. 12.7 General Fiduciary Standard 43
 Sec. 12.8 Prohibited Transactions 43
 Sec. 12.9 Claims Procedure 44
 Sec. 12.10Bonding 44
 Sec. 12.11Waiver of Notice 44
 Sec. 12.12Agent For Legal Process 44
 Sec. 12.13Indemnification 44
 
ARTICLE XIII    AMENDMENT, TERMINATION, MERGER
 Sec. 13.1 Amendment 45
 Sec. 13.2 Permanent Discontinuance of Contributions 45
 Sec. 13.3 Termination 45
 Sec. 13.4 Partial Termination 45
 Sec. 13.5 Merger, Consolidation, or Transfer of Plan Assets
           46
 Sec. 13.6 Deferral of Distributions 46
 Sec. 13.7 Reorganizations of Participating Employers 46
 Sec. 13.8 Discontinuance of Joint Participation of a
           Participating Employer 46
 Sec. 13.9 Participating Employers Not Under Common Control 47
 
ARTICLE XIV TOP-HEAVY PLAN PROVISIONS
 Sec. 14.1 Key Employee Defined 48
 Sec. 14.2 Determination of Top-Heavy Status 48
 Sec. 14.3 Minimum Contribution Requirement 50
 Sec. 14.4 Participation under Defined Benefit Plan and
           Defined 50
 Sec. 14.5 Definition of Employer 51
 Sec. 14.6 Exception For Collective Bargaining Unit 51
 
ARTICLE XV  MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
 Sec. 15.1 Insurance Company Not Responsible for Validity of
           Plan 52
 Sec. 15.2 Headings 52
 Sec. 15.3 Capitalized Definitions 52
 Sec. 15.4 Gender 52
 Sec. 15.5 Use of Compounds of Word "Here" 52
 Sec. 15.6 Construed as a Whole 52
 
ARTICLE XVI AMOUNTS TRANSFERRED FROM OTHER PLANS
 Sec. 16.1 Transfers from Other Plans 53
 Sec. 16.2 Predecessor Plan Accounts 53
 Sec. 16.3 Investment Funds 53
 Sec. 16.4 Valuation of Investment Funds 53
 Sec. 16.5 Valuation of Accounts 53
 Sec. 16.6 In Service Withdrawals 54
 Sec. 16.7 Distributions 54
 Sec. 16.8 Special Requirements for Married Participant
           Electing Life Annuity Benefit 59
 
TABLE 1:  PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS 60

TABLE 2:  PREDECESSOR EMPLOYERS 61

APPENDIX A 62
   Schedule of Participating Locations 63

APPENDIX B 65
   Schedule of Participating Locations 66
68

            PAGE 69
                         FIRST AMENDMENT
                             TO THE
                 ADM SAVINGS AND INVESTMENT PLAN
                      FOR HOURLY EMPLOYEES



The ADM Savings and Investment Plan for Hourly Employees (As
Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 1994) is hereby
amended as follows:


                                I

Section 1.5 is amended effective January 1, 1994, by restating
the final sentence thereof to read as follows:

   The Company shall maintain a "List of Participating
   Employers" for the Plan indicating the date on which an
   employer becomes a Participating Employer and the date on
   which an employer ceases to be a Participating Employer.
   
                               II

Section 1.6 is amended effective January 1, 1994, by
substituting "Central District" for "Southern District" where
the latter appears therein.


                               III

Section 1.8 is deleted effective January 1, 1995.


                               IV

Section 2.22 is amended effective January 1, 1994, to read as
follows:

             SEC 2.22  PARTICIPATING LOCATION.  A
   "Participating Location" is any location of a Participating
   Employer designated as such by the Company.  The Company
   shall maintain a "List of Participating Locations" for
   Appendix A and Appendix B of the Plan, indicating the date
   on which a location becomes a Participating Location under
   that Appendix and the date on which a location ceases to be
   a Participating Location under that Appendix.
   
                                V

Section 2.24 is amended effective January 1, 1994, to read as
follows:

             SEC. 2.24  PREDECESSOR EMPLOYER.  A "Predecessor
   Employer" is any corporation, partnership, firm, or
   individual, an integral portion of whose assets and business
   has been acquired by a Participating
69
          PAGE 70
   Employer or from whose employment an integral group or unit
   of employees has been transferred to employment by a
   Participating Employer and service for which the Company
   grants credit for eligibility purposes under this Plan.  Any
   other employer shall be a Predecessor Employer if so
   required by regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the
   Treasury.  The Company shall maintain a "List of Predecessor
   Employers" for the Plan, indicating the date on which the
   employer becomes a Predecessor Employer and the group or
   unit of employees with respect to which the employer is a
   Predecessor Employer.  Prior service credit shall be granted
   in a manner that does not produce discrimination in favor of
   Highly Compensated Employees.
   
                               VI

Section 3.2 is amended effective January 1, 1989, by restating
the final sentence thereof to read as follows:

            Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Termination of
       Employment shall be deemed not to have occurred for
       purposes of entitling a Participant to a distribution if
       the Participant has not had a "separation from service"
       or "disability" as defined in applicable regulations
       (although a distribution may be permitted under Sec.
       10.11).

                                
                               VII

Section 4.2 is amended effective January 1, 1995, by deleting
subsection (f) thereof.


                              VIII

Section 4.5 is added effective January 1, 1995, to read as
follows:

             SEC. 4.5  PARTICIPATION OF U.S. CITIZENS EMPLOYED
   BY FOREIGN SUBSIDIARIES.  A citizen or resident of the
   United States who is employed by an eligible foreign
   subsidiary (as defined below) of a Participating Employer
   shall be treated as an employee of that Participating
   Employer for the period of his/her employment with the
   eligible foreign subsidiary if (i) the Participating
   Employer has entered into an agreement under Code section
   3121(l) that applies to the eligible foreign subsidiary, and
   (ii) the employee does not receive contributions under any
   funded plan of deferred compensation with respect to
   remuneration received from the eligible foreign subsidiary.
   For purposes of this section, an "eligible foreign
   subsidiary" is any corporation organized outside of the
   United States, its territories or the District of Columbia
   10% or more of the voting stock of which is owned by the
   Participating Employer.  If this section applies to an
   employee, his/her compensation for purposes of the Plan
   shall be determined under Code section 406(b).
70
          PAGE 71
                               IX

Section 5.3 is amended effective April 1, 1994, by restating
subsection (a) to read as follows:

                (a)  The number of shares of ADM Stock
           contributed to the Fund for a given month shall be
           determined by dividing the dollar amount of the
           Before Tax and Matching Contributions for such month
           for all Participants by the closing price of a share
           of ADM Stock on the New York Stock Exchange for the
           business day immediately preceding the day the
           Company directs its transfer agent to issue shares
           to the Fund (as reported in The Wall Street Journal
           published for the next following business day).


                                X

Section 5.3 is amended effective January 1, 1995, to read as
follows:

             SEC. 5.3  FORM OF CONTRIBUTION.  Before Tax and
   Matching Contributions shall be paid to the Fund as soon as
   practicable following the close of each month in cash or
   shares of ADM Stock, as determined at the sole discretion of
   the Company.  If paid in shares of ADM Stock, such shares
   shall be valued at the closing price of a share of ADM Stock
   on the New York Stock Exchange for the business day
   immediately preceding the day the Company directs its
   transfer agent to issue such shares to the Fund (as reported
   in The Wall Street Journal published for the next following
   business day).
   
   
                               XI

Section 6.1 is amended effective January 1, 1995, by restating
paragraph (1) of subsection (a) thereof to read as follows:

                   (1)  $30,000 (or such greater or lesser
               amount as is in effect under Code section
               415(c)(1)(A) for the Plan Year).
   

                               XII

Section 7.1 is amended effective January 1, 1995, by deleting
subsection (d) thereof and by relettering the following
subsection accordingly.

                              XIII

Section 7.2 is amended effective January 1, 1995, to read as
follows:

             SEC. 7.2  INVESTMENT OF ACCOUNTS.  Accounts shall
   be invested in shares of ADM Stock; except that, cash
   contributions, cash dividends,
71
          PAGE 72
   cash repayments on a participant loan and other cash amounts
   received by the Fund may be held in cash or short term
   investments pending investment in shares of ADM Stock, all
   or a portion of an Account may be invested in a participant
   loan to the extent so provided in the participant loan
   program, and Predecessor Plan Accounts shall be invested in
   accordance with Article XVI.
   
   
                               XIV

Section 7.3 is amended effective January 1, 1995, to read as
follows:

             SEC. 7.3  VALUATION OF ACCOUNTS.  Accounts (other
   than Predecessor Plan Accounts) shall be adjusted to reflect
   contributions, distributions, dividends and other income,
   and all other transactions as follows:
   
                (a)  VALUATION DATE ADJUSTMENTS.  As of each
           Valuation Date, the following adjustments shall be
           made to reflect transactions during the period since
           the immediately preceding Valuation Date:

                         (1)  DISTRIBUTIONS.  All distributions
               paid during such period shall be subtracted from
               the stock or cash balance of the Account, as
               appropriate.

                         (2)  ISSUANCE OF LOANS.  All shares of
               ADM Stock sold during such period to allow for a
               participant loan from an Account shall be
               subtracted from the stock balance of the Account
               and the cash proceeds of such sale shall be added
               to the cash balance of the Account to be
               reflected as a loan to the Participant.

                         (3)  CASH DIVIDENDS.  All shares of ADM
               Stock purchased with cash dividends received
               during such period (plus the income, if any, from
               the short-term investment of such dividends)
               shall be allocated among the Accounts and the
               number of shares allocated to each shall be added
               to the stock balance of the Account.  The number
               of shares allocated to each Account shall be
               determined by multiplying the number of shares to
               be allocated under this paragraph by a fraction,
               the numerator of which is the number of shares of
               ADM Stock allocated to the Account as of the
               immediately preceding Valuation Date reduced by
               the number of such shares distributed during the
               period or sold during the period to allow for a
               cash distribution or participant loan, and the
               denominator of which is the total number of
               shares of ADM Stock allocated to all Accounts as
               of the immediately preceding Valuation Date
               reduced by the number of such shares distributed
               during the period or sold during the period to
               allow for a cash distribution or participant
               loan.
72
          PAGE 73
                         (4)  CONTRIBUTIONS.  All shares of ADM
               Stock received as a contribution for such period
               and all shares of ADM Stock purchased with cash
               contributions received for such period (plus the
               income, if any, from the short-term investment of
               such cash contributions) shall be allocated among
               the Before Tax Accounts and Matching Accounts,
               and the number of shares allocated to each
               Account shall be added to the stock balance of
               the Account.  The number of shares allocated to
               the Before-Tax Account or Matching Account of a
               Participant, as appropriate, shall be determined
               by multiplying the number of shares to be
               allocated under this paragraph by a fraction, the
               numerator of which is the Before-Tax
               Contributions or Matching Contributions, as
               appropriate, of the Participant for such period,
               and the denominator of which is the total of the
               Before-Tax Contributions and Matching
               Contributions of all Participants for such
               period.

                         (5)  LOAN REPAYMENTS.  All principal
               payments on a participant loan shall be
               subtracted from the cash balance of the Account
               from which the loan was drawn. All shares of ADM
               Stock purchased with principal and interest
               payments received during such period on
               participant loans (plus the income, if any, from
               the short-term investment of such payments) shall
               be allocated among the Accounts and the number of
               shares allocated to each shall be added to the
               stock balance of the Account.  The number of
               shares allocated to an Account shall be
               determined by multiplying the number of shares to
               be allocated under this paragraph by a fraction,
               the numerator of which is the dollar amount of
               the payments received during such period on a
               participant loan drawn from that Account and the
               denominator of which is the dollar amount of all
               principal and interest payments received during
               such period on participant loans.

                         (6)  EXPENSES.  All expenses paid
               during such period from an Account shall be
               subtracted from the balance of the Account.

                (b)  OTHER ADJUSTMENTS.  As of the record date
           of any stock dividend, stock split or reverse stock
           split, the number of shares of ADM Stock credited to
           an Account shall be adjusted as appropriate to
           reflect such stock dividend, stock split or reverse
           stock split.  As of the date of any distribution
           from an Account against which a participant loan is
           to be offset, all interest accrued but unpaid on
           such participant loan shall be added to the cash
           balance of the Account.

   Predecessor Plan Accounts shall be adjusted as of each
   Valuation Date as provided in Article XVI.
73
          PAGE 74
                               XV

Section 7.7 is amended effective January 1, 1995, by restating
the last sentence of subsection (a) thereof to read as follows:

           The plan from which a Rollover Contribution has been
           allowed as of January 1, 1995, is the Dennis E. Roby
           & Associates, Inc. Thrift and Savings Plan.
           
           
                               XVI

Section 7.8 is added effective January 1, 1995, to read as
follows:

             SEC. 7.8  TRANSFERS TO/FROM SALARIED PLAN.  If a
   Participant transfers into a class of employment such that
   he or she becomes a participant in the ADM Savings and
   Investment Plan ("Salaried Plan"), his or her Accounts under
   this Plan shall be transferred to the Salaried Plan to be
   administered and paid thereunder.  If a participant in the
   Salaried Plan transfers into a class of employment such that
   he or she becomes a Participant in this Plan, this Plan
   shall accept a transfer of his or her Accounts from the
   Salaried Plan, and each such Account shall be added to the
   corresponding Account under this Plan.  In the case of a
   transfer of a Tax Credit Account, such Account shall be
   established under this Plan, and any special distribution
   options available under the Salaried Plan shall be available
   under this Plan with respect to such Account.
   
   
                              XVII

Sections 9.1 and 9.2 are amended effective January 1, 1995, to
read as follows:

             SEC. 9.1  BENEFIT ON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.
   If a Participant's Termination of Employment occurs for any
   reason other than death, the Participant shall be fully
   vested and shall be entitled to a benefit equal to the
   number of shares of ADM Stock credited to his/her Accounts
   as of the date of distribution, plus the cash balance of
   his/her Accounts (including Predecessor Plan Accounts) as of
   the Valuation Date immediately preceding the date of
   distribution. The benefit shall be paid at the time and in
   the manner determined under Article X.
   
             SEC. 9.2  DEATH.  If a Participant's Termination
   of Employment occurs as a result of death (or if the
   Participant's death occurs after his/her Termination of
   Employment but before distribution of his/her benefit), the
   Participant's Beneficiary shall be entitled to a benefit
   equal to the number of shares of ADM Stock credited to
   his/her Accounts as of the date of distribution, plus the
   cash balance of his/her Accounts (including Predecessor Plan
   Accounts) as of the Valuation Date immediately preceding the
   date of distribution.  The benefit shall be paid at the time
   and in the manner determined under Article X.
74
          PAGE 75
                              XVIII

Section 9.3 is amended effective January 1, 1995, by restating
paragraphs (1)(A)(iii) and (1)(A)(v) of subsection (a) to read
as follows, and by deleting subsection (c) and relettering the
following subsections accordingly:

                           (iii)   Payment of tuition, related
               educational fees and room and board expenses for
               the next semester or quarter of post-secondary
               education for the Participant or the spouse,
               child or dependent of the Participant.


                         (v)  Any other immediate and heavy
               financial need which the Company determines
               satisfies the requirements of Treasury Regulation
                1.401(k)-1(d)(2), and which the Company
               describes in objective and nondiscriminatory
               terms set forth in a writing that is deemed to
               form a part of this Plan.

                               XIX

Section 10.1 is amended effective January 1, 1995, to apply with
respect to any distributions made on or after such date
(regardless of when termination of employment occurred) to read
as follows:

             SEC. 10.1      TIME AND METHOD OF PAYMENTEC. 10.1
   TIME AND METHOD OF PAYMENT.  The benefit to which a
   Participant or Beneficiary becomes entitled under Article IX
   shall be paid as follows:
   
                (a)  TIME OF PAYMENT.

                         (1)  NORMAL PAYMENT DATE.  Payments
               shall be made or commence as soon as
               administratively practicable after the
               Participant (or his/her Beneficiary in the event
               of death) files a request for distribution with
               the Company, but not before the end of the
               calendar quarter in which the Participant's
               Termination of Employment occurs.

                         (2)  LATEST PAYMENT DATE.  Payments
               shall be made or commence to a Participant not
               later than the 60th day after the close of the
               Plan Year in which he/she reaches Normal
               Retirement Age or in which his/her Termination of
               Employment occurs, whichever is later, unless the
               Participant elects to defer payment (and for this
               purpose, the failure to request payment shall be
               deemed to be an election to defer payment).  In
               any event, payments shall be made or commence to
               a Participant not later than the April 1 of the
               calendar year following the calendar year in
               which he/she attains age 70 1/2.
75
          PAGE 76
                (b)  METHOD OF PAYMENT.

                         (1)  PAYMENTS TO PARTICIPANT.  Payment
               to a Participant shall be in the following form:

                                 (A)  RETIREMENTS.  If the
                  Participant's Termination of Employment is a
                  Normal Retirement or an Early Retirement
                  under the ADM Retirement Plan (or if the
                  Participant is receiving disability payments
                  under the ADM Long-Term Disability Plan),
                  payment shall be made in either of the
                  following forms at the election of the
                  Participant:

                                          (i)  A single-sum
                      distribution of the full benefit payable
                      to the Participant, or

                                          (ii) Partial
                      distributions each of which consists of
                      not less than 100 shares of ADM stock (or
                      the cash equivalent thereof) or such
                      other minimum amount as may be necessary
                      to comply with the minimum distribution
                      rules described in subsection (c) below.

                  If a Participant has not received a
                  distribution of his/her full benefit prior to
                  the April 1 of the calendar year following
                  the calendar year in which he/she attains age
                  70 1/2, then partial distributions shall be made
                  as necessary to comply with the minimum
                  distribution rules described in subsection
                  (c) below.
                  
                                 (B)  VESTED TERMINATIONS.  If
                  the Participant's Termination of Employment
                  is neither a Normal Retirement nor an Early
                  Retirement under the ADM Retirement Plan (and
                  the Participant is not receiving disability
                  payments under the ADM Long-Term Disability
                  Plan), payment to the Participant shall be in
                  the form of a single-sum distribution of the
                  full benefit payable to the Participant
                  (partial distributions are not permitted).
                  Such payment shall be made not later than the
                  April 1 of the calendar year following the
                  calendar year in which the Participant
                  attains age 70 1/2.

                         (2)  PAYMENTS TO BENEFICIARY.  Payment
               to a Beneficiary shall be in either of the
               following forms at the election of the
               Beneficiary:

                                 (A)  A single-sum distribution
                  of the full benefit payable to the
                  Beneficiary, or
76
          PAGE 77
                                 (B)  Partial distributions
                  each of which consists of not less than 100
                  shares of ADM stock (or the cash equivalent
                  thereof) or such other minimum amount as may
                  be necessary to comply with the minimum
                  distribution rules described in subsection
                  (c) below.

                              In any event, payment of the full
               benefit payable to a Beneficiary shall be made
               not later than the December 31 of the calendar
               year containing the fifth anniversary of the
               Participant's death.

                (c)  MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION RULES.
           Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Plan,
           payments shall be made as necessary to comply with
           the minimum distribution rules of Code section
           401(a)(9) (including the incidental death benefit
           rules of Code section 401(a)(9)(G)) and the
           regulations thereunder.  The following rules shall
           apply:

                         (1)  The full benefit payable to a
               Participant shall be distributed (or minimum
               distributions shall commence) by the April 1 of
               the calendar year following the calendar year in
               which the Participant attains age 70 1/2 unless
               he/she dies prior to such date.

                         (2)  Minimum distributions during the
               life of the Participant shall be paid no less
               rapidly than by reference to a period-certain
               equal to the joint life and last survivor
               expectancy of the Participant and his/her
               Beneficiary.  However, if the Beneficiary is not
               the Participant's spouse, minimum distributions
               during the life of the Participant shall be paid
               no less rapidly than by reference to the maximum
               period permitted under the incidental death
               benefit rules of Code section 401(a)(9)(G).

                         (3)  If a Participant dies on or after
               the April 1 of the calendar year following the
               calendar year in which he/she attains age 70 1/2,
               minimum distributions after the death of the
               Participant shall be made to his/her Beneficiary
               at least as rapidly as under the minimum
               distribution method being used prior to death.
               In addition, the Participant's entire remaining
               benefit shall be distributed to his/her
               Beneficiary not later than December 31 of the
               calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of
               the Participant's death.

                         (4)  If a Participant dies before the
               April 1 of the calendar year following the
               calendar year in which he/she attains age 70 1/2,
               his/her entire remaining benefit shall be
               distributed to his/her Beneficiary not later than
               December 31 of the calendar year containing the
               fifth anniversary of the Participant's death.
77
          PAGE 78
                         (5)  The minimum distribution for each
               calendar year for which a minimum distribution is
               required shall be equal to the quotient obtained
               by dividing the entire balance of the
               Participant's Accounts as of the most recent
               Valuation Date preceding the calendar year (as
               adjusted as may be required by Treasury
               regulations) by the lesser of (i) the number of
               years of life expectancy that remain, or (ii) in
               the case of distributions to a Participant with a
               Beneficiary other than his or her spouse, the
               applicable divisor prescribed in regulations
               under the incidental death benefit rules of Code
               section 401(a)(9)(G).  For purposes of
               determining the amount which must be distributed
               in any year, Excess Salary Reduction
               Contributions, Excess Aggregate Contributions and
               Excess Deferrals distributed in accordance with
               Article V (including income on such amounts)
               shall be disregarded.

                         (7)  For purposes of calculating
               minimum distributions, life expectancies shall be
               determined by using the expected return multiples
               in Tables V and VI of Treas. Reg.  1.72-9, in
               accordance with regulations under Code section
               401(a)(9). Life expectancies shall be calculated
               based on the Participant's (and the
               Beneficiary's) age as of the birthday in the
               calendar year in which the Participant attains
               70 1/2.  For purposes of calculating the minimum
               distribution for each succeeding calendar year,
               the initial life expectancy (or joint life and
               last survivor expectancy) shall be reduced by one
               for each subsequent calendar year.

                (d)  CASH-OUT OF SMALL BENEFITS.
           Notwithstanding the above, if the aggregate value of
           a Participant's Accounts is $3,500 or less as of the
           last day of the calendar quarter in which his/her
           Termination of Employment or death occurs, a single-
           sum distribution shall be made to the Participant
           (or his/her Beneficiary in the event of death) as
           soon as administratively practicable thereafter.
           The preceding sentence shall not apply, however, if
           the aggregate value of the Participant's Accounts
           exceeded $3,500 immediately prior to any previous
           distribution to the Participant.

                (e)  MULTIPLE BENEFICIARIES.  If more than one
           Beneficiary is entitled to benefits following the
           Participant's death, the interest of each shall be
           segregated into a separate Account for purposes of
           applying this Section (other than subsection (d)).

                               XX

Section 10.2 is amended effective January 1, 1995, to apply with
respect to any distributions made on or after such date
(regardless of when termination of employment occurred) to read
as follows:
78
          PAGE 79

             SEC. 10.2 FORM OF DISTRIBUTIONEC. 10.2  FORM OF
   DISTRIBUTION.  Distributions shall be made in accordance
   with the following:
   
                (a)  Distributions under Sec. 9.1, 9.2, 9.3,
           10.11 or 16.6 shall be made in the following form at
           the election of the recipient:

                         (1)  Fully in cash.

                         (2)  Fully in whole shares of ADM Stock
               with any fractional share in cash.

                         (3)  Partly in cash and partly in whole
               shares of ADM Stock.

                     Any distribution that is required even in
           the absence of an affirmative election by the
           recipient shall be made fully in whole shares of ADM
           Stock with any fractional share in cash if the
           recipient does not timely file an affirmative
           election to the contrary.

                (b)  Distributions under Sec. 5.4, 5.5, 5.6,
           5.7 or 6.1 shall be in cash.

                (c)  Distributions to a Participant, to the
           surviving spouse of a deceased Participant, or to an
           alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations
           order (as defined in Code section 414(p)) who is the
           spouse or former spouse of a Participant may be in
           the form of a direct rollover for the benefit of the
           recipient to an individual retirement account or
           annuity described in Code section 408 or, except in
           the case of a recipient who is the surviving spouse
           of a deceased Participant, to another qualified plan
           described in Code section 401(a).  However, no such
           direct rollover shall be allowed if the distribution
           is part of a series of installments payable over a
           period of ten years or more, or if the distribution
           is required under Code section 401(a)(9).  The
           recipient shall provide the Trustee with the
           information necessary to accomplish the direct
           rollover in such form as the Company or the Trustee
           may require.  Direct rollovers made in accordance
           with such instructions shall constitute full
           settlement of the Plan's liability with respect to
           the amount rolled over, and the Plan, the Trustee,
           and the Company shall have no further liability with
           respect to such amounts.  Transfers under this
           subsection shall be made in accordance with Code
           section 401(a)(31) and the regulations thereunder.

       Any distribution in cash (other than a distribution of
       cash in lieu of a fractional share) shall be reduced to
       reflect any broker fees incurred on the sale of ADM
       Stock.
79
          PAGE 80
                               XXI
Section 10.3 is amended effective January 1, 1995, to read as
follows:

             SEC. 10.3 ACCOUNTING FOLLOWING TERMINATION OF
   EMPLOYMENT.  If distribution of all or any part of an
   Account is deferred or delayed for any reason, the Account
   shall continue to be revalued in accordance with the terms
   of the Plan.  Distribution of such Account shall be made as
   soon as administratively practicable following the end of
   the calendar quarter in which the Participant (or his/her
   Beneficiary in the event of death) files the distribution
   request with the Company.
   
                              XXII

Section 10.7 is amended effective January 1, 1995, to read as
follows:

             SEC. 10.7 BENEFITS MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR
   ALIENATEDEC. 10.7   BENEFITS MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR
   ALIENATED.  Except as otherwise expressly permitted by the
   Plan or required by law, the interests of persons entitled
   to benefits under the Plan may not in any manner whatsoever
   be assigned or alienated, whether voluntarily or
   involuntarily, or directly or indirectly.  However, the Plan
   shall comply with the provisions of any court order which
   the Company determines is a qualified domestic relations
   order as defined in Code section 414(p).  Notwithstanding
   any provisions in the Plan to the contrary, an individual
   who is entitled to payments from the Plan as an "alternate
   payee" pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order may
   receive a lump sum payment from the Plan as soon as
   administratively feasible after the Company determines that
   the order is a qualified domestic relations order, unless
   the order specifically provides for payment to be made at a
   later time; provided, however, that if the order assigns an
   interest in a Predecessor Plan Account invested in an
   Investment Fund pursuant to Article XVI, payment may be
   delayed until after the Valuation Date coincident with or
   next following the date of the Company's determination with
   respect to the order.
   
   
                              XXIII

Sections 10.12 and 10.13 are added effective January 1, 1995, to
read as follows:

             SEC. 10.12     DELAY OF DISTRIBUTION IN EVENT OF
   STOCK DIVIDEND OR SPLIT.  No distribution shall be made
   between the record date and the ex-date of any stock
   dividend, stock split or reverse stock split if the ex-date
   is after the record date.
   
             SEC. 10.13      PARTICIPANT LOAN PROGRAM.  The
   Company may establish a participant loan program in
   accordance with ERISA section 408(b)(1), the terms and
   conditions of which shall be determined by the Company and
   set forth in written rules and regulations.  The rules and
   regulations shall apply on a uniform basis to all
   Participants, and shall not allow for deemed distributions
   upon default of a loan prior to the date distributions are
   permitted under Sec. 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, or 10.11.
80
          PAGE 81
                              XXIV

Section 11.7 is added effective January 1, 1995, to read as
follows:

             SEC. 11.7 CONVERSION OF ADM STOCK TO CASH.  If it
   is necessary to convert shares of ADM Stock held in the Fund
   to cash to provide for a distribution or participant loan,
   or for any other reason required under the Plan, conversion
   may be made by exchanging such shares for cash (if any) then
   held in the Fund and credited to Accounts (other than
   Predecessor Plan Accounts), or by selling such shares on the
   open market or to the Company.  If shares are exchanged for
   cash then held in the Fund or sold to the Company, the
   exchange or sale shall be made at the closing price of a
   share of ADM Stock on the New York Stock Exchange for the
   business day immediately preceding the transaction (as
   reported in The Wall Street Journal published for the next
   following business day).
   
   
                               XXV

Section 13.1 is amended effective January 1, 1994, to read as
follows:

             SEC. 13.1 AMENDMENT.  The Company may amend the
   Plan at any time and from time to time by action of the
   Board or by written action of a person to whom, or committee
   to which, amendment authority has been delegated by the
   Board.  No action by a person or committee with amendment
   authority shall constitute an amendment to the Plan unless
   the action is in writing and the writing specifically states
   that it is an amendment to the Plan.  No amendment shall
   have the effect of changing the rights, duties and
   liabilities of any Funding Agency without its written
   consent.  Also, no amendment shall cause a decrease in any
   accrued benefit or the elimination of any optional form of
   benefit except to the extent permitted under Code section
   411(d)(6).
   
   
                              XXVI

Section 16.1 is amended effective January 1, 1995, to read as
follows:

             SEC. 16.1 TRANSFERS FROM OTHER PLANS.  The Company
   may from time to time arrange for the merger of another
   qualified defined contribution plan (referred to as a
   "Predecessor Plan") with and into this Plan.  Account
   balances transferred from a Predecessor Plan to this Plan
   (referred to as a "Predecessor Plan Account") shall be
   administered pursuant to this Article.  A person whose
   account balance is transferred from a Predecessor Plan to
   this Plan shall not be eligible to make contributions under
   this Plan until he/she has become a Participant in
   accordance with Article IV.
   
                              XXVII

Section 16.6 is amended effective January 1, 1995, to read as
follows, and Section 16.7 is deleted effective January 1, 1995,
and Section 16.8 is renumbered as 16.7 and references thereto
are renumbered accordingly:
81
          PAGE 82
             SEC. 16.6 OPTIONAL FORMS OF DISTRIBUTIONS.  All
   optional forms of distribution available under the
   Predecessor Plan shall be available under this Plan for a
   Predecessor Plan Account; except that, any hardship
   standards on distribution shall be as specified in this
   Plan.  All distribution options available under this Plan
   for an Account shall also be available for any subaccount
   within a Predecessor Plan Account that holds contributions
   of the same type.
   
   
                             XXVIII

Sec. 16.7 (as renumbered above) is amended effective January 1,
1995, by restating the last paragraph thereof to read as
follows:

             For purposes of this section, a "life annuity
   benefit" is any optional form of distribution available for
   a Predecessor Plan Account in the form of an annuity for the
   life of the Participant.
   
   
                              XXIX

Table 1 is deleted effective January 1, 1994.


                               XXX

Table 2 is deleted effective January 1, 1994.


                              XXXI

The Schedule of Participating Locations in Appendix A is deleted
effective January 1, 1994, and the introductory paragraph to
Appendix A is amended to read as follows:

             With respect to Participants at Participating
   Locations under this Appendix A, the provisions of the Plan
   shall include the following:
   
   
                              XXXII

The Schedule of Participating Locations in Appendix B is deleted
effective January 1, 1994, and the introductory paragraph to
Appendix B is amended to read as follows:

             With respect to Participants at Participating
   Locations under this Appendix B, the provisions of the Plan
   shall include the following:
82




© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission